DISTANCE

EDUCATION
K – 12
GUIDEBOOK
2010 – 2011

Programs may vary between Distance Education Schools.

Contents of this Guidebook may be subject to change—
please contact your local Distance Education School.

Copyrighted OPEN SCHOOL BC July 2010

http://www.pss.gov.bc.ca/osbc/
 Distance Education Schools (DES)
Address communications to your nearest Distance Education School.
Central Interior Distance Education School [15] North Island Distance Education School [12]
Bag Service 7400 2505 Smith Road
1270 – 2nd Avenue Courtenay, BC V9J 1T6
Prince George, BC V2N 4V7 Telephone: (250) 337-5300 Fax: (250) 337-2310
Telephone: (250) 564-6574 Fax: (250) 563-5487 Toll-free: 1-800-663-7925
Toll-free: 1-800-661-7515 Principal: Sheila Shanahan E-mail: [email protected]
Principal: Steve Fleck E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.nides.bc.ca
Internet: www.cides.sd57.bc.ca For all students in School Districts
For all students in School Districts 27, 28, 49, 57, 91 47, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 84, 85

Distance Education School of the Kootenays [19] Northern BC Distance Education School [17]
811 Stanley Street 10511 – 99 Avenue
Nelson, BC V1L 1N8 Fort St. John, BC V1J 1V6
Telephone: (250) 354-4311 Fax: (250) 505-7007 Telephone: (250) 261-5660 Fax: (250) 785-1188
Toll-free: 1-800-663-4614 Toll-free: 1-800-663-9511
Principal: Dan Dalgaard E-mail: [email protected] Principal: Randy Pauls E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.desk.bc.ca Internet: www.des.prn.bc.ca
For all students in School Districts 5, 6, 8, 10, 20, 51 For all students in School Districts
59, 60, 81, 87, and in the Yukon
Fraser Valley Distance Education School [14]
South Central Interior Distance Education School [18]
49520 Prairie Central Road
Chilliwack, BC V2P 6H3 Post Office Box 4700, Stn. Main
Telephone: (604) 794-7310 Fax: (604) 795-8480 2475 Merritt Avenue
Toll-free: 1-800-663-3381 Merritt, BC V1K 1B8
Principal: Trish Williams E-mail: [email protected] Telephone: (250) 378-4245 Fax: (250) 378-1447
Internet: www.fvdes.com Toll-free: 1-800-663-3536
For all students in School Districts Principal: Al Mackay-Smith E-mail: [email protected]
33, 34, 35, 36, 42, 43, 75, 78 Internet: www.scides.ca
For all students in School Districts
Vancouver Learning Network [13] 19, 22, 23, 53, 58, 67, 73, 74, 83
(formerly Greater Vancouver Distance Education School)
South Island Distance Education School [11]
Elementary Program
1025 Slocan Street 4575 Wilkinson Road
Vancouver, BC V5K 3Y2 Victoria, BC V8Z 7E8
Telephone: (604) 713-5655 Fax: (604) 713-5356 Telephone: (250) 704-4979 Fax: (250) 479-9870
Vice-Principal: Bridget Browning Principal: Kevin White E-mail: [email protected]
E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.sides.ca
For all students in School Districts 61, 62, 63, 64, 79
Grades 8 to 12 Program
530 East 41st Avenue Consortium of Distance Education Schools of
Vancouver, BC V5W 1P3 British Columbia
Telephone: (604) 713-5520 Fax: (604) 713-5528
Paul Montgomery, Co-ordinating Principal
Principal: Cindy Gauthier E-mail: [email protected]
Post Office Box 4700, Stn. Main
Internet: http://vln.vsb.bc.ca
2475 Merritt Avenue
For all students in School Districts
Merritt, BC V1K 1B8
37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 44, 45, 46, 48
Telephone: (250) 378-3975 Cell: (250) 378-1551
Fax: (250) 378-1447
North Coast Distance Education School [16]
E-mail: [email protected]
Bag 5000 Internet: www.freetolearn.ca
3211 Kenney Street (Corner Kenney & Highway 16 West)
Terrace, BC V8G 5K2
Telephone: (250) 635-7944 Fax: (250) 638-2399
Toll-free: 1-800-663-3865
Principal: Cindy Sousa E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.ncdes.ca
For all students in School Districts 50, 52, 54, 82, 92

2
 All Distance Education Schools are listed on the LearnNowBC Website:
5 Southeast Kootenay
www.learnnowbc.ca
Distance Education Schools 6 Rocky Mountain
8 Kootenay Lake
10 Arrow Lakes
19 Revelstoke
Atlin 20 Kootenay-Columbia
22 Vernon
23 Central Okanagan
27 Cariboo-Chilcotin
81 28 Quesnel
33 Chilliwack
34 Abbotsford
35 Langley
36 Surrey
Fort Nelson 37 Delta
87 38 Richmond
39 Vancouver
Dease Lake 40 New Westminster
41 Burnaby
42 Maple Ridge-Pitt Meadows
43 Coquitlam
44 North Vancouver
45 West Vancouver
46 Sunshine Coast
Northern BC 47 Powell River
60 Distance Education 48 Howe Sound
School (Also serves 49 Central Coast
Yukon Territory) 50 Haida Gwaii/Queen Charlotte
(Fort St. John) [17] 51 Boundary
52 Prince Rupert
Fort St. John 53 Okanagan Similkameen
54 Bulkley Valley
57 Prince George
58 Nicola-Similkameen
Stewart 59 Peace River South
Dawson Creek 60 Peace River North
61 Greater Victoria
62 Sooke
59 63 Saanich
64 Gulf Islands
91 67 Okanagan Skaha
92 Mackenzie 68 Nanaimo-Ladysmith
North Coast Distance 69 Qualicum
Education School 70 Alberni
(Terrace) [16] 71 Comox Valley
Terrace Smithers 72 Campbell River
54 73 Kamloops/Thompson
Burns Lake 74 Gold Trail
Masset 82 57 75 Mission
Prince 78 Fraser-Cascade
Rupert Prince George 79 Cowichan Valley
Kitimat Vanderhoof 81 Fort Nelson
Central Interior Distance 82 Coast Mountains
52 Education School 83 North Okanagan-Shuswap
50 Queen (Prince George) [15] 84 Vancouver Island West
Charlotte 85 Vancouver Island North
Quesnel 87 Stikine
91 Nechako Lakes
28 92 Nisga’a

Hagensborg

49 Williams Lake
Vancouver Learning Network 27
(Vancouver) [13] Golden

19
48 Revelstoke
Squamish
Salmon 6
Port Hardy Arm
73
85 74 Kamloops 83 Invermere
Ashcroft
North Island Campbell 22 10
Distance Education River 48 Vernon
47 Nakusp
46 School (Comox) [12]
72 58 23 Kimberley
Powell River Kelowna 8 5
84 Merritt
Squamish
71 46 67 Cranbrook
42 78
Gibsons
Gibsons Penticton 20 Nelson
45 44 43 Trail Fernie
69 Hope
Port 39 41 Oliver 51
75
43 Fraser-
Alberni 68
38
40
37 36 35 34 33 53 Grand Forks
Distance Education School
West
45 44 Coquitlam Cascade 70 of the Kootenays (Nelson)
North 64 South Central Interior
Vancouver 79 [19]
Vancouver
42 78 63
Distance Education
Burnaby 75 62 Victoria
School (Merritt) [18]
39
Vancouver 41 New Maple Ridge-
Pitt Meadows 61
Richmond 40 Westminster
Mission
Fraser Valley
Distance Education
South Island Distance
Education School
38 Surrey
School (Chilliwack) (Saanich) [11]
Langley [14]
Delta
36 35
Abbotsford
33
37 34

3
 Guidebook 2010/2011

Welcome From Paul Montgomery,

B.C. Distance Education School Consortium

Hello. I’m glad that you’ve found this excellent guidebook that outlines the courses being offered by our nine Distance
Education Schools. If you are looking for a specific course and cannot find it you might want to check out the website of
each of our schools or give the schools a call. Choosing a school in your area may prove to be the most convenient for
access and test writing.

Northern Vancouver Island – www.nides.bc.ca

Southern Vancouver Island – www.sides.ca

Greater Vancouver – http://vln.vsb.bc.ca/

Fraser Valley – www.fvdes.com

Kootenays – www.desk.bc.ca

Southern Interior – www.scides.ca

Central Interior – Prince George area – http://www.cides.sd57.bc.ca/index.php?id=3194

North Coast – www.ncdes.ca/

Northern B.C. & Yukon – http://www.des.prn.bc.ca/

In addition to providing course information this guidebook outlines graduation requirements and enrollment guidelines.
I am very happy to report that all of our courses continue to be free for school aged students and adults whether gradua-
tion has been achieved or not. In some cases a refundable deposit may be required for textbooks or other resources but
there will be no charge for the course. The concept of life long learning is truly in place in British Columbia.

You will likely notice that some of our courses are described as Online and some as Paper based. Whichever of these you
decide on will depend on your circumstances. Are you able to access the internet on a regular basis? Do you have flexible
times? Are you travelling? How do you learn best? However you take our courses I’m sure that you will find it a rich and
rewarding experience. The adage ‘anytime-anywhere’ truly fits our program.

The nine B.C. Distance Education Schools each have more than 20 years of experience in providing courses for students
who want to work on their own or who cannot get the course from their regular school. Our schools presently account
for about one-half of all Distributed Learning courses in the province.

I invite you to call the Distance Education School in your area and talk with an experienced counselor or teacher who will
assist you in setting up a program that will be suited to your needs.

Paul Montgomery
Co-ordinating Principal
B.C. Distance Education School Consortium

4
 Table of Contents
Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 English 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Foundations of Mathematics and
International Students . . . . . . . . . 7 English 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Pre-calculus 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Enrolment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 English 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Principles of Math 10 (TLE) . . . . 96
Student Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 English Literature 12 . . . . . . . . . 66 Principles of Math 11 . . . . . . . . . 96
Journalism/Media 12. . . . . . . . . . 66 Principles of Math 11 (TLE) . . . . . 97
Test Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Language 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Applications of Math 11 . . . . . . . 98
Completion Certificates . . . . . . . 8 Language 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Essentials of Math 11 . . . . . . . . . 98
Transcripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Writing 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Principles of Math 12 . . . . . . . . . 98
Tips for Success . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Calculus 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Health and Career . . . . . . . . . 69
The Home Facilitator’s Role . . . . . 9 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Health and Career Education 8 . 69
Online Course Offerings. . . . . . . . 10 Health and Career Education 9 . 69 Music Composition and
The Primary Program . . . . . . . . . 13 Planning 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Technology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Kindergarten to Grade 3 . . . . . . . 13 Career and Personal Online Guitar Music 8–12. . . . . . 102
The Intermediate Program . . . . . . 20 Planning 11/12. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . 104
Grade 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . 71 P.E. 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Grades 5, 6, and 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Home Economics 8 . . . . . . . . . . 71 P.E. 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Grades 8 and 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Foods and Nutrition 12 . . . . . . . 72 P.E. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . 36 Family Studies 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 P.E. 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Adult Education Program . . . . . . 39 Family Studies 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 P.E. 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Scholarships and Awards . . . . . . . 39 Family Studies 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Grade 12 Provincial Exams . . . . . 40 Technology Education . . . . . . 73 Science 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Drafting 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Science 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . 43 Drafting 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Science 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Drafting and Design 11 . . . . . . . 74 Earth Science 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Alphabetized Secondary
Carpentry and Joinery 11 . . . . . . 75 Biology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Course List . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Biology 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Information Technology . . . . . 76
Agriculture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Information Technology 8 . . . . . 76
Chemistry 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Agriculture 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Chemistry 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Information Technology 9 . . . . . 77
Physics 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Information Technology 10 . . . . 77
Physics 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Art 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Information and Communication
Science and Technology 11 . . . . 112
Art 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Technology 11 (ICTX 11) . . . . . 78
Sustainable Resources 11 . . . . . . 113
Visual Art 10: General . . . . . . . . 44 Information and Communication
Sustainable Resources 12:
Art Foundations 11 . . . . . . . . . . 45 Technology 12 (ICTX 12) . . . . . 79
Agriculture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Fine Arts 11 A and B . . . . . . . . . 46 Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Studio Arts 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Introductory French 8 . . . . . . . . . 79
Visual Arts: Media Arts 11 . . . . . . 47 Social Studies 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Social Studies 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Daily Physical Activity. . . . . . . 104 French 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Social Studies 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
French 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Social Studies 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
French 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drama: Film and TV 11. . . . . . . . 48 Economics 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
French 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Drama: Film and TV 12. . . . . . . . 49 Law 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
German 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Business Education . . . . . . . . . 50 Geography 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
German 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
History 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Business Education 10 . . . . . . . . 50 German 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Comparative Civilizations 12 . . . 119
Accounting 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Introductory German 11 . . . . . . 86
B.C. First Nations Studies 12 . . . 119
Accounting 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 German 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Financial Accounting 12 . . . . . . 53 Spanish 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Entrepreneurship 12 . . . . . . . . . . 54 Spanish 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Marketing 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Spanish 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Management Introductory Spanish 11 . . . . . . 90
Innovation 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Spanish 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Business Computer Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Applications 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Mathematics 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Data Management 12 . . . . . . . . 55
Mathematics 8 (TLE) . . . . . . . . . 92
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Principles of Math 9 . . . . . . . . . . 93
Communications 11 . . . . . . . . . 56 Principles of Math 9 (TLE) . . . . . 93
Communications 12 . . . . . . . . . 57 Mathematics 9A (LD) . . . . . . . . . 94
Composition 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Apprenticeship and Workplace
English 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Math 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
English 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5
 Notes

6
ELIGIBILITY BC Students:

The BC Distance Education Schools serve students K–9 Full-time students in a • No tuition for courses for
who are ordinarily resident in British Columbia. Distance Education School BC students.
*Proof of residency is required should BC stu- K–9 Students registered at a • Eligible for tuition-free
dents be temporarily out of province or out of neighbourhood school courses at the Grades
the country. 10–12 level as part of their
A person is eligible to enrol in distributed learning graduation program
provided the person: (upward mobility).
• Can not enroll in Distance
1. is school-age: Education courses below
5 years of age by December 31, 2007 OR Grade 10 without prior
2. is an adult wishing to complete high school graduation arrangements between
or upgrade courses AND their neighbourhood
3. is normally a resident in British Columbia school and the DE School.
Gifted/talented students as well as students with chronic or Grades 10, 11, 12 School- • No tuition for courses for
acute medical conditions, and/or other disabling conditions age Students BC students.
can usually be accommodated. Several Distance Education • May attend a neighbour-
Schools offer programs for students with special needs. These hood school and a BC
programs employ modified and/or adapted curriculum, strate- Distance Education School
gies and technologies to further the student’s academic at no cost.
progress. Programs offered cover Kindergarten to Grade 12. • Students inform both
Contact your local Distance Education School for specific schools of courses else-
information. where to ensure
consistency of the gradua-
tion requirements.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Adults working toward • No tuition for courses.

graduation
BC Distance Education Schools are able to provide
services to International students who are enrolled Graduated adults (19 years
in an approved International Program in a BC of age and over)
school. The school will apply for courses directly Refundable textbook and resource deposits are required
with the Distance Education School. Fees for courses and will vary depending upon course or grade and locale.
apply.
BC International Program Students:
• Non-refundable course tuition apply.
• Students enrolled in an approved BC International
program in Grades 10–12, may enroll with the
program’s permission. Study must be completed while
the student is in the program and in British Columbia.
• Students must provide a copy of their valid study
permit or visa.

Refundable textbook and resource deposits are required

and will vary depending upon course or grade and locale.

Yukon Residents:
Residents of the Yukon may enrol in British Columbia
distance education courses provided their applications are
approved by the Yukon Education Department, Box 2703,
WHITEHORSE, YUKON Y1A 2C6. The Yukon Education
Department shall mail or fax approved applications to the
Northern BC Distance Education School.

7
ENROLMENT COMPLETION CERTIFICATES
Please visit your DE school’s website for a registration form. Completion Certificates are issued to all students on
successful completion of secondary Distance Education
courses or an elementary grade.
When registering for the first time, students MUST
provide identification—at least one of the following:
• birth certificate
• passport TRANSCRIPTS
• BC driver’s license
• BC ID For a student who is fully registered at a Distance Education
• documentation issued by Immigration Canada School, the Distance Education School submits completed
as well as course marks to the Ministry of Education for the student’s
• copy of records and/or previous report card transcript of grades. These students will be issued a
and if possible graduation diploma and official transcript of grades upon
• nine-digit PEN number completion of graduation requirements. Please advise your
Distance Education School when you have met graduation
requirements.
To enrol, or for programming advice, contact the Distance
Education School website (see page 2). For students attending a regular day school and taking a
Distance Education course, the regular school is responsible
for reporting completed Distance Education course marks to
the ministry.

COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE

TIPS FOR SUCCESS
FOR
• It is recommended that students design a timetable for
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program. themselves. It is important that they attempt to adhere to
it, allowing a reasonable amount of time for rest and
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students. recreation.
• Research has shown that students who are actively
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at engaged in their learning are the most likely to success-
their neighbourhood school taking a fully complete their courses.
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school. • A student should have private study quarters in the home
complete with a desk or table with drawers. Shelves for
Call your Distance Education School for books, papers, and science equipment are desirable. The
details. careful arrangement of study materials will enable the
student to proceed with a minimum of wasted effort.

STUDENT SUPPLIES Submitting Assignments

• Electronic—where applicable, electronic submission of
Students are expected to supply their own basic materials
assignments is the preferred/required method of delivery.
such as pens, pencils, rulers, lined paper, calculators, etc. In
• Mail—students may be supplied with envelopes in which
some courses, audio tape machines and VCRs are required.
to return completed activities. Be sure to include a return
When special supplies are required for certain courses listed
address on the envelope and sufficient postage (if neces-
in this Guidebook, students should contact their Distance
sary). Students living out of province must supply a BC
Education School if supplies are not available locally.
shipping address. Marked assignments will be sent to an
overseas address, if provided. Fees for an overseas ship-
ment may apply.
All courses taken through Distance Education • Fax—contact your local Distance Education School to
Schools are accredited and approved by the confirm if fax arrangements are available.
BC Ministry of Education.

TEST SUPERVISION
All test supervision will be arranged by the Distance
Education School, including supervision required during
traditional school vacation periods.

8
 The Home Facilitator’s Role
ROLE OF THE HOME FACILITATOR For Secondary students

The home facilitator plays an integral role in the success of While the home facilitator might play a more significant role
students in distance education courses. Although the role of in the success of primary and elementary students in distance
the home facilitator can be demanding and time consuming, education courses, the parent is also an important support for
it is fundamental to student success. It should not be entered secondary students.
into casually.

The following are some recommended guidelines: The following are some recommended guidelines to support
secondary students:
• The home facilitator (usually but not always the parent)
For Primary and Elementary students is responsible for ensuring that the student works on a
regular and scheduled basis. The importance of this can-
• The home facilitator (usually but not always the parent)
not be over-emphasized.
is responsible for ensuring that the student works on a
• A permanent work site for the child should be arranged.
regular and scheduled basis.
• Lessons should be submitted regularly and in sequence to
• The home facilitator will become familiar with the Home
the Distance Education School.
Facilitator's Guide and the program materials for the
• Lesson and practice sections should be completed prior
program in which the child is enrolled. These are the
to doing the send-in exercise.
materials and activities that allow the student to meet
• Although teens often object to close supervision, there is
the BC provincial learning outcomes.
no reason a home facilitator would not review student
• A permanent work site for the child should be arranged.
work before it is submitted.
• Lessons should be submitted regularly and in sequence to
• The home facilitator should ensure the student reviews
the Distance Education School.
returned work. The teacher will have added many sup-
• Lesson and practice sections should be completed prior
portive comments. These comments and any errors can
to doing the send-in exercise.
form the basis of important discussions about the work.
• The home facilitator should review student work before it
• A regular daily schedule for work, and a set of planned
is submitted.
dates for the submission of work are the hallmarks of a
• The home facilitator should go over returned work with
successful independent learner.
the student. The teacher will have added many
supportive comments. These comments and any errors
should be discussed, corrections completed when
necessary, and lessons re-submitted if requested.
• A regular daily schedule is a common characteristic of
success.

Children learn at different rates and in different ways.

Consultation with your child’s teacher will help you to
identify your child's learning style. Working together, you can
ensure that the instructional strategies most appropriate to
your child's success are in place.

CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
Continuous enrolment in courses is a
feature of BC Distance Education
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
to register prior to September 30th to
ensure your greatest range of program
choices but we welcome students to
apply any time during the 12-month
calendar year.

Please visit individual Distance

Education Schools on page 2 of this
book.

9
 ONLINE COURSE OFFERINGS
Central Interior Distance Education School Fraser Valley Distance Education School
ENGLISH ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS
English 8–12 Online Communications 11–12
English 8–12
MATHEMATICS
Mathematics 9, 10, and 12 FINE ARTS
Media Arts 11–12
To read about these courses in more detail go to our web-
site at www.cides.sd57.bc.ca. HEALTH AND CAREER
Health and Career Education 8–9
Planning 10
Distance Education School of the Kootenays Transition Planning 12
Humanities 9 (a blended English 9 and Social Studies 9 Apprenticeship 10–12
coutse) Work Experience 10–12
Leadership Development 12
BUSINESS EDUCATION
Marketing 11 HOME ECONOMICS
Family Studies 12 (January)
ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS Foods and Nutrition 11–12
Communications 12
English 10, 12 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Information Technology 8–10
HEALTH AND CAREER Information and Communications Technology ICTX
Health and Career Education 8–9 11–12
Planning 10
LANGUAGES
HOME ECONOMICS ESL Beginners Level 1
Family Studies 10–12 ESL Beginners Level 2
LANGUAGES TOEFL
French 8–12 MATHEMATICS
German 9–12 Apprenticeship and Workplace Mathematics 10
Introductory German 11 Foundations and Pre-Calculus Mathematics 10
Introductory Spanish 11 Principles of Mathematics 8–12
Spanish 9–10 Essentials of Mathematics 10–11
MATHEMATICS MUSIC
Apprenticeship and Workplace Mathematics 10 Introduction to Guitar (FNA11)
Foundations and Pre-Calculus Mathematics 10 Music 8 Guitar
Principles of Math 11 and 12 Music 9 Guitar
MUSIC Music 10 Guitar
Survey of Western Music History 12 (BAA Course) Instrumental Music 11: Guitar 11
Instrumental Music 12: Guitar 12
PHYSICAL EDUCATION Introduction to Piano
Physical Education 10–12
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
SCIENCES Physical Education 8–12
Biology 12
Chemistry 11 SCIENCES
Science 8–10 Science 8–10
Science and Technology 11 Biology 11–12
Sustainable Resources 12 Chemistry 11–12
Earth Science 11
SOCIAL STUDIES Physics 11–12
Comparative Civilizations 12 Sustainable Resources 12: Mining (January)
History 12
Law 12 SOCIAL STUDIES
Peace and Youth Culture (BAA Course) Social Studies 8–11
Social Justice 12 Comparative Civilizations 12
Social Studies 8–11 History 12
Law 12
To read about these courses in more detail go to our web-
site at www.desk.bc.ca. TECHNOLOGY EDUCTION
Electronics 11–12

10
To read about these courses in more detail go to our web- North Coast Distance Education School
site at www.fvdes.com.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Vancouver Learning Network Technologie de l’information 11 (French Immersion)
(ICTCF 11)
ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS Information and Communications Technology 11
English 8–12 (ICTX 11)
Communications 12 SCIENCES
Literature 12 Geology 12 (GEOL 12)
Writing 12 Sciences Humaines 11 (French Immersion) (SCH 11)
HEALTH AND CAREER ELECTIVES
Health and Career Education 8 and 9 Personal Futures 12 (YPF 12)
Planning 10
For more information you can go to our website at
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY www.ncdes.ca or call us at 1 800 663 3865.
ICTM 11 and 12 (ICT Digital Media Development)
ICTX 11 and 12 ICT Modular Survey 11/12 (Information North Island Distance Education School
Technology 11/12)
LANGUAGES BUSINESS EDUCATION
Italian 9* Accounting 11
Italian 11 (Introduction)* Business Computer Applications 11
Korean 9–11* Busimess Information Management 12
Japanese 9 and 11 Data Management 12
Mandarin 9 and 11 ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS
MATHEMATICS Communications 12
Applications of Mathematics 9A English 10–12
Applications of Mathematics 10–11 English Literature 12
Essentials of Mathematics 10–11 Writing 12
Principles of Mathematics 8–12 HEALTH AND CAREER
PHYSICAL EDUCATION Planning 10
Physical Education 8–12 HOME ECONOMICS
SCIENCES Foods and Nutrition 11–12
Science 8–10 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Biology 11 and 12 Informations Technology 10
Chemistry 11 and 12 ICTX 11–12
Earth Science 11
Physics 11 and 12 LANGUAGES
Arabic: Intro 11 and 11
SOCIAL STUDIES French 10–11
Social Studies 8–11 German: Intro 11, 11–12
Civics 11 Italian: Intro 11 and 11
Comparative Civilizations 12 Japanese: Intro 11 and 11
First Nations 12 Korean: Intro 11 and 11
Geography 12 Mandarin: Intro 11 and 11
History 12 Russian: Intro 11 and 11
Law 12 Spanish: Intro 11 and 11
ELECTIVES *For additional languages, please see the BAA list of
Graduation Transition** electives below.
Independent Directed Studies (IDS) 8–12 MATHEMATICS
* At this time these courses are only available to students Apprenticeship and Workplace Mathematics 10
whose home school is the Vancouver Learning Network Foundations and Pre-Calculus Mathematics 10
(VLN) or to students who attend another Vancouver school. Principles of Math 11–12
** This course is only available to students whose home PHYSICAL EDUCATION
school is the Vancouver Learning Network (VLN). Physical Education 10–12
To read about these courses in more detail go to our web- SCIENCES
site at http://vln.vsb.bc.ca. Biology 11–12
Chemistry 11
Earth Science 11
Physics 11–12
Science 10

11
SOCIAL STUDIES SOCIAL STUDIES
Law 12 BC First Nations 12
Social Studies 10–11 Social Studies 10
ELECTIVES (Board Authority/Authorized Courses) (BAA) TECHNOLOGY EDUCTION
Digital Photography 11 Drafting 11
*International Languages: Intro 11 and 11 for:
ELECTIVES
Dutch, English as a Second Language (ESL—British),
ACIT Programs for Apprenticeships in:
Filipino (Tagalog), Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Irish, Latin,
Auto Collision Repair
Persian, Polish, Portugese, Swedish, Turkish and
Auto Service Technician
Vietnamese
Automotive Technology 11–12
Orientation to Distributed Learning 11 (2 credits)
Personal Futures 12
For a complete course list, including print options, or to
To read about these courses in more detail go to our web-
register, please visit our website at http://nides.bc.ca and
site at http://www.scides.ca.
click on the icon labelled “Enrollment K – 12 and Adult.”
Students complete an online registration form AND a Course
Activation Assignment for each course they are planning to South Island Distance Education School
begin at the time of registration. Inquiries can be sent to
[email protected]. AP COURSES
AP Biology 12
AP Calculus 12
Northern BC Distance Education School AP Chemistry 12
AP English Language & Comp 12
BUSINESS EDUCATION AP English Literature & Comp 12
Accounting 11–12 AP French Language 12
AP Macro Economics 12
ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS
AP Micro Economics 12
English 8–12
AP Physics B 12
HEALTH AND CAREER AP Psychology 12
Planning 10 AP Spanish Language 12
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AP Statistics 12
Physical Education Team Sport 8–12 ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS
SCIENCES English 8
Science 8–10 English 9 (Humanities)
English 10–11
SOCIAL STUDIES
Social Studies 8–12 FINE ARTS
Drama: Film and Television 11–12
ELECTIVES Visual Arts: Media Arts 11
Personal Futures 12
LANGUAGES
To read about these courses in more detail go to our web- French 9–12
site at http://nbcdes.com/groups/nbcdescourses/. Intro Spanish 11
Spanish 9–12
South Central Interior Distance Education MATHEMATICS
School Principles of Mathematics 9
Principles of Mathematics 10
BUSINESS EDUCATION Principles of Mathematics 12
Accounting 11–12 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS Physical Education 9–11
English 9 SCIENCES
HEALTH AND CAREER Science 10
Health and Career Education 8–9 Biology 11
Planning 10 Chemistry 11
Earth Science 11
MATHEMATICS Physics 11
Calculus 12
Math 9 SOCIAL STUDIES
Comparative Civilization 12
MUSIC
Guitar 8–9 ELECTIVES
Instrumental Music Guitar 10–12 Tourism 11–12

PHYSICAL EDUCATION To read about these courses in more detail go to our web-
Physical Education 11–12 site at http://www.sides.ca.

12
 PRINT PROGRAMS OF STUDY
The Primary Program—Kindergarten to Grade 3
The Primary Program consists of thematic modules that inte- Module 5—Food, version 02
grate learning outcomes from the various subject areas. In
In this module your child is introduced to the food chain and
Kindergarten all subject areas are integrated into the module
the Canada Food Guide. Your child is asked to prepare and
activities and projects (language arts, science, mathematics,
host an ethnic food celebration. The Sounds of the Set are
social studies, art, music, and physical activity). In Grades 1,
introduced in this module. You are provided with many ideas
2, and 3 all subject areas except mathematics are integrated
and activities to help your child learn the sounds of most of
into the module activities and projects. There is a separate
the letters of the alphabet. You and your child will complete
mathematics course for each of these grades.
many hands-on Mathematics activities as you spend time
cooking together.

KINDERGARTEN Module 6—How’s the Weather?, version 02

Rain, wind, snow, and fog are the focus of this weather
The Kindergarten Program consists of ten sequential modules.
module. The terms large/small, long/short, heavy/light are
Every module follows the same structure—a half-day of learn-
introduced in Mathematics. Your child will learn or review
ing that is divided into one or two sets. Each set comprises
the numerals six and seven, and the corresponding sets. This
five sections of lessons.
module will help your child to gain a beginning appreciation
and awareness of her or his environment.
For students with computer access, keyboarding
Module 7—Keeping Safe, version 02
programs, CD’s, and online activities are available.
The activities in this module emphasize all aspects of keeping
safe. Your child will spend time learning safety songs and
poems. Many activities are based on the book The Cat in the
Module 1—Kindergarten Fun, version 02 Hat. Your child will also conduct experiments to discover the
In this module your child helps you to set up her or his best way to stay safe if she or he is ever lost in the woods. The
special learning area. Calendar Time routines are introduced, keyboarding program Read, Write and Type! is introduced.
and your child reviews or learns the alphabet, colours, shapes, Mathematics concepts include sets of eight and nine and the
and matches upper and lower case letters. Mathematics activi- recognition of geometric solids.
ties include sorting, graphing, weighing, and making,
Module 8—Let’s Visit a Farm!, version 02
reading, and expanding patterns.
This module explores the signs of spring, farm animals, their
Module 2—Nursery Rhyme Land, version 02 babies, and their homes. A small reading vocabulary of com-
The focus of this module is Nursery Rhymes. Your child monly used words is introduced and some Books to Keep,
sequences nursery rhymes, and uses position and rhyming based on these words, are included. Ordinal numbers and sets
words. Mathematics activities include making sets, learning to ten are introduced in Mathematics.
the numerals to 5, identifying time periods, and constructing
Module 9—Away We Go!, version 02
a clock.
The exciting world of trains, planes, and ships is the focus of
Module 3—I’m Special!, version 02 this module. Addition facts to five are taught in Mathematics.
The activities in this module focus on your child, her or his Your child is also introduced to Free Writing. Depending on
family, friends, parts of the body, and the five senses. In your child’s development she or he may draw a picture and
Mathematics your child will review sets to five, measure, dictate a sentence for you to print under the picture.
learn the term zero, and use geometric shapes to make a
Module 10—Summer Fun, version 02
house.
The activities in this module focus on bubbles, mud, the
Module 4—The World of Bears, version 02 water cycle, and water safety. The module also explores the
The world of bears, both real and imaginary, is explored in different characteristics of water; how it moves and changes,
this module. In Set 2, your child will complete a small how it looks, feels, sounds, and tastes. In Mathematics, your
research project about a bear. The CD-ROM Zoology child will review many of the concepts introduced this year.
Zone–Bears is provided to help your child find information on
Kindermath, version 01
the topic. Instructions to install the CD can be found in the
Technology section. Mathematics activities include one-to- This module was created to help children develop problem-
one correspondence, using one-to-one correspondence to solving skills through reasoning and talking. It covers the
identify equivalent sets, and sets that have more or less. new (WNCP) prescribed learning outcomes for kindergarten
math. It encompasses an oral component that is very impor-
tant in the new curriculum. It encourages students to talk
about their thinking and learning in math.

13
GRADE 1 Module 4—It’s Rhyming Time!, version 03
The Grade 1 Program consists of nine sequential modules. In this module your child will have the opportunity to read
Each module follows the same basic structure one, two or and appreciate good poetry, and then write his or her own
three sets, each set containing five sections of lessons. poems.
Mathematics is a separate program consisting of eight modules. This module consists of only one set of work. In this set, your
child is introduced to the following poetry styles, rhyming
For students with computer access, keyboarding couplets, acrostic poems and Nursery Rhymes. Your child will
programs, CD’s, and online activities are available. share in the reading of these types of poems, and is asked to
create his or her own poems. Finishing Off activities will
focus on Shadows. Your child will be introduced to the
Keyboarding program, Read, Write, and Type.
Module 1—Hats, Mittens, and Shoes, version 03
Module 5—Whose Egg Is It?, version 03
This module is divided into three sets. In the first two sets,
the emphasis is on hats in make-believe and real-life situa- This module consists of three sets of activities. These activities
tions. There are things to make, games to play, and treats to provide your child with the opportunity to learn and com-
cook as your child learns about the wide world of hats. Your pare animals that are hatched from eggs as compared to
child is also asked to identify your community’s work places, animals that are born from a mother. Your child will also
and to complete some simple research about a community have many opportunities to explore, predict, follow direc-
worker. In Set 3, the focus is on mittens and shoes. Your child tions, compare, and solve problems.
will have opportunities to learn new poems and songs, and to
Module 6—It’s Raining Cats and Dogs!, version 03
conduct experiments. In this module your child will review
the letters of the alphabet and participate in many oral This module provides your child with an opportunity to
discussions. enjoy stories about cats and dogs. In Set 1, the focus will be
on cats. The activities and stories in Set 2, will focus on dogs.
Module 2—Once Upon a Time, version 03
In Set 3, your child will be given the opportunity to choose
Throughout this module your child will work on theme- one of these animals, either domestic or wild to research. If
related activities. These activities have been chosen, above all, your child has access to a computer, he or she will be able to
for your child’s enjoyment and to introduce some important find the information to complete his or her research project.
skills. Your child will compare many versions of some If your child does not have access to a computer, he or she
favourite tales. As your child listens to these tales, he or she will need to look for information in books from a local library
will find that all of the stories contain a set of basic elements. or from other sources. Learning the use of the silent e to
Most importantly, fairy tales kindle your child’s imagination. make long vowel words, contractions, compound words, and
We hope that the stories included in this module will plant in free writing are some of the Language Arts activities that will
your child the seeds of curiosity and creativity. Your child will be introduced in this module.
also be introduced to a set of commonly used reading words.
Module 7—Novel Study—Bread and Jam for Frances,
You should introduce these new reading words to your child
in each section. It is important that you keep these activities version 03
short and make them an enjoyable experience. This is a delightful story that your child will enjoy. Your child
is also asked to read Bedtime for Frances so that he or she can
Module 3—All Families Are Special!, version 03
compare stories. This module will also give your child the
This module, with is Social Studies focus will give your child opportunity to discuss food, and to take part in many
an understanding of the: cooking activities.
• composition of his or her family unit Module 8—It’s a Mystery, version 03
• relationships with his or her family and friends
• similarities and differences between families Everyone loves a mystery! This module consists of three sets
• roles and responsibilities of family members of activities that will introduce your child to three famous
• rules within families and the community detectives. Your child will read their stories and find out how
• needs of families they solved their cases. Your child will also be introduced to
• places where families live secret codes, and how to create them and read them.
Activities to identify animals will also be included in this
Your child will also be introduced to Word Families, and the module.
brass and woodwind families of the orchestra.
Module 9—Who Says Bugs Are Scary?, version 03
This module consists of three sets. Throughout the module,
your child will work on many buggy activities and share proj-
ect results with family members. Your child is also asked to
complete a research project about a bug that interests him or
her. Your child can use the computer to find information or
borrow books from your local library to find information
about his or her favourite bug. On the completion of this
module we hope that your child will no longer think bugs are
scary.

14
Grade 1 Mathematics, version 04 Resources for the course include the following:

Math 1 is covered in seven units. Each unit has a Home Math 1 Learning Aid Package (7540005633) $5.00
Facilitator Manual and an Activities and Assessment Booklet Math Makes Sense 1 Workbook (Pearson
which are sold separately. The length of each unit varies from Canada) (7540005634) 22.00
10–24 days of learning. The topics covered are patterning, Math Concepts CD 1 & 2 (7540005635) 20.00
representing numbers to 20, addition and subtraction to 12, Math Jam 1 CD (7540005636) 40.00
measurement, numbers to 100, geometry, and addition and Dominoes (7540005637) 8.00
subtraction to 20. Pattern Blocks (7540005638) 16.00
SnapCubes/Cube-a-Link (7540001210) 15.00
The Home Facilitator Manuals provide scripts to guide students 3-D Objects (Geometric solids)
through the process of exploring math concepts. The Activities (7540001218) 13.00
and Assessment Booklets for each unit provide additional
activities for the lessons and the assessment portion which is
sent to the teacher when completed.
Math 1 fully matches the new BC Ministry of Education IRP
(2007).

Unit 1—Patterning
Unit 1 provides 10 days of learning in which the child
explores patterns of two to four elements. The child learns to
describe, reproduce, and create patterns using manipulatives,
diagrams, sounds, and actions.
Unit 2—Representing Numbers to 20
Unit 2 provides 24 days of learning in which the child
arranges objects in different groupings in order to understand
numbers to 20. This unit focuses on number relationships.
The child is expected to develop meaning for whole numbers
by comparing and ordering sets.
Unit 3—Addition and Subtraction to 12
Unit 3 provides 18 days of learning in which the child
explores addition and subtraction to 12 through concrete and
visual representations, and records the processes symbolically.
The child also describes and uses mental math strategies.
Unit 4—Measurement
Unit 4 provides 17 days of learning in which the child
explores and describes attributes such as length, height, mass,
volume, and area to compare and order two or more objects.
Unit 5—Numbers to 100
Unit 5 provides 12 days of learning in which the child learns
about numbers to 100. The child practises counting forward
and backward to develop number sequence fluency. The child
builds an understanding of large sets by grouping objects into CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
smaller sets and skip counting by 2s, 5s, and 10s.
Continuous enrolment in courses is a
Unit 6—Geometry
feature of BC Distance Education
Unit 6 provides 11 days of learning in which the child devel-
ops an understanding of the attributes of 3-D objects and 2-D
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
shapes and the differences between them. The child will to register prior to September 30th to
observe, build, replicate, and compare 3-D objects and 2-D ensure your greatest range of program
shapes.
choices but we welcome students to
Unit 7—Addition and Subtraction to 20 apply any time during the 12-month
Unit 7 provides 18 days of learning in which the child calendar year.
explores addition and subtraction to 20. Using a variety of
concrete and visual representations, the child models addi- Please visit individual Distance
tion and subtraction, creates and solves problems, and records
the process symbolically. The child learns to use mental math Education Schools on page 2 of this
strategies such as counting on and counting back, making 10, book.
doubles, and using addition to subtract.

15
GRADE 2 Module 6—Blasts and Rumbles, version 02
The Grade 2 Program consists of nine sequential modules. Here’s an opportunity for your child to play with rocks.
Each module follows the same basic structure one, two or Perhaps he or she would rather find out what’s inside a vol-
three sets, each set containing five sections of lessons. cano or build his or her own volcano. This module has it all.
Mathematics is a separate program consisting of 30 papers. Your child will classify rocks, investigate volcanoes, and find
out what causes earthquakes. Your child will put his or her
For students with computer access, keyboarding reading and language skills to work as he or she reads and
programs, CD’s, and online activities are available. writes about rocks, volcanoes and earthquakes. Throughout
the module there will be opportunities for your child to
experiment and build models as well as find out about being
Module 1—The Spider’s Web, version 02 prepared for earthquakes.
The first module of Grade 2 provides your child with the Module 7—The Great Detective, version 02
opportunity to hear and read about spiders and study their
In this module your child will read and enjoy two Nate the
webs, enemies, and life cycles. He or she will also learn about
Great mystery novels. He or she will also work on a variety of
various kinds of spiders and where they can be found
activities that make up the novel study. Your child will learn
throughout the world. Your child is asked to research one of
some crime science sleuthing tips and help solve a mystery to
these kinds of spider and make a short report. Daily routines
become a Great Detective!
are established and your child will work on a variety of lan-
guage skills that include phonics, printing and reading. Module 8—Flying Things, version 02
Module 2—Our World, Our Country, version 02 Has your child ever wondered how things fly? In this module
This module is the first of two modules that include a study your child will find out. Through reading and experimenta-
of Canada. In this module, your child will learn to read and tion, your child will learn about the properties of air and the
make maps and learn about the world’s continents and aerodynamics of flight. Your child will also find out about fly-
oceans. He or she will also study the relationship between ing in a hot air balloon as he or she reads a book called Hot
location and climate and look at how Canadian animals Air Henry. This module will provide many opportunities for
adapt to the various climates in Canada. Your child will begin your child to create his or her own flying things.
a formal spelling program and will read a selection of inform-
ative articles and short stories. Module 9—How Does Your Garden Grow?,
version 02
Module 3—A Country Called Canada, version 02
Welcome to the wonderful world of plants! This final module
This module has a multicultural theme in both the reading introduces your child to the study of soil and plants. Through
literature and in the study of Canadians. As part of the study many hands on activities, your child will learn about the
of Canada and Canadians, your child will develop a family parts of a plant, needs of plants, and the uses of plants. He or
tree and compile a family history booklet. The lessons in this she will find out what soil is made of, compare soil samples,
module also provide your child with an opportunity to and what creatures live in the soil along with plants. He or
observe and experiment while studying liquids and solids, air, she will find plant information on the Internet and use
and water. A computer keyboarding program is also intro- e-mail to transmit information. Your child may even be able
duced in this module. to watch his or her garden grow.
Module 4—Poet’s Corner, version 02
This short module involves your child in the reading and
Grade 2 Mathematics, version 03
writing of poetry. He or she will have the opportunity to read Math 2 is covered in seven units. Each unit has a Home
and appreciate good poetry and will learn to use shape, Facilitator Manual and an Activities and Assessment Booklet
rhyme, and descriptive language to paint pictures in his or which are sold separately. The length of each unit varies from
her own poetry. Your child will also learn a variety of paint- 10–24 days of learning. The topics covered are patterning,
ing methods so that he or she can also express him or herself numbers to 100, addition and subtraction to 18, measure-
through art. To make this module a comprehensive fine arts ment, addition and subtraction to 100, geometry, and data
experience, your child will learn more about music and will analysis.
be introduced to the instruments of the orchestra.
The Home Facilitator Manuals provide scripts to guide students
Module 5—Tales Old and New, version 02 through the process of exploring math concepts. The
Activities and Assessment Booklets for each unit provide
It’s always fun to read old familiar stories. As the title indi-
additional activities for the lessons and the assessment por-
cates, your child will read a wide variety of old and new tales
tion which is sent to the teacher when completed.
from all over the world. Your child will compare versions of
the same tale and will learn how to write an original tale of Math 2 fully matches the new BC Ministry of Education IRP
his or her own. Reading and language skill development are (2007).
an important part of this module.

16
Unit 1—Patterning Unit 7—Data Analysis
Unit 1 provides 13 days of learning in which the child builds Unit 7 provides 10 days of learning in which the child gath-
on prior knowledge of patterning to explore repeating and ers and records data about self and others to answer
increasing patterns. He or she learns to describe, extend, and questions. The child also constructs and interprets concrete
compare increasing patterns and one- and two-attribute graphs and pictographs to solve problems.
repeating patterns.
Resources for the course include the following:
Unit 2—Numbers to 100 Math 2 Learning Aid Package (7540005656) $6.00
Unit 2 provides 24 days of learning in which the child con- Math Makes Sense 2 Workbook (Pearson
tinues to explore the numbers to 100 by representing and Canada) (7540005657) 22.00
describing sets with counters, pictures and numbers. He or Math Concepts CD 1 & 2 (7540005635) 20.00
she compares and order numbers up to 100. The child also Math Jam 2 CD (7540005658) 40.00
learns to say the number sequence from 1 to 100 by 2s, 5s, Dominoes (7540005637) 8.00
and 10s, forward and backward, from a variety of starting Pattern Blocks (7540005638) 16.00
numbers. The child identifies odd and even numbers up to SnapCubes/Cube-a-Link (7540001210) 15.00
100 and ordinal numbers from first to tenth. 3-D Objects (Geometric solids)
(7540001218) 13.00
Unit 3—Addition and Subtraction to 18 Geoboard and Elastics (7540005659) 8.00

Unit 3 provides 19 days of learning in which the child con-

tinues to explore and review addition and subtraction to 18.
Using a variety of strategies, with and without the support of
manipulatives, the child models addition and subtraction,
creates and solves problems, and records the process symboli-
cally. The child explores and uses mental math strategies such
as making 10, using doubles, related facts, one more and one
less, and two more and two less. Also covered are the effects
of adding or subtracting zero and importance of the number
order when adding and subtracting.

Unit 4—Measurement
Unit 4 provides 17 days of learning in which the child learns
more about measurement by exploring concepts with non-
standard units. The child relates a unit of measure to the
number of non-standard units needed to measure length and
mass (weight). He or she compares and orders objects by
length, height, distance around and mass (weight). She or he
measures objects to the nearest non-standard unit using both
single and multiple copies of a unit. Also included is using a
calendar to solve problems

Unit 5—Addition and Subtraction to 100

Unit 5 provides 19 days of learning in which the child builds
on prior knowledge of addition and subtraction to develop a
deeper understanding of numbers. He or she extends opera-
tions from 1-digit numbers to 2-digit numbers. The child uses
meaningful strategies for addressing problems. He or she
develops models that allow for a variety of ways to represent
addition and subtraction problems. COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE
Unit 6—Geometry FOR
Unit 6 provides 15 days of learning in which the child devel- • All students enrolled directly in a DE program.
ops an understanding of the attributes of 3-dimensional (3-D)
objects and 2-dimensional (2-D) shapes and the differences • Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
between them. The child describes, compares, constructs and
sorts 3-D objects and 2-D shapes. The child identifies 2-D
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at
shapes as parts of 3-D objects. their neighbourhood school taking a
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school.
Call your Distance Education School for
details.

17
GRADE 3 Module 5—Let’s Write Poetry, version 02
The Grade 3 Program consists of nine sequential modules. Shape, rhythm, descriptive language, and rhyme are all parts
Each module follows the same basic structure—two or of poetry that help to paint vivid pictures in the reader’s
three sets, each set containing five sections of lessons. mind. In Let’s Write Poetry, your child will have the opportu-
Mathematics is a separate program consisting of 30 papers. nity to read and appreciate good poetry and then write his or
her own poems. Your child will also learn about a variety of
For students with computer access, keyboarding poetic devices and will be introduced to the parts of speech:
programs, CD’s, and online activities are available. adjectives, adverbs, and verbs. Formal spelling, handwriting,
and keyboarding lessons continue throughout the module
and your child will also continue to work on recorder lessons.
Module 1—Let’s Visit the Rainforest, version 02 Module 6—Across the Water, version 02
This module is designed in three parts or sets. Set 1 begins This module provides your child with an opportunity to
with a look at the temperate rainforest of British Columbia. enjoy the literature of two Pacific Rim neighbours, China and
Set 2 introduces your child to the tropical rainforest of South Japan. Your child will be given the opportunity to choose one
America. Set 3 provides your child with a quick look at other of these countries and learn about its geography, traditions,
tropical rainforests of the world. Your child will learn about culture, arts and crafts, and even taste some of its foods. If
the location of the rainforests as well as the plants and ani- your child has access to a computer, much of the information
mals that inhabit them. Your child will also learn about will be provided electronically. If your child does not have
products that come from rainforests and find out what he or access to a computer, he or she will need to look for informa-
she can do to help protect the natural resources. Throughout tion in books from a local library or from another source such
the module, your child will work on a variety of language and as family books or members. Writing a friendly letter using a
mapping skills as well as reading, listening, and viewing formal format and a folk tale are two of the varied writing
information about the rainforest. activities found in the module.
Module 2—All About Words, version 02 Module 7—Oh Canada!, version 02
In this module your child will examine many forms of writ- Your child begins this module by exploring his or her own
ten language and have the opportunity to play with secret community and finding out about other communities in
codes and languages. Your child will learn about cartoons and British Columbia. Your child will learn about our history and
cartooning; ways people communicate using signs, illustra- heritage before moving on to the study of Canada’s regions,
tions, and interesting print forms; and read a mystery novel. provinces, and symbols such as the maple leaf and the
Canadian flag. This module will have three sets of lessons and
Steps in conducting research are taught throughout the mod- activities so that your child will have ample opportunity to
ule, culminating in a short research report. A keyboarding learn about our province and our country.
program is begun in this module. In this and each succeeding
module, your child will be expected to work on developing Module 8—Novel Study—Hang in There Oscar
keyboarding skills. Martin!, version 02
Module 3—Magnetic Powers, version 02 The short novel is about Oscar Martin, a reporter for a school
newspaper. In this module your child will read the novel and
This module will provide your child with the opportunity to produce his or her own newspaper. The novel consists of five
handle and experiment with magnets as he or she makes pre- short chapters and a variety of illustrations. The newspaper
dictions, conducts investigations, and forms conclusions. project will give your child an opportunity to write articles,
Your child will also learn about static electricity and find out want ads, headlines, and perhaps even an advice column.
how to make charged particles. Your child will apply what he
or she has learned to plan, build, and test a magnetic vehicle. Module 9—Out in Space, version 02
Language skill development is also an important part of the For centuries people looked at the sky and wondered what
module. was out there. In this module, your child will take a look at
Module 4—Did You Hear That?, version 02 the solar system and learn about gravity. Then your child will
learn about space travel and living in space. There are a vari-
In this module your child will learn about the sense of hear- ety of hands-on activities where your child will learn how to
ing, sound, and music. There are a variety of reading and make a balloon rocket, measure moon strength, and even
writing activities, sound experiments, an opportunity to make decode a binary message.
musical instruments, and a research project. Those students
who don’t already play a musical instrument will begin learn-
ing about music notation and how to play a recorder.

18
Grade 3 Mathematics, version 02
The present OSBC Math 3 course does not meet all of the
learning outcomes and will need to be augmented by
teachers. In some cases alternative math programs may be
used. Please contact your DE School for further
information.
This course consists of three blocks. Each block contains
10 papers which will take about 5 days each to complete.
Students send in assignments when a paper is complete.

PRIMARY SKILLS MODULE, version 01

These supplementary resources consist of a series of “job
cards” focussing on specific skills that are developed during
the primary years. There are primary skills modules for three
levels: basic, developing, and advanced.
Skills at the basic level include: making a sentence, asking
questions, adding “ing” to words, adding “ed” to words, root
words, plural words, contractions, possessives, letter writing,
initial consonants, and short vowels sounds.
Skills at the developing level include: reviewing sentences,
introducing nouns, verbs, pronouns, describing words,
reviewing capital letters and end punctuation, abbreviations,
using a comma, adding “ing” and “ed” to root words,
homonyms, contractions, compound words, writing para-
graphs, letters, alphabetical order, syllables, phonics, and
spelling strategies.
Skills at the advanced level include: learning more about sen-
tences (subject and predicate, joining short sentences together
and correcting run-on sentences), nouns, pronouns, verbs,
similes, synonyms, homonyms, antonyms, abbreviations, let-
ter writing, building a paragraph, prefixes, suffixes,
abbreviations, syllables, alphabetical order, and spelling
strategies.
The modules are developed around a nautical theme, “Let’s
Sail Into Language Arts,” and consist of two components:
A. a home instructor’s manual with information and teach-
ing suggestions for each job card. This includes “page
protocol” information to help in establishing excellent
work habits
B. an activity booklet (Ship’s Log) for students to practice
the skills
CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
A key feature of the job cards is that they are designed to be
open-ended with no suggested time for completion. The Continuous enrolment in courses is a
intention is that they will be referred to repeatedly during the feature of BC Distance Education
school year.
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
to register prior to September 30th to
ensure your greatest range of program
choices but we welcome students to
apply any time during the 12-month
calendar year.

Please visit individual Distance

Education Schools on page 2 of this
book.

19
 The Intermediate Program—Grade 4
The required courses for Grade 4 are: Core Modules:
English Language Arts
Fine Arts Module 1—Say Hello, version 03
Health and Career Education
Mathematics In this beginning module, the student is introduced to the
Physical Education format and expectations of this and following modules. The
Science student learns about how to make good decisions, the
Social Studies importance of daily physical activity, and how to develop
good work habits. The student creates a variety of personal
Seven core modules have been designed to form the basis of writing responses, maps, and timelines, shares personal skills,
the Grade 4 Program. Each of these modules consists of interests, and achievements, and learns about two famous
18 full days of learning. Modules integrate English Language Canadians, Terry Fox and Rick Hansen.
Arts, Social Studies, Science, and Fine Arts and are supple-
mented by a separate Health and Career Education course and Module 2—Look Around, version 03
Physical Education / Daily Physical Activity Journal. The theme of this module is the interdependence of plants,
Mathematics is covered separately. animals, and people. Students learn about habitats, food
Special interest modules have been developed to meet a wide chains, and the environment. Students write stories, legends,
variety of student interests. They generally consist of 9 full letters, reports, and examine advertising. Students learn about
days of learning. You should consult with your distributed the traditional Aboriginal concept of respect for the environ-
learning teacher regarding the modules the child will ment. They explore visual arts and dance. Throughout the
complete. module they see how living things are all connected. Students
will describe the physical changes that occur during puberty
A consumable Student Book containing work pages, charts,
and learn about communicable and non-communicable
and a guide for the home facilitator has been produced for
diseases.
each module so that that the modules can be used for more
than one year.
Module 3—Crossing Canada West, version 03
In general, students are expected to complete the seven core
In this module, students begin a study of Canada, including
modules supplemented by Health and Career Education and
its Aboriginal Peoples and explorers, starting in British
the Physical Education Journal, mathematics, and a selection
Columbia and traveling across the western provinces and the
of special interest modules during the school year. However,
northern territories. Students will describe interpersonal skills
teachers adapt programs to suit individual learning needs. In
and ways to respond to bullying behaviour.
addition, there is a handwriting module available.
In Health and Career Education (HACE) the student is Module 4—Working With the Elements, version 03
encouraged to show initiative and accountability in decision
Art and weather are everywhere. In this module, students will
making and to develop planning skills such as time manage-
learn about Canadian art and explore the elements of art,
ment, goal setting, and seeking support. These skills apply to
such as line, shape, colour and texture. Students will study
work in other subject areas and to the activities the student
various elements of weather such as temperature, wind speed,
will undertake following graduation. Health and Career
air pressure, and clouds. Students will learn about abuse,
Education K to 7 is designed to help the student to become a
common lures and tricks, and strategies for avoiding unsafe
thoughtful, caring individual who can plan and reflect, make
situations.
informed choices, and take responsibility for her or his own
personal health, safety, and future.
Module 5—Crossing Canada East, version 03
Daily Physical Activity is a Ministry of Education requirement
Students continue the study of Canada, beginning in the
for every BC school-aged student from Kindergarten to Grade
province of Manitoba and continuing to Newfoundland.
Twelve. Grades K–9 are required to do 30 minutes of activity
Students will have an opportunity to delve more into
per day. Students who meet this requirement will receive a
Canada's history and Aboriginal Peoples. Students will
comment of “meeting requirement” on term and final report
explore safety and substance misuse.
cards.
The following outline gives the titles and a brief description Module 6—Write On! Read On!, version 03
of each core module and special interest module.
The emphasis in this module is on the writing process.
Students will try out a variety of forms of writing as well as
reading a variety of stories, including a tall tale, cartoons, and
Students in Grades 4 and 7 are required a mystery novel. Students will investigate the properties of
sound and light. Students will also explore choices they can
to participate in the Ministry of make to attain and maintain emotional and physical health.
Education’s Foundation Skills
Assessments.

20
Module 7—Investigations, version 03 Travelling, version 02
This module is about finding solutions to different kinds of This module is designed for children who will be travelling
problems. Students build and test a variety of bridges. A novel with their families for an extended period of time. It makes
study is a part of the reading activities in the module. the most of learning opportunities encountered during their
Students will describe choices related to physical health, travels and provides a range of activities to apply, enrich, and
including choices for healthy eating based on Canada’s Food extend their learning such as interpreting maps, identifying
Guide to Healthy Eating. features of the natural environment, learning how animals
and plants adapt to the local environment, and learning
Special Interest Modules: about cultural differences, and researching information.
(used across the intermediate grades) Woodworking, version 02
Students can choose which modules to complete. Students learn how to use simple hand tools properly and
safely as well as learn basic woodworking techniques such as
What About Bikes?, version 02 cutting and joining pieces of wood and painting or finishing
an item. Students build a variety of projects including an
This module introduces the student to the world of bicycles. oven aid; cutting board; candlestick; bench; tic tac toe game;
Lessons trace the history of the bicycle, explore bicycle parts, shelf; and a project of their choice such as a mug tree,
offer buying tips, recommend safe bicycling practices, give planter, or bird feeder. In addition to learning woodworking
advice on simple repairs, and discuss the environmental skills, students have opportunities to: learn about types of
benefits of bike riding. wood and wood products, measure, experiment, read blue-
prints, and explore woodworking as a career or hobby. The
Backyard Bugs, version 02 module requires extensive participation of the home
This module is filled with easy-to-do, hands-on activities. instructor. There is one Woodworking video resource for this
Students are asked to observe insects in their natural habitat. module.
Opportunities are provided for students to make models,
build bug habitats, carry out investigations, and make obser- Woodworking DVD (7540005192) $20.00
vations. This module also provides the opportunity to involve This DVD which has optional activitie may be
other family members in the study of insects. ordered at the time of enrolment if you have
access to a DVD player.
What’s Cooking?, version 02
A selection of CD-ROMs are available.
Students will explore many aspects of food and its prepara-
tion in this nine days of study. Because emphasis is on Recordings of student’s presentations are required
practical skills, students will explore measurements, use cook- in this course. Please contact your school of
books, and plan and prepare a special meal. Topics include registration for further information.
nutrition, digestion, and kitchen safety. The novel The
Chocolate Touch is included with the module. Health and Career Education 4, version 01
Media Messages, version 02 The Health and Career Education curriculum makes a unique
contribution to the development of the student as a well-
We live in an age of information. Radio, television, newspa-
rounded individual. It complements the rest of the curricula
per, and magazine messages are everywhere. This module is
by focusing on personal development and how schooling and
intended to help the student in developing a critical
extracurricular activities relate to future plans. The decision to
approach to what he or she reads, hears, and sees. It looks at
include Health and Career Education in the curricula is recogni-
how newspapers, radio, and television began, a behind-the-
tion that emotional and social developments are as important
scenes look at how they work, and different ways in which
as academic achievement, intellectual growth, and physical
they can influence thinking.
skills. This inclusion also recognizes the need to understand
the personal relevance of studies.
Pond Life, version 02
In Health and Career Education K to 7, the student is encour-
Students will explore a pond and see first-hand how special
aged to show initiative and accountability in decision making
adaptation help plants and animals survive in their habitats.
and to develop planning skills such as time management,
Students will learn about photosynthesis, surface tension,
self-assessment, goal setting, and seeking support. These skills
food chains, camouflage, and pond conservation. An ongoing
apply to work in other subject areas and to the activities the
activity is the creation of a Log Book that will become a com-
student will undertake following graduation. Health and
plete record of your child’s pond study. The module requires
Career Education K to 7 is designed to help the student to
extensive participation of the home instructor.
become a thoughtful, caring individual who can plan and
reflect, make informed choices, and take responsibility for her
or his own personal health, safety, and future.

21
The prescribed learning outcomes for Health and Career Physical Education 4 and Daily Physical
Education 4 are grouped under three broad organizers:
Activity Journal, version 01
1. Goals and Decisions
The prescribed learning outcomes in this organizer are The Physical Education 4 and Daily Physical Activity Journal
designed to develop students’ abilities to: is designed for grade 4 students. This resource provides ideas
for a balanced and complete physical education program in
• Identify the steps in a decision-making model all categories of fitness: strength, endurance and flexibility. In
2. Career Development the journal included, students chart their progress in physical
The prescribed learning outcomes in this organizer are fitness, as well as record their daily physical activity for each
designed to develop students’ abilities to: school term.

• Create an inventory of their own attributes, Science 4, version 01

including skills, interests, and accomplishments
• Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of In the current Grade 4 program Science is covered in the
developing effective work habits integrated Core Modules. However the 2005 IRP introduces
new learning outcomes for Grade 4 Science that is not met in
3. Health
the integrated Core Modules. Science 4 was developed to
The prescribed learning outcomes in this organizer
meet the 2005 IRP.
(grouped under four sub-organizers) are designed to
develop students’ abilities as follows: The Sound & Light module explores the sources of sound and
light and different characteristics that define these two forms
Healthy Living of energy. Key concepts around are highlighted through the
exploration of sources of sound and light, how they travel,
• Describe the choices an individual can make to attain
and how they are controlled. The module provides lessons
and maintain physical and emotional health
with specific directions to readings in the main textbook
• Describe choices he or she can make for healthy
(Sound and Light 2005, Scholastic Canada Ltd.) and directions
eating, based on Canada’s Food Guide to Healthy
to corresponding worksheets in the Notebook.
Eating
• Describe the physical changes that occur during Resources for the course include the following:
puberty
• Differentiate between communicable and non-com- Sound and Light 2005 (Scholastic Canada
municable diseases Ltd.) (7540005308) $15.00
Notebook (7540005246) 16.00
Healthy Relationships Home Facilitator’s Guide (7540005247) 3.00
• Describe interpersonal skills necessary to build posi- Science 4 Media CD (7540005249) 25.00
tive relationships
• Demonstrate appropriate strategies for responding to
bullying behaviour
Intermediate Music (Grades 4–7), version 01
Safety and Injury Prevention
This music program focuses on all aspects of music, from
• Identify common lures or tricks used by potential
singing and playing, reading and writing, to movement and
abusers, face-to-face or on the Internet
dance. There are seven modules in the course. Each of the
• Identify strategies for avoiding abusive or potentially
first six modules integrates the different skills the students
abusive situations
will learn throughout the program, including vocal music,
• Describe the potential risks for injury in a variety of
music history, playing the recorder, reading music and dance.
settings, including on the road
The students work in a Workbook, and also use The Music
Substance Misuse Prevention Book for written work. In the final module the student
• Describe possible negative effects of substance misuse reviews the concepts learned and prepares for a performance.
• Propose strategies for preventing or avoiding sub- Unless they have a previous music background, the students
stance misuse should begin with Module 1.
Mathematics 4, version 02
Overview of Intermediate Music Modules
The present OSBC Math 4 course does not meet all of the
learning outcomes and will need to be augmented by Module 1
teachers. In some cases alternative math programs may be
used. Please contact your DE School for further In this introductory module students learn to play two note
information. tunes on the recorder, learn a simple dance, and begin to read
music.
This course consists of six modules with four and six sections
in each module. There are six lessons in each section. Module 2
Students send in an assignment at the end of each section.
In Module 2, more notes are introduced on the recorder, and
more complex music including tied notes, dotted halves,
eighth notes, rests, and time signatures are explained. Terms
for musical expression and the instruments of the orchestra
are described. A digeridoo is built in the final lesson.
22
Module 3
In addition to learning more notes and melodies on the
recorder, in Module 3 the various genres of music are intro-
duced. The full octave and solfa pitch names for vocal music
are also explained.

Module 4
In Module 4, students continue to explore the genres of music,
focusing on the blue, jazz, and 20th century composers. More
advanced recorder skills are developed, and new dance steps
are introduced.

Module 5
Over the seven lessons of Module 5 students are introduced
to both classical and popular composers from the Middle
Ages to the 20th century. New vocal techniques (scat and doo
wap) are introduced, and recorder skills are developed.

Module 6
In Module 6, in addition to learning the low notes on the
recorder, and recording their own tunes, students do a
research project on one of the topics suggested. They also pre-
pare invitations/flyers for their performance.
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE
Module 7
Students prepare and stage a variety performance in Module 7.
FOR
They include singing, dancing, and playing in their perform- • All students enrolled directly in a DE program.
ance.
Students will have to purchase their own recorder for the • Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
course.
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at
Resources for the course include the following: their neighbourhood school taking a
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school.
Intermediate Music Songbook
Call your Distance Education School for
(7540004599) $8.00
The Music Book by Barbara Stead details.
(World Teacher’s Press) (7540004579) 15.00
30.00
Everybody Dance CD (Kimbo Educational)
(7540004580) 33.00
Classical Kids—
Tchaikovsky Discovers America CD CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
(The Children’s Group Inc.) (7540004581) 15.00
Continuous enrolment in courses is a
feature of BC Distance Education
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
to register prior to September 30th to
ensure your greatest range of program
choices but we welcome students to
apply any time during the 12-month
calendar year.

Please visit individual Distance

Education Schools on page 2 of this
book.

23
 Grades 5, 6, and 7
The courses for Grades 5, 6, and 7 are: English Language Arts 5, version 02
Mathematics This course consists of five modules, each with 20 lessons.
Social Studies Each lesson has two parts as follows:
English Language Arts
Science Looking into Language
French
Fine Arts:: Art, Drama, Music, and Dance The focus of this part of the lesson which is designed to be
Health and Career Education completed in about one hour, is on stories, poems, books,
P.E plays, and articles. Students gain experience in listening,
speaking, reading, writing, viewing, and representing.
Looking into Language is a non-consumable print document.
GRADE 5 Students complete activities and answer questions in their
own notebooks or on a computer. An extensive Answer Key is
The courses for Grade 5 are: provided.
English Language Arts
Overview of English Language Arts Modules Skill Builders
• Module One: Poets and Writers The focus of this part of the lesson, designed to be completed
• Module Two: Weather in about half an hour, is on writing, punctuation, spelling,
• Module Three: Canadian Heritage and grammar activities. Skill Builders is a consumable print
• Module Four: Everyday Heroes document. Students write answers in the Skill Builders book-
• Module Five: Inventions and Discoveries let and check their work in an Answer Key.
Mathematics
Science Throughout the modules there are references to Internet sites
Overview of Science Modules as options for students who have access to the Internet.
• Module 3A: Making Things Move There is a separate Home Instructor’s Guide and Assignment
• Module 3B: Using Machines Booklet for each module. Detailed information is provided to
• Module 4A: The Human Body — All Systems Go! home instructors on ways they can assist their child’s learn-
• Module 4B: Staying Healthy ing. Students are evaluated on the assignments they complete
• Module 5: Mixtures, Marshes, and Me and send to their teachers.
Social Studies
Overview of Social Studies Modules In addition to the five core modules, students will complete
• Module 1: Canada and Its People novel studies in consultation with teachers. There are a vari-
• Module 2: Government of Canada ety of print and online choices available.
• Module 3: Canadian Communities Resources for the course include the following:
• Module 4: Canada’s Resources
French 5/6 • English Language Arts Skills Handbook which is
Health and Career Education used as a resource for activities in the modules
Fine Arts and novel studies.
P.E. • Course Cassette Tape which provides readings
and activities for the five core modules.
Students require their own:
• dictionary and thesaurus. It would be helpful for
CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION them to have access to an encyclopedia and an
atlas, globe, or world map. A variety of newspaper
Continuous enrolment in courses is a and magazines would also be useful.
feature of BC Distance Education • notebook or binder to write answers for
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged questions in the Looking into Language lessons and
for journal activities.
to register prior to September 30th to
ensure your greatest range of program Recordings of student’s presentations are required
in this course. Please contact your school of
choices but we welcome students to registration for further information.
apply any time during the 12-month
calendar year.

Please visit individual Distance

Education Schools on page 2 of this
book.

24
Overview of English Language Arts Modules The course has been designed to use materials found in the
home. Throughout the modules there are references to
Module One: Poets and Writers Internet sites as resource options for students who have access
This module begins with a detailed overview of the course. to the Internet.
Students are introduced to the main features and are provided
with assessment and evaluation information. Activities focus Overview of Science Modules
on imagery, forms, and techniques for writing poetry; compo-
nents of a story; literary genres; and sentence and paragraph Module 3A: Making Things Move
construction. This module introduces students to forces; direct forces such
as pushing or pulling and “invisible” forces such as magnet-
Module Two: Weather ism and gravity. In the second half of the module students
The theme of this module is weather. Students explore a vari- learn how machines help transfer and increase forces to make
ety of imaginative texts that deal with weather to improve movement and work possible. Levers, inclined planes, and
reading comprehension and develop appreciation of a wide pulleys are introduced.
variety of writing forms. A main focus is on pre-writing skills
involving information gathering, organizing, and planning. Module 3B: Using Machines
In this module students learn the ways in which people use
Module Three: Canadian Heritage simple machines, beginning with historical uses to how
In this module students learn about the people, places, and simple machines are used today in space. The focus of the
history of Canada through stories, essays, songs, and poetry. second half of the module is in the construction of a simple
Students explore different ways of telling stories, from tall machine, following the steps of: design, construction, testing,
tales to newspaper reports to autobiographies. Research skills refining, and re-testing.
are a main focus.
Module 4A: The Human Body–All Systems Go!
Module Four: Everyday Heroes The focus of this module is on the systems of the human
As they read about real or imaginary heroes, students con- body. In the first section students learn about the systems
tinue to practice communication skills. Specific skills involved in movement: the skeletal, muscular, and nervous
emphasized are expanding vocabulary, differentiating systems. In the second section the focus is on the systems
between fact and opinion, and speaking to a group. inside the body: the respiratory, circulatory, digestive, and
excretory systems.
Module Five: Inventions and Discoveries
Module 4B: Staying Healthy
Two young inventors are guides for this module as they share
their favourite stories about famous inventions. Activities The focus of this module is on how the body protects itself so
include identifying and recording information, considering that its systems stay healthy and strong. Students learn about
point of view, and conducting an interview. In the second the important role of the skin and of the body’s immune
section of the module students are guided through the system. The second half of the module explores medical
research process step-by-step. technology.

Mathematics 5, version 02 Module 5: Mixtures, Marshes, and Me

Unlike the other modules, this module consists of 15 lessons
The present OSBC Math 5 course does not meet all of the
rather than 10 lessons. The three main topics are chemistry,
learning outcomes and will need to be augmented by
wetlands, and focus on you (including how you think,
teachers. In some cases alternative math programs may be
organize your time, take care of yourself, and get along with
used. Please contact your DE School for further
others).
information.
A module format, consisting of 30 send-in papers, (no text). Social Studies 5, version 03
Skills include: place value, estimation, problem solving, deci-
mal fractions, measurement, geometry, as well as functional In this course students will learn a lot about Canada, this big,
math skills through multiplication, division, addition, and beautiful, and fascinating country we call home.
subtraction.
Overview of Social Studies Modules
Science 5, version 01
Module 1: Canada and Its People
This course consists of three modules.
In this module students will learn about the physical and
Students can choose to do additional modules in consultation cultural diversity of Canada. They will explore the physical
with their teacher. diversity of Canada by analyzing a relief map of the country
Each module is accompanied by its own Activity Workbook and by reading a young boy’s account of where he lives.
and a Home Instructor’s Guide and Assignment Booklet. Student will also learn how a census can be used to evaluate
the cultural diversity of Canada, as well as count the number
of people who live in our country. Students will also learn
about the physical and cultural diversity of Canada by
analyzing the paintings of two famous artists. Finally,

25
students will be introduced to Canada’s founding peoples— others are sent to the teacher for evaluation. Each section is
the First Nations and Inuit, the French, and the British. They designed to be completed in about two hours. Section 6,
will learn about the contributions each group made to early called Activités finales, consists of a set of activities to help
Canadian society. students use and expand on what they learned in the first
five sections through new and creative activities. This
Module 2: Government in Canada Section 6 has been designed to be completed in about five
hours.
In this module students will learn about the three levels of
government and how they are organized. They will also learn
Overview of Special Projects (Projet spéciaux)
some of the ways that citizens can influence the government,
and about The Constitution and the Canadian Charter of The special projects are separate from the modules and offer
Rights and Freedoms. Students will also learn about the students the opportunity to strengthen and further develop
relationship between the Aboriginal peoples in Canada and their French language skills while exploring a particular
the government. theme which they have selected. Each special project has
been designed to be completed in about two hours.
Module 3: Canadian Communities The ten special projects developed for French 5/6 are:
In this module students will learn about some of the unique Projet spécial 1: Le Carnaval de Québec
features of communities across Canada. Students will also (The Québec Winter Carnival)
investigate the history of your community and present a
Projet spécial 2: Les Jeux olympiques d’hiver
short report on what you have learned. In addition, students
(The Winter Olympics)
will learn about the many forms of transportation and
communication that have been used in Canada. Students will Projet spécial 3: Noël (Christmas)
keep a log of all the different forms of transportation and Projet spécial 4: L’Halloween (Halloween)
communication they use over a five-day period. They will
also create a timeline of different forms of transportation that Projet spécial 5: Le Métro de Paris (The Paris Underground
have been used in Canada. Train System)
Projet spécial 6: La Saint-Valentin (Valentine’s Day)
Module 4: Canada’s Resources
Projet spécial 7: Le Vieux-Québec (Old Québec City)
In this module students will learn about Canada’s natural
resources and the development of British Columbia. They will Projet spécial 8: Le temps des sucres (Maple Syrup)
study our country’s natural resources and identify which ones Projet spécial 9: Le nouvel an chinois (Chinese New Year)
are renewable and which are non-renewable. Students will
Projet spécial 10: Les deux souriceaux (The Country Mouse
also do an in-depth research project on either the fur trade or
and the City Mouse)
the gold rush. Students will also learn about the impact
human activities have had on the natural environment. Resources for the course include the following:
Resources for the course include the following: • Aventures 1: textbook
• two stacked videos: one used throughout the
Connections Canada (7540005286) $60.00
five modules and one used for Projets spéciaux 3, 5,
Toolbox (7540005287) 15.00
and 7
• Fetons l’hiver: video used for Projet spécial 1
French 5/6, version 02 • nine audio tapes or CDs used as listening tapes
throughout Modules 1–5
The French 5/6 course aims to make second language learning • one audio tape or CD used as a listening tape
exciting and relevant. throughout the special projects
The course is made up of five modules and ten Projets spéciaux • four blank cassette tapes (one to use as a Practice
(special projects). Students choose five of the Projets spéciaux Tape and three to use as Send-In Tapes)
and complete one with each module. It is expected that most • French 5/6 website (optional)
students will complete Modules 1 and 2 and two Projets http://www.openschool.bc.ca/courses/french/french5_6/
spéciaux in Grade 5 and Modules 3, 4, and 5 and three Projets Students require their own:
spéciaux in Grade 6. • French dictionary
• 3-ring binder to keep the modules and special
Overview of French Modules projects
The five modules for French 5/6 are: • cardboard dividers with tabs to insert between
the module sections
• Module 1: À la maison (At Home)
• Module 2: Ma famille et moi (My Family and I) Use of a video tape recorder or DVD player and an
• Module 3: Le méteo et les vêtements audio tape recorder and CD player are required for
(Weather and Clothing) this course.
• Module 4: Les sports el les animaux (Sports and Animals)
• Module 5: Où est-ce que j’habite? (Where Do I Live)
There are six sections in each module. Sections 1 to 5 consist
of activities to help students practice new vocabulary and
skills. Some of these activities are marked by students and

26
Health and Career Education 5 GRADE 6
A variety of units will be offered, online and in print, to help The courses for Grade 6 are:
students develop into individuals capable of making informed
English Language Arts
decisions, which will lead to a healthy life-style.
Overview of English Language Arts Modules
• Module One: The Pacific Rim
Fine Arts 5 • Module Two: Looking Up
The basic concepts include: colour values, texture, pattern, • Module Three: The Creature World
line drawing, cartooning, use of paint, and 3-D art forms. • Module Four: In the Days of Knights
• Module Five: Our Heritage
A combination of activities for music, art, drama, and dance Mathematics 6
are required. Students who are involved in private or commu- Science 6
nity programs can earn credit towards completion of the Overview of Science Modules
program. • Module 1: Biology—That's Life!
• Module 2: Microbiology—Life Under the Microscope
P.E. 5 • Module 3: Electrical Energy
• Module 4: People and Electricity
The aim of the Physical Education Program is to enable indi-
• Module 5: On the Air! Air and Aerodynamics
viduals to develop the knowledge, skill and attitudes
• Module 6: Taking Flight
necessary to lead an active, healthy lifestyle. A combination
• Module 7: Our Place in the Universe
of online and paper may be offered. Students who are
• Module 8: The Final Frontier—Exploring Space
involved in community programs can earn credit towards
• Module 9: The Science Around You
completion of the program.
• Module: Extreme Environments
Social Studies 6
Overview of Social Studies Modules
• Module 1: Exploring the Pacific Rim
• Module 2: Different People—Different Choices
• Module 3: Being a Good Global Citizen
Art
French 5/6
Technology
Health and Career Education
P.E.

English Language Arts 6, version 02

This course consists of five modules, each with 20 lessons.
Each lesson has two parts as follows:

Looking into Language

The focus of this part of the lesson which is designed to be
completed in about one hour, is on stories, poems, books,
plays, and articles Students gain experience in listening,
speaking, reading, writing, viewing, and representing.
Looking into Language is a non-consumable print document.
Students complete activities and answer questions in their
own notebooks or on a computer. An extensive Answer Key is
provided.
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE
Skill Builders
FOR The focus of this part of the lesson, designed to be completed
in about half an hour, is on punctuation, spelling, and gram-
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program. mar activities. Skill Builders is a consumable print document.
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students. Students write answers in the Skill Builders booklet and check
their work in an Answer Key.
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at Throughout the modules there are references to Internet sites
their neighbourhood school taking a as options for students who have access to the Internet.
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school. There is a separate Home Instructor’s Guide and Assignment
Booklet for each module. Detailed information is provided to
Call your Distance Education School for home instructors on ways they can assist their child’s learn-
details. ing. Students are evaluated on the assignments they complete
and send to their teachers.

27
In addition to the five core modules, students will complete Grammar on the Go!, version 01
novel studies in consultation with teachers. There are a
Grammar on the Go! is designed as a stand-alone resource
variety of print and online choices available.
that students can work through at home for enrichment or
Resources for the course include the following: remediation.

• Course Cassette Tape which provides readings Mathematics 6, version 03

and activities for the five core modules.
Recordings of student’s presentations are required This course consists of six modules with between four and six
in this course. Please contact your school of sections in each module. There are five lessons in each sec-
registration for further information. tion. Students send in an assignment at the end of each
section.
• English Language Arts Skills Handbook which is
used as a resource for activities in the modules Extensive revisions have been made to this math course. A
and novel studies. new feature is the inclusion of a pretest at the beginning of
each section. Students have the option of completing this
Students require their own: pretest if they feel that they have a strong understanding of
• dictionary and thesaurus. It would be helpful for the concepts in the section.
them to have access to an encyclopedia and an
atlas, globe, or world map. A variety of newspaper Overview of Modules
and magazines would also be useful.
• notebook or binder to write answers for ques- Module 1: Number Concepts
tions in the Looking into Language lessons and for Module 2: Division and Decimals
journal activities. Module 3: Number Operations
Module 4: Shape and Space (Geometry)
Overview of English Language Arts Modules Module 5: Measurement, Shape and Space; and Problem
Solving
Module One: The Pacific Rim The course builds on concepts from previous grades as well as
introducing new skills. Skills include: place value to thou-
This module begins with a detailed overview of the course.
sandth, mental arithmetic, estimating, division (two and
Students are introduced to the main features and are provided
three digit divisors and quotients), fractions, divisibility rules,
with assessment and evaluation information. The texts in the
geometry (points, lines and segments, classifying
Looking Into Language lessons either originate in Pacific Rim
polygons), and problem solving.
countries or are about the Pacific Ocean or the countries that
border it. The module introduces the skills of analyzing tech-
niques and elements of short stories, sequencing, and Science 6, version 03
clustering. This course consists of ten modules, most with 10 lessons.

Module Two: Looking Up Three of the ten modules have been identified as core
modules. Students are expected to complete these three core
The texts in this module are about space and astronauts’ modules and, in consultation with their teacher, can choose
experiences in space; the sky; clouds; birds; and fireworks. two of the other modules to complete during the school year.
The focus is on managing information with an emphasis on
pre-writing steps. Students choose a topic; identify an audi- Each module is accompanied by its own Activity Workbook
ence, form and purpose; and research and organize material. and a Home Instructor’s Guide and Assignment Booklet.
The course has been designed to use materials found mainly
Module Three: The Creature World in the home. Some materials may be more difficult to find
The focus of this module is on communicating ideas using and are included in a Science Kit.
well-organized, clear, and precise language. Activities include Throughout the modules there are references to Internet sites
giving speeches and writing business and personal letters. The as resource options for students who have access to the
texts in the Looking Into Language lessons deal with real and Internet.
imaginary creatures.
Overview of Science Modules
Module Four: In the Days of Knights
Students will complete three core modules as follows:
This module uses texts drawn from Arthurian legends and the
fields of chivalry, heraldry, and knighthood. The focus is on Module 2
the use of exploratory language. Module 3
Module: Extreme Environments
Module Five: Our Heritage
They can choose to do additional modules in consultation
The texts used in this module are drawn from a variety of with their teacher.
time periods and regional areas of Canada. The focus is on
the skills of managing information through the creation of a
newspaper. Careers in the fields of English Language Arts are
profiled.

28
Module 1: Biology—That’s Life! Module: Extreme Environments (Online and Print)
The focus of this module is on classifying living things and In this module students will learn what extreme environ-
theories of how life came to be, including the theory of ments are and will study the following extreme environments
evolution and natural selection. Students are introduced to in detail: volcanoes, deserts, caves, polar regions, the ocean,
the field of paleontology and explore the meaning of bio- and space. Students will also learn about some of the special
diversity. technologies that have been developed to help people explore
these unique places and to survive there. In addition students
Module 2: Microbiology—Life Under the Microscope will learn about Canadian contributions to exploration tech-
nologies and consider how future technologies may affect
In this module students enter the world of microscopic
them.
things. After being introduced to microscopes and magnifiers,
they learn about cells and the relationship between micro- Required resource for the module:
organisms and people.
Extreme Environments CD (7540005385) $30.00
Module 3: Electrical Energy
This module introduces students to static and current Social Studies 6, version 04
electricity and looks at electrical phenomena such as
lightning. Students learn about major discoveries in electricity The Grade 6 social studies course examines four main areas in
and about some electricity-related jobs. the study of people and countries around the world—
cultures, governments, environments, and economics. This
Module 4: People and Electricity program encourages students to consider a variety of view
points on how people live and how cultures differ. Skills in
The emphasis of this module is on the ways we use electricity mapping and graphing, critical thinking, problem solving,
and how electricity is generated. Students are introduced to research and note-taking are developed in conjunction with
some of the problems with the most commonly used sources activities focusing on the core themes.
of electrical power generation and examine the advantages
and disadvantages of various energy sources. This program has been designed for students learning in both
online and paper-based distance education environments and
Module 5: On the Air! Air and Aerodynamics is based on the prescribed learning outcomes of the Ministry
of Education. In both programs, students are encouraged to
The first part of this module focuses on the scientific use a variety of resources and references to broaden their
properties of air. The focus of the second part is on aero- understanding and support their learning.
dynamics, the study of how air moves and how things move
through air. This course consists of three modules. Each module contains
nine or ten lessons. There is a corresponding Notebook for
Module 6: Taking Flight each module, which contain worksheets for all lesson activi-
ties. In addition, there is a Toolbox, which has information
The focus of this module is on aviation, flying machines and on specific skills used throughout the course and a compre-
how they work. After considering flight in the natural world, hensive glossary. All lesson activities are submitted for
students learn about parachutes, hot air balloons, and gliders. evaluation by a teacher.
The module continues with a study of the first powered air-
plane flight by the Wright brothers and airplane design, Module 1: Exploring the Pacific Rim
ending with the development of the jet engine.
In this module students choose a Pacific Rim country to
Module 7: Our Place in the Universe study. They explore the physical environment of a Pacific Rim
country and the impact on the people.
This module provides an overview of the universe, the solar
system, and Earth’s place in the solar system. Students then Module 2: Different People—Different Choices
look at the relationships between Earth, the Moon, and the
sun, and the resulting cycles and phenomena such as In module 2 students learn about what makes a community.
changing seasons, phases of the Moon, and tides. They explore different governments and global issues such as
trade. They also explore Mexico City and compare China and
Module 8: The Final Frontier—Exploring Space Canada’s constitutions.

This module focuses on space exploration, beginning with an Module 3: Being a Good Global Citizen
overview of the space race years, continuing with a look at
interesting details connected with space exploration, and In this module students examine many different concepts
ending with an exploration of such issues such as space around being a global citizen. They explore possible ways to
colonization and the question of extraterrestrial life. live including examining harmony, health, and happiness.
Students explore how people make a positive difference in
Module 9: The Science Around You our world.

Unlike the other modules, this module consists of 15 lessons

rather than 10 lessons. The three main topics are trees and
forests, body knowledge and care, and evidence and
investigation.

29
 Required resources for the course: Projet spécial 6: La Saint-Valentin (Valentine’s Day)
Global Citizens 6 (Sterling and Powrie) Projet spécial 7: Le Vieux-Québec (Old Québec City)
(Oxford University Press, 2001) Projet spécial 8: Le temps des sucres (Maple Syrup)
(7540005070) $60.00
Discovering Today’s Japan (Blackstock and Projet spécial 9: Le nouvel an chinois (Chinese New Year)
Zubot) (Oxford University Press, 1998) Projet spécial 10: Les deux souriceaux (The Country Mouse
(7540005071) 30.00 and the City Mouse)

Art 6, version 01 Resources for the course include the following:

Concepts include study of colour (warm and cool, tints and • Aventures 1: textbook
shades), sketching, texture, design, pattern, lettering and sign • two stacked videos: one used throughout the
making, abstract, silhouettes, mounting, and presentation of five modules and one used for Projets spéciaux 3, 5,
art work. and 7
• Fetons l’hiver: video used for Projet spécial 1
• nine audio tapes or CDs used as listening tapes
French 5/6, version 02 throughout Modules 1–5
The French 5/6 course aims to make second language learning • one audio tape or CD used as a listening tape
exciting and relevant. throughout the special projects
• four blank cassette tapes (one to use as a Practice
The course is made up of five modules and ten Projets spéciaux Tape and three to use as Send-In Tapes)
(special projects). Students choose five of the Projets spéciaux • French 5/6 website (optional)
and complete one with each module. It is expected that most http://www.openschool.bc.ca/courses/french/french5_6/
students will complete Modules 1 and 2 and two Projets
spéciaux in Grade 5 and Modules 3, 4, and 5 and three Projets Students require their own:
spéciaux in Grade 6. • French dictionary
• 3-ring binder to keep the modules and special
Overview of French Modules projects
• cardboard dividers with tabs to insert between
The five modules for French 5/6 are:
the module sections
• Module 1: À la maison (At Home)
• Module 2: Ma famille et moi (My Family and I) Use of a video tape recorder or DVD player and an
• Module 3: Le méteo et les vêtements audio tape recorder and CD player are required for
(Weather and Clothing) this course.
• Module 4: Les sports el les animaux (Sports and Animals)
• Module 5: Où est-ce que j’habite? (Where Do I Live)
Technology 6
There are six sections in each module. Sections 1 to 5 consist
of activities to help students practice new vocabulary and For students with computer access a keyboarding program,
skills. Some of these activities are marked by students and CDs and online activities are available. Students on the
others are sent to the teacher for evaluation. Each section is CoNNect program will be given online activities to complete
designed to be completed in about two hours. Section 6, which will vary according to grade level and computer
called Activités finales, consists of a set of activities to help expertise.
students use and expand on what they learned in the first
five sections through new and creative activities. This Health and Career Education 6
Section 6 has been designed to be completed in about five
hours. A variety of units will be offered, online and in print, to help
students develop into individuals capable of making informed
Overview of Special Projects (Projet spéciaux) decisions, which will lead to a healthy life-style.

The special projects are separate from the modules and offer P.E. 6
students the opportunity to strengthen and further develop
their French language skills while exploring a particular The aim of the Physical Education Program is to enable indi-
theme which they have selected. Each special project has viduals to develop the knowledge, skill and attitudes
been designed to be completed in about two hours. necessary to lead an active, healthy lifestyle. A combination
of online and paper may be offered. Students who are
The ten special projects developed for French 5/6 are: involved in community programs can earn credit towards
Projet spécial 1: Le Carnaval de Québec completion of the program.
(The Québec Winter Carnival)
Projet spécial 2: Les Jeux olympiques d’hiver
(The Winter Olympics)
Projet spécial 3: Noël (Christmas)
Projet spécial 4: L’Halloween (Halloween)
Projet spécial 5: Le Métro de Paris (The Paris Underground
Train System)

30
GRADE 7 Module 2: Technical Communication
The courses for Grade 7 are: • Apply for a job as a technical writer
• Brochures
English Language Arts • Product user manual
Mathematics • Business letters
Science 7
Overview of Science Modules Module 3: Convince Me
• Earth’s Crust • Types of persuasive communication
• Life Cycles • Persuasive techniques in advertisements
• Ecology • Persuasive argument
• Let’s Look at Chemistry
Social Studies Module 4: Finding Your Voice
Overview of Social Studies Modules • Defining poetry
• Connections with the Past • Sound devices in poetry
• Mesopotamia • Poetic elements
• Ancient Egypt • Read, listen to, and write poetry
• Ancient Greece
• Ancient Rome Module 5: Write of Passage
• World Connections
• Fiction writing
Art
• Story types
French 7
• Story elements
Technology
• The writing process
Health and Career Education
P.E. Module 6: The Breadwinner
• Novel study
English Language Arts 7 (Online and Print),
version 04 The resources for this course are:
English Language Arts 7 is an innovative new course. This The Breadwinner (novel) (7540004519) $13.00
course has been completely rewritten and is available in print Expressions CD (7540004585) 37.00
and online.
Grammar on the Go!, version 01
Lessons are blended with fun, vivid multimedia pieces. Kids
enjoy them because they are interactive. Teachers appreciate Grammar on the Go! is designed as a stand-alone resource
them because they support the lessons and teach content in that students can work through at home for enrichment or
interesting and creative ways. Students require access to a remediation.
computer to use these multimedia elements.
This course is designed to help students learn about personal Mathematics 7, version 03
narratives, reading comprehension, technical writing, persua-
sive style, language of poetry, types of stories, and story This course consists of seven modules with two to three
elements. The lessons emphasize English language skills sections in each module. Students send in an assignment at
applied to practical and relevant activities. The activities are the end of each section.
varied and offer choice and flexibility to teachers and stu- This course features a pretest at the beginning of each section.
dents. The course addresses the prescribed learning outcomes Students have the option of completing this pretest if they
from the BC Ministry of Education’s Language Arts IRP. feel that they have a strong understanding of the concepts in
the section. Another key feature of the course is the inclusion
Technical Requirements of “Thinking Strategies” and “Thinking Space.” The first
* PC: Windows 98 or later; 233 MHz Pentium 2 processor, module explains and models several strategies that students
64 MB RAM can use to interact more fully with the text. Each lesson
• Macintosh: MacOS9 or later; 233 MHz G3 processor, 64 throughout the course contains a space along the side of the
MB RAM page where students are prompted to use those strategies as
* Flash 7 they read.
• Explorer 5 or later recommended
Overview of Mathematics Modules
Overview of English Language Arts Modules
Module 1: Numbers and Operations
Module 1: Personal Focus Module 2: Fractions, Decimals and Percents
Module 3: Lines and Shapes
• Personal survey Module 4: Cartesian Plane
• Autobiographical sketch Module 5: Patterns
• Interview Module 6: Equations
• Research and write a biography Module 7: Statistics and Probability
• Bibliography

31
The course builds on concepts from previous grades and Anyone considering this course should contact their Distance
introduces new skills. Skills include: addition and subtraction Education School for more information and a sample CD.*
of integers as well as fractions, solving linear equations,
performing geometric constructions, transformations in the Science 7, version 02
Cartesian plane, calculating and interpreting measures of
central tendency, and problem solving in all content areas. This course consists of four modules. The modules can be
completed in any order.
TLE Mathematics 7, version 01 Each module is accompanied by its own science notebook,
consisting of worksheets for students to use for their written
*Some schools may not offer this program. work. Some of the worksheets are marked by students and
others are sent to the teacher for evaluation.
A computer-based CD-ROM program is available
for students who have good math and reading Earth’s Crust
skills and are comfortable with a computer
environment. This module looks at the changes that take place in Earth’s
crust—both the slow drift of tectonic plates and the sudden,
The Learning Equation® (TLE) 7 is an interactive CD-ROM abrupt changes caused by earthquakes and volcanoes.
program which is both engaging and user friendly. Students Throughout the module students build, use, and evaluate var-
work at their own pace, getting instruction, help and practice ious models, and consider how models can help us
from well-designed lessons which incorporate real world understand scientific processes that we can’t see directly.
applications. Navigation through all parts of the program is
easy so students can revisit lessons, review concepts or check Life Cycles
progress at any time. A built-in tracking system tells teachers This module looks at how organisms reproduce, grow, and
what students have done and records scores on self checks. develop. The first section of the module focuses on plants.
For Grade 7 there are section assignments. Evaluation for Students investigate plant reproduction and do projects to
Math 7 is a combination of notebook samples, tests, and find out how plants grow in different environmental condi-
other demonstrations of student understanding. Math 9 and tions. In the second section, the focus is on animal
10 have six tests and six sets of student notes that comprise reproduction, growth, and change. Students compare the
the evaluation. survival strategies of different animals and consider the
advantages of genetic variation within a species. The final
MINIMUM Computer Requirements: two lessons deal with human reproduction, growth, and
change.
PC Requirements
Ecology
• Windows 3.1, 95 or NT
• Processor: 486/33 MHz In this module students extend their understanding of
• 16 MB RAM ecology. They identify various features of an ecosystem, learn
• Colour monitor, 256 colours about the food chain, and explore the ecology of a local
• CD-ROM drive, double speed ecosystem. The second part of the module consists of a
• 15 MB free hard disk space research project where students choose a biome (a large
• Optional sound card region of the world that has a distinct climate and wildlife,
such as a desert or tropical rainforest) to study in depth.
Macintosh Requirements
• System 7.1 Let’s Look at Chemistry
• Processor: 68030, 68040, PowerPC/PowerMac or G3 In this module students explore the concept of matter in all
• 8 MG free RAM its states and forms. Through various activities, labs, and les-
• 14” colour monitor, 256 colours sons students will learn about the characteristics of mixtures
• CD-ROM drive, double speed and solutions. Students will also gain an understanding of pH
• 15 MB free hard disk space scale through testing weak acids or bases. They are also intro-
• Optional sound card duced to the particle model theory and to quantitative and
qualitative properties of materials, as well as chemical and
The content of TLE 7 matches completely the curriculum for physical changes in matter. Lessons on safety introduce this
the Principles of Mathematics 7, 8, 9, and 10 in the BC IRP. module, in preparation for the activities that follow.
Students who enjoy math and computers and like to work at
their own pace may find this course an interesting and stimu- Resources for the course include the following:
lating alternative to the print course. Science Probe 7 (Textbook) (SC0701J)
Students registering for this course will receive a set of CDs, a (7540001314) $60.00
student refresher for the course, and a User’s Guide and Earthquakes: Our Restless Planet DVD
arrange tests through their Distance Education School. (7540005223) 20.00
Grade 7 students will also be given a set of notebook tem- Biology Concepts: Ecology DVD
plates. (7540005142) 20.00
Let’s Look at Chemistry Lab Kit
TLE students enrolled in the CoNNect program will have (7540005015) 85.00
access to an online teacher as well as an online Student Café. Science 7 website (optional)

32
 Use of a DVD player is required for this course. The resources for this course are:
There may be a few video cassette tapes available,
please check with your Distance Education School. Ancient Worlds (Arnold Toutant and Susan
Doyle) Oxford University Press: Toronto,
Social Studies 7 (Online and Print), version 04 2000 (SS0703) (7540001254) $70.00
The Roman Record (Usborne Publishing)
In this course students will learn how and why several London, England, 1997 (SS0704)
ancient civilizations originated, grew, and then eventually (7540001302) 13.00
collapsed. They will also discover how ancient people lived A Visitor’s Guide to the Ancient World
and how they dealt with the challenges they faced. (7540005332) 20.00
Enrichment Activities Handbook for
Social Studies 7 consists of six modules. It is recommended Ancient History CD-ROM (7540004453) 17.00
that students take the modules in order. Each module is Ancient History CD-ROM (7540004499) 50.00
accompanied by a notebook, consisting of worksheets for NOTE: Prices are subject to change.
students to use for their written work.
An online version of this course with innovative Art 7, version 01
and creative learning activities is available. An introduction to the concepts of colour, shape, lines, and
mood. Painting, drawing, and cutting are the skills used in
lettering, collage, and poster making.
Connections with the Past
In this module students will learn about their personal his- French 7, version 01
tory as well as the history and evolution of the human race. The new French 7 course aims to make second language
learning exciting and relevant. The course consists of one
Mesopotamia module and two special projects (projets spéciaux). Students
In this module students will learn about the various empires are expected to complete the module and choose one of the
of the Fertile Crescent, also known as Mesopotamia. special projects to complete.
Mesopotamia was home to some of the world’s earliest and
most intriguing civilizations. Overview of French Module
The module, called Bon appétit!, uses the theme of nutrition
Ancient Egypt to teach purposeful use of the French language. There are six
In this module students will fly back in time to the land of sections in the module. Sections 1 to 5 consist of activities to
ancient Egypt. They will travel along the Nile River and learn help students practice new vocabulary and skills. Some of
how the Egyptians lived in ancient times. Students will apply these activities are marked by students and others are sent to
what they have learned in many creative ways, such as recre- the teacher for evaluation. Section 6, called Activités finales,
ating King Tut’s death mask. consists of a set of activities to help students use and expand
on what they learned in the first five sections. Section 6 has
Ancient Greece been designed to be completed in about five hours. The final
activity in Section 6, called Putting It All Together, provides a
In this module students will study ancient Greece, one of the summative evaluation of students’ understanding.
most advanced civilizations of the ancient world. Students
will demonstrate what they have learned by creating an his- Overview of Special Projects (Projet spéciaux)
torical newspaper.
The special projects are separate from the module and offer
Ancient Rome students the opportunity to strengthen and further develop
their French language skills while exploring a particular
In this module you will study the development of Rome from theme which they have selected. Each special project has
a small village to the greatest empire of the ancient world. In been designed to be completed in about two hours.
the last section of this module, you will expand your knowl-
edge of this topic as you complete a research report on life in The special projects developed for French 7 are:
ancient Rome. Projet spécial 11: J’adore le camping!

World Connections Projet spécial 12: Protégez l’environnement!

In this module students will explore what it means to be a

responsible citizen. Students will learn what they can do to
make a difference in their communities.

33
 Resources for the course include the following:
• Bonne collation, bonne nutrition! textbook and
workbook
• Au café textbook
• L’environnement et moi textbook (for Projet
spécial 12)
• one stacked video or DVD: used in the module
and for Projet special 11
• one audio tape or CD: used as a listening tape
throughout the module and special projects
• four blank cassette tapes (one to use as a Practice
Tape and three to use as Send-In Tapes)
• French 7 website (optional)
http://www.openschool.bc.ca/courses/french/french_7/

Students require their own:

• French dictionary
• 3-ring binder to keep the module and special
projects
• cardboard dividers with tabs to insert between
the module sections

Use of a video tape recorder or CD/DVD player

and an audio tape recorder are required for this
course.

Technology 7 CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION

For students with computer access a keyboarding program, Continuous enrolment in courses is a
CDs and online activities are available. Students on the feature of BC Distance Education
CoNNect program will be given online activities to complete Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
which will vary according to grade level and computer
expertise. to register prior to September 30th to
ensure your greatest range of program
Health and Career Education 7 choices but we welcome students to
A variety of units will be offered, online and in print, to help apply any time during the 12-month
students develop into individuals capable of making informed calendar year.
decisions, which will lead to a healthy life-style.
Please visit individual Distance
P.E. 7
Education Schools on page 2 of this
Purpose of this course is to encourage regular, enjoyable
physical activity that contributes to a healthy body and
book.
mind. To meet expected goals, students plan their own
program and choose their own activities, which might range
from something as simple as walking the dog to participation
in team sports.
In addition to the physical activity program, there are written COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE
activities and readings about the active lifestyle.
FOR
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program.
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at
their neighbourhood school taking a
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school.
Call your Distance Education School for
details.

34
 Grades 8 and 9
Students should contact their Distance Education School about program planning. See individual Distance Education
School websites for additional courses.

GRADE 8
Required Courses Elective Courses (Choose One)
English 8 Art 8
Mathematics 8 Drafting 8
Physical Education 8 Home Economics 8
Science 8 Information Technology 8, 9, 10
Social Studies 8 Introductory French*
Health and Career Education 8 Online Guitar 8
a second Language (French 8)
* DPA is a Ministry of Education requirement that will
be addressed in different ways in different schools.

NOTE: Introductory French is not a required course, but can be used as a preparatory course to French 8 and may be
done before French 8, if required.

GRADE 9
Required Courses Elective Courses (Choose up to Two)
English 9 Agriculture 9
Mathematics 9 Art 9
Physical Education 9 Drafting 9
Science 9 French 9
Social Studies 9 German 9
Health and Career Education 9 Information Technology 8, 9, 10
* DPA is a Ministry of Education requirement that will Online Guitar 9
be addressed in different ways in different schools. Spanish 9

35
 Graduation Requirements
After September 2004, all school aged students registering in Grade 10 will be in the GRADUATION PROGRAM 2004
(80 credits). Students who were enrolled in Grades 11 and 12 as of September 2004 will be in the GRADUATION PROGRAM
1995 (52 credits). Students should contact their Distance Education School about program planning. Further information can
be accessed at www.bced.gov.bc.ca/graduation.

Graduation Program 2004 (80 credits) Graduation Transitions

If you entered Grade 10 or below in September 2004 or later, Graduation Transitions is a requirement for all students
you’ll be working towards the 80 credit graduation program. registered in Grades 10, 11, or 12 as of September, 2007 and
beyond. There are 3 components to the requirement:
Credit requirements: Personal Health
A minimum of 80 credits in Grades 10, 11, and 12 are Community Connections
required for graduation. Transition Planning

48 credits are Required Ministry Authorized courses, including: Students may satisfy these requirements in a number of
ways, ranging from course work, independent self-directed
• English 10 (graduation program exam) 4 credits learning opportunities outside the classroom, to a form of
• English 11 or Communications 11 4 credits portfolio assessment. Students must consult with their
school and/or district to determine what opportunities are
• English 12 or Communications 12 4 credits available.
• Social Studies 10 4 credits Graduation Transitions may begin in Grades 10, 11, or 12
• A Social Studies from one of the following: Canadian and upon successful completion of the minimum require-
Civics 11, BC First Nations Studies 12, Social Studies 11 ments for the prescribed learning outcomes for each
(graduation program exam) 4 credits component, will be awarded four (4) credits towards
graduation upon completion.
• Science 10 (graduation program exam) 4 credits
For more details please see www.bced.gov.bc.ca/graduation.
• A Science 11 or 12 from one of the following:
Agriculture 11, Agriculture 12, Biology 11, Biology 12,
Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12, Earth Science 11, Physics 11, Graduation Program Exams
Physics 12, Science and Technology 11 4 credits The new Graduation Program requires all students to write
exams in Grade 10 English, Grade 10 Science, Grade 10
• A Mathematics 10 (graduation program exam) from one Mathematics. The students must also write the Social Studies
of the following: Applications of Mathematics 10, Exam attached to the Grade 11 or 12 course taken by the
Apprenticeship and Workplace Mathematics 10, student. The exams are worth 20% of the student’s final
Essentials of Mathematics 10, Foundations of mark.
Mathematics 10 and Pre-calculus, Principles of
Mathematics 10 4 credits The student must write the Grade 12 Language Arts (English
or Communications) Exam attached to the course taken by
• A Mathematics 11 or 12 from one of the following: the student. This exam is worth 40% of the student’s final
Applications of Mathematics 11, Essentials of mark.
Mathematics 11, Principles of Mathematics 11,
Applications of Mathematics 12, Principles of All other Grade 12 Graduation Exams are optional. Students
Mathematics 12 4 credits need to be sure of post-secondary admission requirements
and meet with their advisor before deciding whether or not
• Physical Education 10 4 credits to take an exam. (If you do not write the Grade 12 Exam,
• A Fine Arts or Applied Skills 10, 11, or 12 (See the 100% of your final mark will come from your course mark.)
Elective Courses information for more details.) All Grade 12 Exams are worth 40% of the student’s final
4 credits mark.

• Planning 10 4 credits Writing Grade 12 Exams gives you opportunities to win

provincial scholarships.
• Graduation Transitions (See the following information for
more details.) 4 credits
Graduation Program 1995 (52 credits)
• 28 credits of Elective Courses: include all Grade 10, 11,
and 12 courses offered at your Distance Education School If you entered Grade 11 or 12 in September 2004 or earlier,
in addition to External, Board, and Ministry Authorized you will be required to complete 52 credits to meet gradua-
courses. Contact your school for information about these tion requirements. Students on this program have until
Authorized External courses. June 30, 2011 to graduate. It then expires and you must grad-
uate on the 2004 requirements or you may be eligible for the
• Minimum of 16 credits at the Grade 12 level including
Adult Graduation Program.
Language Arts 12. All Ministry Authorized and
Board/Authority approved courses count. (See the
following information for more details.)

36
 Graduation Requirements (continued)
Foundation Studies government exam. If a student wishes to receive four credits
for the following Academic Grade 12 courses they must write
(minimum of 28 credits from these Ministry Authorized
the Provincial Government Exam in these courses:
courses)
English Literature 12, German 12, Spanish 12, French 12,
• Students must take: Principles of Math 12, Biology 12, Chemistry 12, Physics 12,
English 11 or Communications 11 4 credits Geography 12, History 12
English 12 or Communications 12 4 credits All Grade 12 Exams are worth 40% of the student’s final
Social Studies 11 or First Nations Studies 12 4 credits mark.
Career and Personal Planning 11 2 credits
Career and Personal Planning 12 2 credits Writing Grade 12 Exams gives you opportunities to win
provincial scholarships.
• A Mathematics chosen from: Applications of
Mathematics 11 or 12, Calculus 12, Essentials of
Mathematics 11, Principles of Mathematics 11
Important Notes for Both Graduation
or 12 4 credits Programs
• A Science chosen from: Agriculture 11 or 12, Biology 11 Registration for Graduation Program Exams
or 12, Chemistry 11 or 12, Earth Science 11, Information Students can register for the Graduation Program Exams by
Technology 12, Modular Survey 11 or 12, Physics 11 or contacting their Distance Education School at least 8 weeks
12, Science and Technology 11 4 credits prior to the exam session. Students will have to follow the
same Registration Procedures for all Grade 12 Provincial
• *A Fine Arts: Art Foundations 11, Drama: Film &
Exams (including the Language Arts 12 Exam). Each stu-
Television 11 or 12, Fine Arts 11 A or B, Studio Arts 11;
dent writing a Graduation Program Exam is
Drawing and Painting 11, Visual Arts: Media Arts 11,
required to produce photo Id and their Personal
Music Composition and Technology 11
Education Number (PEN) at the time of the exam.
(See Note #1.) 2 credits
• *An Applied Skills: Accounting 11 or 12, Applied All students must remember that it is your responsi-
Computer Skills 11, Business Computer Applications 11, bility to complete each Distance Education Course
Carpentry and Joinery 11, Data Management 12, Drafting prior to writing the scheduled Graduation Program
and Design 11, Drama: Film & Television 11 or 12, Exam.
Entrepreneurship 12, Family Studies 11 or 12, Financial
Accounting 12, Food Studies 11, Information Technology 12, The Provincial Exam website is
Modular Survey 11 or 12, Management Innovation 12, http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/exams
Marketing 11 (See Note #2.) 2 credits
Challenge and External Credits
*Other courses may be available through your DE School.
Please contact them for more information. In both graduation programs students may earn credits
toward graduation in a variety of ways. In addition to earning
Selected Studies credits by successfully completing courses delivered by a BC
public or independent school, students will be awarded
(minimum of 24 credits) including: credits by using the policies that follow.
For specific information, check with your local DE school and
• 10 credits must be Ministry Authorized Grade 12 level
also the Ministry of Education website:
courses
• up to 8 credits can be locally developed http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/policy/policies/earning_credit_
through.htm
Notes re Grades 11 and 12 (Graduation
Program 1995) Equivalency (Documented Prior Learning)
Secondary schools may award credit to students who have
1. Students who complete any of the 4-credit Fine Arts successfully completed an equivalent Grade 10, 11 or 12
courses will receive 2 credits in Fine Arts Foundation course from an educational jurisdiction or institution outside
Studies and the other 2 credits are assigned as Selected the BC school system.
Studies.
To be deemed equivalent, there should be a match of approxi-
2. Students who complete any of the Applied Skills courses
mately 80% or more of the learning outcomes to either a
will receive 2 credits in Applied Skills Foundation Studies
Ministry-developed or board authorized course.
and additional credits are assigned as Selected Studies.
In order to receive credits through Equivalency, students must
Provincial Government Exams (1995 Graduation Program) provide the appropriate documentation as proof of successful
In order to graduate on the 1995 Graduation Program, completion of the course.
students must write an English12 or Communications 12

37
 Graduation Requirements (continued)
Challenge (Undocumented Demonstrated Prior Learning) IDS. A student may study one or more learning outcomes in
Secondary schools may award credit to students who can depth, or study more broadly a wide variety of learning out-
demonstrate prior learning. comes from a single course.
Students are entitled to undertake a Challenge process to IDS credits may only be used to satisfy elective requirements.
assess their prior learning for any Ministry-authorized gradua-
tion program course offered by any school board in the Students planning to attend a post-secondary
Province that school year, as well as any Board Authorized institution should determine from that institu-
(BAA) course taught in the enrolling district that school year, tion the specific program prerequisites before
provided the student has not already completed the course selecting any Grade 11 or 12 courses.
through previous enrollment.
Students should be able to demonstrate their readiness to
Challenge a course based on factors such as a recommenda-
tion from a previous teacher, or from evidence that relevant
learning has been acquired outside the regular classroom set-
ting. Examples of assessment strategies that could be used in
a Challenge process include such things as hands-on demon-
strations, oral performances, interviews, written
examinations, or presentations of a collection of work.

External Credentials (Ministry-approved Documented

Prior Learning)
Students can earn credit towards graduation through certain
external credentials approved by the Ministry.
In order to earn credit for an approved credential, students
must provide the appropriate documentation proving success-
ful completion of the external assessment, course, or
program.
The Ministry has reviewed programs including:
• Royal Conservatory (or • Guides & Scouts
equivalent) of Music, • Tourism, Lifesaving, First
Dance, Theatre, Speech Aid, Pony Club
• External Languages • Computer Certification
• External Sport (Athlete, • Driver’s Education
Coach, Official) • Pilot’s License
• Cadets • Boating
• 4-H
For a complete listing please see the Ministry website for the Hand-
book of Procedures: http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/exams/handbook

Credit from Post-secondary Courses

Students can earn credit towards graduation by earning credit
for courses at specific post-secondary institutions.
Students are entitled to earn “dual credit” if they earn credit
that leads to a post-secondary credential from a post-second-
ary institution which is a member of the British Columbia
Transfer System.

Independent Directed Study (IDS)

Students are able to initiate their own area of learning and to
receive credit towards graduation. The policy also allows
schools to recognize prior learning in a Ministry-developed or
board-authorized course that a student may not have com-
pleted. This policy is not a student entitlement but an
enabling policy intended to encourage schools to allow stu-
dents to pursue further studies of interest.
The learning outcomes of all Grade 10, 11, and 12 Ministry-
and board-authorized courses are eligible to be used in an

38
 Adult Education Program—Graduation Requirements
Skill levels to Grade 11 may be upgraded through a stream- Notes re Adult Graduation Program
lined program, if necessary.
1. To be eligible for the Adult Graduation Diploma, a person
must be 19 years or older, or 18 years old and out of
Eligibility school for at least a year, with approval from the
enrolling institution.
To graduate, adult students must earn a minimum 20 credits
from at least five courses, worth four credits each including:
2. Three courses must be taken as an adult.
Compulsory Courses 3. Prior Learning Assessment may be used to meet any of
• an English (Language Arts) at the Grade 12* or the requirements for the Adult Diploma. Prior Learning
Provincial* level including English 12, Assessment involves a variety of techniques including
Communications 12, and First Peoples 12; equivalency reviews, challenge processes, in-depth
interviews, exemption processes, etc.
• a Mathematics course at the Grade 11* or Advanced* or
higher level including Accounting 11 and Accounting 12; 4. Students enrolled in the Adult Graduation Program are
• either: not required to write provincial exams. However,
three other courses at the Grade 12* or Provincial* level students in post-secondary programs and the Adult
or higher; Graduation Program have the option of writing the
provincial exams for all provincially examinable courses.
• or:
two other courses at the Grade 12* or Provincial* level or 5. Approved courses in either the Ministry of Education or
higher and Social Studies at the Grade 11* or Advanced* in the Ministry of Advanced Education, Training and
level. Technology may be used towards the BC Adult
*Grade 11 and Grade 12 refer to courses offered in the British Graduation Diploma.
Columbia School System while Advanced and Provincial
Levels refer to courses offered in the Post-secondary System.
Total: 5 courses

Scholarships and Awards

Passport to Education Dogwood District/Authority Awards
Grade 10, 11, and 12 students can earn passport stamps based Graduates who excel in Fine Arts (Visual Arts, Dance, Drama,
on academic and non-academic achievement. Each school Music) or Applied Skills (Business Education, Technology
will have specific requirements for their students. These Education, Information Communication Technology, and
stamps can be used later at various post secondary institu- Home Economics) or Physical Activity (not limited to
tions to offset tuition fees. Physical Education) may be awarded $1000 each.
Of the $1000 awards, $500 is in the form of a direct award
Grade 12 Graduation Program Examinations
and $500 is in the form of an educational voucher. Direct
Scholarships award funds may be used to purchase educational or job-
The 5000 students who have the best results on three related supplies, tools, or equipment.
Grade 12 Graduation Program examinations are awarded Applying for a District Scholarship
$1000 each.
Students should apply directly to their local District
The top 20 students are awarded $2500 each. Scholarship Committee. Visit this website,
Eligible students must meet graduation requirements. http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/awards, for more information.
Eligible students must earn at least a ‘B’ (73%–85%) in a
required Grade 12 language arts course in French or English.
The Ministry reserves the authority to treat results from spe-
cific external assessments on the same basis as results from
provincially examined subjects.

Secondary School Apprenticeship Scholarship

Awards
(See details at the Industry Training Authority website,
http://www.itabc.ca)

39
 Grade 12 Provincial Exams
2004 Program A scientific calculator is required for the provincial exams in
Chemistry 12 and Physics 12. It must be a hand-held device,
Graduation Program Examinations: examinations that must
designed primarily for mathematical computations such as
be taken by students in the 2004 Graduation Program. To
logarithmic and trigonometric functions. It must NOT have a
earn credit in specific courses, students must take five course-
QWERTY or typewriter style keyboard, and it must not have a
based provincial examinations (Language Arts 10 and 12,
printer or external devices like memory cards.
Science 10, Mathematics 10, and Social Studies 11/12).
Students may also elect to take additional Grade 12 level For Mathematics 12, the above scientific calculator may be
examinations. used but is not required. However, for the Mathematics 12
provincial exam, the student MUST bring a graphing calcula-
Optional Grade 12 Examinations: a sub-set of the 2004
tor which does not have a QWERTY keyboard, a printer, or
Graduation Program Examinations. Other than Language Arts
external devices like memory cards.
12 and BC First Nations Studies 12, students have the option
of taking examinations related to specific Grade 12 level A calculator is not permitted in the Biology 12 provincial
courses. Full credit may be earned for these courses whether examination.
or not the related examination is taken. Students will be asked to write compositions on the
English 12 and Communications 12 provincial examina-
1995 Program tions, and essays in History 12 and English Literature 12.
Provincial Grade 12 Examinations: applies to the 1995 Compositions and essays will be marked holistically, which
Graduation Program. Students in this program must take means they will be read and given a mark based upon the
course-related examinations, where these are available, to marker’s overall impression of the whole composition or
earn specific course credits. essay.
Final Marks and Provincial Examinations Grade 10, 11, and 12 Provincial Exam Preparation Packages
exam results will be blended with the school/classroom mark
to generate final course marks. Grade 10 and 11 exams each Open School’s Provincial Exam Preparation Packages are
count for 20 percent of the final course mark. Grade 12 exams created by experienced teachers and reflect up-to-date BC
count for 40 percent (except for the BC First Nations Studies provincial exam specifications. Provincial Exam Preparation
12 exam, which counts for 20 percent). Students must pass Packages allow students to test their subject comprehension
the courses required for graduation to earn graduation credits. while building familiarity and confidence in exam taking.
The packages provide students with strategies and tips on
Adult Program how to be successful on the exam sections. The packages also
include practice exams with answer keys, as well as a compre-
Students enrolled in the Adult Graduation Program are not hensive glossary of terms.
required to write provincial exams. However, students in both
the College ABE and Adult Graduation Program have the Packages are available for the following courses:
option of writing the provincial exams for all provincially Chemistry 12
examinable courses. Communications 12
English 10
Registration English 12
History 12
If you are a cross-enrolled student, contact your school
Principles of Math 12
counsellor about registering for provincial exams. It is your
Socials 11
responsibility to complete each distance education course
Biology 12
prior to writing the scheduled provincial exam. To ensure
that there is an exam available for you, be sure to register Copies of old provincial exams are available at your Distance
at least two months in advance at your school, according Education School and certain local school board offices.
to school guidelines. They can also be obtained via the Internet. For exam sched-
ules please visit the following website as well.
If you are enrolled only through your Distance Education
School, and not in another public or independent school, you
will either write your provincial exam at the Distance The Provincial Exam website is
Education School or at a designated examination centre. http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/exams

Preparation
Most provincial examinations consist of two types of
questions: multiple-choice and open-ended questions.

40
 Grade 12 Provincial Exams 2010/2011 PROVINCIAL
(continued) EXAM SCHEDULE
Examination Results PLEASE CHECK THE WEBSITE REGULARLY
You will have to wait three to four weeks for exam results to (HTTP://WWW.BCED.GOV.BC.CA/EXAMS/).
be posted. Examination results are no longer mailed directly DATES MAY BE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
to each student. Transcripts are still sent. Students can only
access their exam results on the Provincial Exam website.
However, students MUST have their Personal Education Exam availability may vary at different DE Schools. Please
Number (PEN), birth date, and last name to access their contact individual counsellors/schools for information and
results online. The Ministry of Education General Enquiry registration.
number is 250-356-2432 or
http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/exams/.

Time Limit to Write the Examinations After If you attend a public or independent
the Course is Completed school, and to ensure that there is an
exam available for you, be sure to register
1995 Graduation Program at least two months in advance at your
Students in the 1995 program must write the related Grade 12 school, according to school guidelines.
provincial examination within twelve months (e.g., January
through January) of completing a course and of the school
percentage being reported to the ministry. If the exam is not
written within twelve months, the student must retake the
course in order to have a valid school percentage to blend
with provincial exam results.
Rewrites: A student may rewrite a provincial exam once
within the twelve month period following completion of the
course.

2004 Graduation Program

Students in the 2004 program must write the Graduation
Program Examination within three years of completing a
course and of the school percentage being reported to the
ministry. If the exam is not written within three years, the
student must retake the course in order to have a valid school
percentage to blend with the Graduation Program examina-
tion result.
Rewrites: A student may rewrite a provincial once within the
twelve month period following the first attempt at the exam.

CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
Continuous enrolment in courses is a
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE feature of BC Distance Education
FOR Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
to register prior to September 30th to
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program. ensure your greatest range of program
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students. choices but we welcome students to
apply any time during the 12-month
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at
calendar year.
their neighbourhood school taking a
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school. Please visit individual Distance
Call your Distance Education School for Education Schools on page 2 of this
details. book.

41
 Notes

42
 Course Descriptions
KINDERGARTEN TO GRADE 7 Section 7: Other plant foods from the soil and the special
value of farmyard manure; Review of course to
Descriptions of these courses appear under Programs of date
Study. For a listing of the courses see pages 13–34. Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Module 2:
Grades 8 and 9
Section 8: The needs for farm cultivation of the soil and the
Topical outlines for these courses follow. For program main effects of it on soil and crops; Ploughs and
requirements see page 35. ploughing
Section 9: Farm machinery and implements; Power, from
oxen to diesel engines; Tractors and various field
implements; Indoor machinery; Electricity on the
Grades 10, 11, and 12 farm
Section 10: Rotation of crops, to retain soil fertility and
Topical outlines for these courses follow. For program
improve crop production
requirements see pages 36–38.
Section 11: Similarities and differences between common BC
grain crops; Wheat, barley, oats, rye, and corn
Section 12: Forage Crops; Controlled Grazing; Temporary
Agriculture Grasslands; Different Varieties of Grass; Clover
Section 13: Farm cash crops, such as potatoes, small fruits,
tree fruits, etc.; Relating production of these crops
to soils, climate, labour and markets for the
Agriculture 9, version 01 [XAG09] produce
Section 14: How to buy and care for a horse to be used for
It is recommended that students complete: trail riding or other leisure activities; Review of
• Grade 8 or course to date
• have the permission of the Distance Education School to
take at the Grade 8 level. This is an introductory course Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
in the study of agriculture, with an emphasis on soil
cultivation and the field work of farming. Module 3:
Section 15: How to judge the quality of various farm prod-
Module 1: ucts, how to prepare them for exhibition at an
Section 1: How farming is related to land, climate, crops, agricultural show or fair
livestock, and markets; A broad survey of these Section 16: How to differentiate between farm livestock for
factors in the different areas of BC various purposes, how to tell good livestock from
Section 2: The farmer’s land; Acres and hectares; How soil is poor ones
still made; What soil contains; Different kinds of Section 17: Agricultural pioneers; Work of a few farmers and
soil from forests, grasslands, and peatbogs scientists who have made outstanding contribu-
Section 3: Water in the soil; Soil as a place to store rain tions to the development of agriculture
water; Movement of water downwards and Section 18: Review and a brief look at the contents of
upwards through the soil; Needs of growing plants Agriculture 10
for soil water; Irrigation Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE.
Section 4: Air in the soil; Soil structure and pore spaces;
Effects of weather and of farm cultivations on No textbook is required for this course.
structure of soil; Using machinery and tractors
Section 5: Heat in the soil; Effects of temperature on plant
growth; Heat from the sun and the effects of solar,
slope, water content, and humus contents on soil
temperature; Heat from soil bacteria and from the
fall of dew; How heat moves through the soil, and
how it is exchanged between soil and the
atmosphere
Section 6: Food for farm crops made from materials in the
air and in the soil; How plants get compounds of
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium from the
soil, and the effects of these substances on the
growth of farm crops

43
 Art
Art Foundations, version 01 Module 2: Design
Section 1: The filling of given spaces
May be taken as Art 8 [MVA08], Art 9 [MVA09], and/or Section 2: Graphic design
Visual Art 10: General (4 credits) [VAG10]. Section 3: Using what we know
Section 4: Design in architecture
Note to students taking Art Foundations as Art 8:
The resources for this module are:
This course consists of eight exciting modules. All students
will take Module 1 (Drawing) and Module 6 (Theme and DVD (7540005188) Optional $20.00
Image) and choose two of the remaining six. The course Design Supply Kit (JAF0121)
offers students a firm foundation in drawing and design (7540001164) 40.00
basics and introduces them to painting, printmaking, crafts,
art appreciation, or photography. Module choices must be Module 3: Painting with Acrylics
made at registration.
Section 1: Getting started
Section 2: Colour, composition, and unity
Note to students taking Art Foundations as Art 9 or Visual Section 3: Through thick and thin
Art 10: General: Section 4: Variations on a theme
Students taking Art Foundations as Art 9 or Visual Art 10:
General should contact their Distance Education School for The resources for this module are:
module options.
Painting Supply Kit (JAF0122)
DVD programs accompany the Design Module, (7540001145) 60.00
the Painting Module, and the Printmaking Video for Mods 3 & 4 (JAF0114)
Module. A video tape program is optional for the (7540001690) Optional 9.00
Drawing Module.
Module 4: Printmaking
Supplies provided by students:
Section 1: Planographic printing
A camera and film is necessary if taking the Section 2: Relief printing methods
Photography Module. Section 3: Intaglio methods
Section 4: Stencil printing
An audio tape recorder or CD player is necessary if
taking the Drawing Module, the Art From Many
Lands Module, or the How to Look at Art Module. The resources for this module are:

Printmaking Supply Kit (JAF0123)

All students do Modules 1 and 6. (7540001146) 85.00
A Read Me First Booklet accompanies this course. Video for Mods 3 & 4 (JAF0114)
(7540001690) Optional 9.00
Module 1: Drawing
Section 1: Making a start
Module 5: Photography
Section 2: Movement Section 1: About cameras
Section 3: Contour drawing Section 2: All about lighting
Section 4: Finishing touches Section 3: How to improve your photographs
Section 4: Fun with your camera
The resources for this module are:

Read Me First (JAF0001) (7540001722) $10.00 All students do Module 6.

Audio Tape for Mods 1, 7, & 8 (JAF0110)
(7540001042) 2.00 Module 6: Theme and Image
or CD for Mods 1, 7, & 8 (7540005321) 8.00
Students utilize skills learned throughout the course to
Video (JAF0111) (7540001631) Optional 7.00
explore these four themes, completing four projects from a
Drawing Supply Kit (JAF0120)
wide variety of suggestions.
(7540001147) 60.00
Section 1: Simplification
Section 2: Elaboration
Section 3: Selection
Section 4: Juxtaposition

44
Module 7: Art From Many Lands Module 2: (1 Send-in Activity)
Section 1: Mosaics The Changing Profession of the Artist (JAR11B2)
Section 2: Masks Section 1: The artist and the spirit world
Section 3: Working with clay Section 2: The artist as craftsman and artisan
Section 4: Your choice of projects Section 3: The artist as critic
Section 4: The artist as celebrity
The resource for this module is:
Module 3: (1 Send-in Activity)
Art From Many Lands Supply Kit Heroes and Heroines (JAR11B2A)
(JAF0126) (7540001143) $65.00
Section 1: Artworks that portray heroes and heroines
Section 2: Heroic athletes
Module 8: How to Look at Art Section 3: Heroism in war
This module is considerably more academic than the others
in this course. Only students who do reasonably well in Module 4: (1 Send-in Activity)
English and Social Studies should take this module.
Ancient Civilization (JAR11C2)
Section 1: Voice of fire: good buy or bad? Section 1: Ancient art forms express a changing interpreta-
Section 2: Looking at landscape tion of life-giving forces
Section 3: Anti-war cries Section 2: Symbols of power
Section 4: The Abstract Expressionists Section 3: Images of gods
Section 4: Sculptures and changing power
The resource for this module is:
Module 5: (1 Send-in Activity)
How to Look at Art Supply Kit Changing Images (JAR11C2A)
(JAF0127) (7540001144) (Note: when this
Section 1: Changing images over time
item is out of stock please order the kit
Section 2: Changing values reflected in art
below for the prints.) $6.00
Section 3: Early Renaissance
Module 8 Art Kit (7540005600) 36.00
Section 4: Patronage-the High Renaissance and the rise of
the individual
Supply kits are being discontinued, but students can obtain
the necessary art supplies from local stores.
Module 6: (1 Send-in Activity)
No textbook is required for this course. Building Our World (JAR11D2)
Section 1: Structured systems and meanings
There are no tests for this course. Section 2: Civic centres and public values
Section 3: Romanesque architecture
Section 4: The Gothic cathedral and the mysticism of light
Art Foundations 11, version 02 (4 credits)
[AF11] Module 7: (1 Send-in Activity)
Power, Politics, and Change (JAR11D2A)
It is recommended that students complete:
Section 1: Power: from where? over whom?
• Grade 10
Section 2: Politics: what means? whose ends?
Section 3: Change: visions of ourselves
There are seven modules in Art Foundations 11, but complet-
ing any four modules will satisfy the 1995 graduation
The resources for this course are:
requirement for Fine Arts 11 in Foundation Studies. To receive
the full four credits, all seven modules must be completed.Art Booklet of Reproductions
Foundations 11 is an art appreciation course. The student (Alberta Education) (JAR11E2)
should be prepared for extensive reading and writing assign- (7540001345) $50.00
ments, with some hands-on projects. Read Me First Booklet (JAR11F2)
(7540001755) 11.00
A Read Me First Booklet accompanies this course.
There are no tests for this course.
Module 1: Beautiful Things (1 Send-in Activity)
(JAR11A2) Supplies provided by students:
art eraser
Section 1: About Art drawing pencil
Section 2: Art reflects changing tastes white drawing paper
Section 3: Art and the imitation of the natural world poster paper
Section 4: The vocabulary of art coloured markers or pencil crayons
Section 5: The stories of art black pens (one with fine nib)
Section 6: Images in your work

45
 old magazines and newspapers Final Task for Fine Arts 11A: Taste and Appreciation
tracing paper (Module 2)
Self-evaluation task applying the vocabulary and concepts of
compass, protractor (Module 1)
the course.
Students who cannot acquire some of these materials should
contact the Distance Education School about a mail-order
Fine Arts 11 B
service that is available.

Module 4: Art to Express Moods and Feelings

Fine Arts 11 A and B, version 01 (4 credits) Critique art that communicates specific beliefs/traditions in
(2 credits GP1995) [FNA11A and FNA11B] response to historical/contemporary issues; create/perform a
work of art.
Available online only.
Task 4: Creating a Collage
Fine Arts 11 is a course on art history and theory,
concentrating on painting and music. Module 5: Arts to Characterize an Age
The course is split into 11A and 11B (students generally take Examine representative cultural/historical styles of art; ten-
11A or both). In 11A, we begin by looking at the elements sions between public acceptance and personal expression of
and design principles behind some of the great paintings and art.
compositions of the past few hundred years, and then learn
how we can use those principles to find meaning in a work of Task 5: My Favorite Composer or Artist
art.
Module 6: Art to Understand Life’s Meaning
In 11B, we follow up by comparing how artists have used
their art to tell the same stories in different ways, then dig Examine how the fine arts reflect a human need to under-
more deeply into art history as a series of different styles and stand our world and celebrate our collective human
ideas. experience.

There are a few projects where students are asked to create Task 6: Alone in Space
their own art, but for the most part, the assignments are short
written answers or longer essays—mostly reading and writing, There are no tests for this course.
not drawing. The course itself is entirely online (except for
three music CDs), with images and sound clips built right The resources for this course are:
into the lessons.
Discover Classical Music: An Introduction to Classical
It’s a good course for students who enjoy looking at art and Music (2 CD set) NAXOS, 1993, HNH
want to learn more about how it works and what it says. International
Happy as Pie, Fan Tan Alley, 1998, Boardwalk
Fine Arts 11 A Records
Soaring With Bird, James Zollar, NAXOS, 1997,
HNH International
Module 1: What is Beauty?
These are available as a set from South
Define the concept of beauty and critically assess works of art Island Distance Education School. $50.00
in terms of a personal definition of beauty; create/perform a
work of art.

Task 1: A Definition of Beauty

Studio Arts 11: Drawing and Painting 11,
version 01 (4 credits) [SADP11]
Module 2: What are the Arts? It is recommended that students complete:
Define the vocabulary of the discipline being studied; the ele- • Grade 10
ments and principles of the fine arts’ disciplines;
create/perform a work of art. Studio Arts 11 is designed for students who might have an
interest in entering the commercial art field. There is an
Task 2: Understanding Artistic Development emphasis on lettering, poster design, and figure drawing.

There are four modules in Studio Arts 11, but completing any
Module 3: Art to Tell a Story two modules will satisfy the 1995 graduation requirement for
How ideas are communicated in art: critique art relating to its Fine Arts 11 in Foundation Studies. To receive the full four
content and historical context. credits, all four modules must be completed.

Task 3: Talking about the Arts

46
Module 1: Visual Arts: Media Arts 11 (Online and Print),
Section 1: Poster design, using poster paints version 02 (4 credits) [VAMT11]
Section 2: Effect of colour in poster design
Section 3: Collecting reference material for your portfolio It is recommended that students complete:
Section 4: Planning the layout • Grade 10
Section 5: General rules of design
Visual Arts: Media Arts 11 is designed to provide
Module 2: Grade 11 students with an opportunity to explore
the art of image making through the use of new
Section 1: Layout media technologies such as the computer and
Section 2: Design with slogan related software programs. The course focuses on the applica-
Section 3: Colour tion of a variety of materials, technologies, and processes to
Section 4: Colour organize visual elements according to principles of art and
Section 5: Techniques in advertising illustration design.

Module 3: This course consists of four modules and a consumable work-

Section 1: Lettering book for each module. The modules cover the following
Section 2: Lower case Gothic letters subjects: Module 1: Introduction to Communication and
Section 3: The round-tip lettering pen Media Arts explores traditional and new media including
Section 4: The roman alphabets authoring tools for creating new media, Module 2: Media Arts
Section 5: The classical built-up roman letters in Action looks at the new media formats, analysis of new
media, and copyright issues, Module 3: Media Arts
Preproduction looks at the planning involved in creating new
Module 4: media, and Module 4: Media Arts Production covers the steps
Section 1: Figure drawing involved in actually creating new media productions.
Section 2: Figure drawing Students complete a new media production as a core activity
Section 3: Development of figure drawing towards illustra- in the course and they are recommended to complete
tive use Modules 2, 3, and 4 in sequence.
Section 4: The human figure in advertising design
Section 5: Drawings of the human head Visual Arts: Media Arts 11 uses a textbook, video tapes, DVDs,
and related software to assist students in completing the work
in the course. Visual Arts: Media Arts 11 will require students
No textbook is required for this course. to have access to a DVD player and a computer with Internet
access.
There are no tests for this course.
Module 1: Introduction to Communication
Supplies provided by students:
and Media Arts
calligraphy pens with different nibs or Section 1: The Forms of Information: Text; The Forms of
fine-tipped and chisel-point felt pens or speedball Information: Sound; The Forms of Information:
pen with nibs Images
HB, 2B, 6B, 2H lead pencils Section 2: Meet the Computer; Analog and Digital Media
art eraser Section 3: Authoring Tools
#4 and #10 brush
tracing paper (21.5 x 28 cm)
Module 2: Media Arts in Action
light cardboard or plain white paper
(21.5 x 28 cm) Section 1: New Media Paths; New Media and Form;
paint box (with extra discs of red, yellow, white) Applications for New Media
white drawing paper (21.5 x 28 cm) Section 2: Audience; Appropriateness of Subject Matter;
set square, compass Effective Use of New Media
Section 3: What is Copyright?; Exceptions to Copyright;
Students who cannot acquire some of these materials should New Media Technology and Digital Manipulation.
contact the Distance Education School about a mail-order
service that is available.
Module 3: Media Arts Preproduction
Section 1: Ideas and Brainstorming; Concept Mapping;
Audience and Purpose; Objectives; Project
Proposals
Section 2: Organization and Content Inventories; Outlines
and Timelines
Section 3: Design Elements; User Interface Design;
Interactive Design; Flowcharts and Storyboards.

47
Module 4: Media Arts Production
Section 1: Platforms, Production, and Playback; Screen Size, Drama
Resolutions, and Palettes
Section 2: Hardware and Software; Text; Sound; Images
Section 3: Building Your Project; Reflection Drama: Film and Television 11 (Online and
Section 4: Production Roles.
Print), version 01 (4 credits) [DFT11]
There are no tests for this course.
The course consists of three main topic areas cov-
Students will have to have access to a Mac or PC ering the stages of video production—
computer with Internet access. Adobe Creative Suite Preproduction, Production, and Postproduction
or Macromedia is the recommended multimedia and a final segment which provides guidance for the course’s
production software for this course. Your Distance main project assignment, a short video production.
Education School or school will supply this or an Completion of Drama: Film and Television 11 satisfies the
appropriate alternative on a deposit basis. graduation requirements for Fine Arts and/or Applied Skills in
Foundation Studies.
This course requires the use of a DVD player. A
few video tapes are available, please check with Drama: Film and Television 11 consists of four modules, with
your Distance Education School. a consumable workbook for each module. There is a Source
File to accompany the course, a textbook titled Electronic
Moviemaking. A set of 16 video clips are available in a choice
The resources for this course are: of formats: videotape, DVD, CD-ROM, or as streaming video
Designing Multimedia: A Visual Guide to files on the Internet (online course only). Drama: Film and
Multimedia and Online Graphic Design Television 11 will require students to have access to a VCR
(Peachpit Press) (VMA110) and a DVD player, a video camera, an audio tape recorder,
(7540001224) $100.00 and a traditional still-photography camera.
Cybernation & Digital Design Series DVD
(2 DVD set) (7540005132) 30.00 Module 1: Preproduction
Myst III CD-ROM is no longer available. Section 1: The Process and Terminology of Preproduction;
Myst Worlds Website: Roles in the Preproduction Process; Film and
http://www.mystworlds.com/us/ Video Genres; Comparison of Genres (no Section
Assignment)
Supplies provided by students: Section 2: Determining a Concept; Researching Concept
Ideas; Concept Development Factors; Writing a
Authoring Tools [i.e., Adobe Creative Concept
Suite/Macromedia (Flash, Fireworks, Section 3: Determining the Treatment Chronology;
Dreamweaver)] Visualizing the Illustration of Information
Section 4: Scripting a Documentary; Scripting a Drama;
Writing Your Script
Section 5: Developing a Storyboard.

Module 2: Production
Section 1: Introduction to Production Process; The
Production Schedule; The Production Log;
Developing Your Production Schedule
Section 2: Shooting Style; The Basic Shots; Composition; Use
and Care of the Camera; Camera Movement
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE Section 3: Lighting; Three Point Lighting; Outdoor Lighting;
Audio; Voice-Overs; Directing an Interview
FOR Section 4: Shooting to Edit.
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program.
Module 3: Postproduction
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
Section 1: Overview of Video Postproduction; Steps Involved
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at in Video Postproduction; Specific Roles in the
Postproduction Process (no Section Assignment)
their neighbourhood school taking a Section 2: Logging the Footage; The Paper Edit; The First
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school. Edit
Section 3: The Final Edit; Continuity and Montage; Planning
Call your Distance Education School for and Shooting a Montage; Good Editing Guidelines
details. (no Section Assignment)
Section 4: Sounds Effects; The Art of Foley; Music; Narration.

48
Module 4: Major Project Piano and Double Happiness. They should select one of them
to view. It is recommended that students under 18 years of
Section 1: Writing a Concept and Treatment
age study Double Happiness. Drama: Film and Television 12
Section 2: Writing a Script; Drawing a Storyboard
(History of Film) will require students to have access to a
Section 3: Initial Preparations for a Shoot: Developing a
VCR/DVD player and video camera.
Production Schedule; Initial Preparations for a
Shoot: Testing the Equipment; “B” Roll Footage;
Shooting Major Video Productions Module 1: The Basics—Visual Storytelling and the
Section 4: The Major Project: Postproduction; Grammar of Filmmaking
Postproduction Courtesies.
Section 1.1: The Grammar of Filmmaking, Part I
There are no tests for this course. Section 1.2: The Grammar of Filmmaking, Part II
Section 1.3: Narrative Structure
Module 1, 2 and 3 require the use of a VCR, a Section 1.4: The Business of Filmmaking
DVD player, and a audio tape recorder. All
modules require students to have access to a video Module 2: Early Silent Film and the Studio Years
camera. Access to a video camera tripod is
recommended. Module 2 requires a traditional Section 2.1: Silent Cinema and the Early Masters
still-photography camera. Section 2.2: The Hollywood Studio System
Section 2.3: The Grapes of Wrath and Cinematography
The resources for this course are: Section 2.4: Orson Welles and Citizen Kane

Electronic Moviemaking (ITP Nelson) Module 3: The Transitional Period, 1940 to 1960
(DFT1101J) (7540001335) $130.00
Source File (JDFT11I1) (7540001900) 16.00 Section 3.1: Hollywood and Film Noir
DVD A (7540005440) 20.00 Section 3.2: Hollywood Musicals
DVD B (7540005133) 20.00 Section 3.3: The Western
DVD C (7540005441) 20.00 Section 3.4: Alfred Hitchcock and the Thriller
DVD D (7540005439) 20.00
CD-ROM D (DFT1106J) (7540001604) 13.00 Module 4: Independent Film and the Rise of the
Blockbuster
Drama: Film and Television 12 Section 4.1: Independent Cinema and the New Wave
Section 4.2: The Age of American Independent Filmmakers
(History of Film) (Online and Print), Section 4.3: New International Cinema
version 02 (4 credits) [DFT12] Section 4.4: Canadian Cinema

The course consists of four main topic areas— There are no tests for this course.
Visual Storytelling and the Grammar of
Filmmaking; Early Cinema and the Studio Years; All modules require the use of a VCR and students must have
The Transitional Era; and Independent Film and access to a video camera. Access to a tripod is recommended.
the Rise of the Blockbuster.
Drama: Film and Television 12 (History of Film) has been The resources for this course are:
developed to provide Grade 12 students in BC with a broad Understanding Movies (Pearson Education)
understanding of key films in the history of motion pictures, (DFT1201J) (7540001336) $100.00
the concepts and techniques central to this history, and Mod 1 Source File (JDFT12I1)
opportunities for practical production experience. The course (7540001918) 16.00
begins with the early development of motion pictures at the
Mod 2 Source File (JDFT12L1)
turn of the century and leads learners towards an understand-
(7540001921) 16.00
ing of contemporary cinema, including blockbuster movies.
Mod 3 Source File (JDFT12M1)
Completion of Drama: Film and Television 12 (History of
(7540001922) 16.00
Film) satisfies the graduation requirements for Fine
Mod 4 Source File (JDFT12N1)
Arts/Applied Skills in Foundation Studies.
(7540001923) 16.00
Drama: Film and Television 12 (History of Film) consists of 1 Video tape and 3 DVDs. DES deposit of $30.00
four modules, with a consumable workbook for each module, each except for Breathless which is $50.00:
and four Source Files. This course uses two textbooks titled
*Breathless
Understanding Movies (Canadian Edition) and The Spotlight’s
*Star Wars
On: Careers in Film Television, Radio and the Live Performing Arts
* ****Hollywood: The Pioneers
(only available online at http://www.culturalhrc.ca/careersin-
*Grapes of Wrath
culture/spotlight/e/01-01.htm) and videos. There are a
His Girl Friday (DFT1204J) (7540001621) 35.00
number of videos* used in this course which, unfortunately,
Citizen Kane DVD (7540004507) 60.00
we are unable to stock at this time. Therefore, it is up to the
*Double Indemnity
students to rent or borrow a copy of the videos and DVDs,
Singing in the Rain DVD (7540005337) 35.00
listed at the end, themselves. **Students do not study both The

49
 *The Searchers
*Vertigo
Chinatown DVD (7540005075) 25.00
Business Education
*The Sweet Hereafter
* ** ***The Piano
* **Double Happiness Business Education 10, version 01 (4 credits)
[BEG10]
*Breathless, Star Wars, Hollywood: The Pioneers,
Grapes of Wrath, Double Indemnity, The Searchers, It is recommended that students complete:
Vertigo, The Sweet Hereafter, The Piano, and Double • Grade 9
Happiness are not available at this time. Students
can obtain them at a local library or video store. Students must complete four out of seven modules and may
**Students view only one of: The Piano or Double be required to select their modules in consultation with the
Happiness. Distance Education School.
***The Piano has scenes of nudity, violence and
sexual acts. It is strongly recommended that
students under the age of 18 select the video Module 1: The World of Business
Double Happiness for the lesson. Section 1: Business and its functions, classification of busi-
****Hollywood: The Pioneers can be found at the ness; Supply and demand; Economic systems;
following website in 5 parts: forms of business organization, doing business in
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P2QEx6xMA4A British Columbia and Canada
Section 2: Employees rights and responsibilities, labour orga-
nizations, collective bargaining, essential services;
BC employment standards, social insurance
number
Section 3: BC business education courses
Section 4: Careers in business education, job search skills;
CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION résumé; Career paths; Entry level positions; Job
opportunities
Continuous enrolment in courses is a Projects required.
feature of BC Distance Education
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged Module 2: Finance
to register prior to September 30th to Section 1: Money, Consumer Price Index; Banking system,
ensure your greatest range of program Bank of Canada; Types of bank accounts, cheques,
choices but we welcome students to financial services; Bank reconciliation
Section 2: What is credit? Types of credit; Recording credit
apply any time during the 12-month Section 3: The accounting equation, balance sheet; Income
calendar year. statement
Section 4: Spreadsheets, recording transactions; Ledger; Trial
Please visit individual Distance balance; Financial statements
Education Schools on page 2 of this Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
book.
Module 3: Marketing
Section 1: Introduction to marketing; The marketing mix;
Place in marketing, channels of distribution
Section 2: The customer, prospect lists; Customer buying
behaviour, Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs; Sales
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE Section 3: Market research; The entrepreneur, business fail-
ure, proprietorships, partnerships, corporations;
FOR Exploring the community
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program. Section 4: Promotion and communication, AIDA formula
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at Module 4: Communications
their neighbourhood school taking a Section 1: Importance of communications; Requirements of
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school. a good letter; Composing letters
Section 2: Oral and non-verbal communication, listening;
Call your Distance Education School for presenting yourself; Telephone behaviour;
details. Messages on answering machines

50
Section 3: Use of technology in communications Module 2:
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. Section 1: Completing the accounting cycle for a service
Module 4 requires an audio tape recorder. business
Section 2: Project—the Accounting cycle—Westbrook
Cinema section
Section 3: Merchandising and sales tax accounts
Module 5: Risk Management and Insurance Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Section 1: What is insurance? Types of insurance
Section 2: Homeowner and tenant insurance Module 3:
Section 3: Business insurance, lost earnings insurance,
liability; Automobile insurance Section 1: The subsidiary ledger system
Section 2: The special journal system
Module 5 Test covers the work of Module 5. Section 3: Project—the special journal system—Jonsson’s
Furniture
Module 6: What You Show Is What You Sell Section 4: Payroll accounting
Section 1: Elements of display, AIDA formula and display Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Section 2: Window displays
Section 3: Interior displays Module 4:
Section 4: Point-of-purchase display
Section 1: No longer required for the course.
Projects required. Section 2: No longer required for the course.
Section 3: Cash control
Module 7: Pacific Rim Partners Section 4: Interpreting accounting data
Section 1: Pacific Rim overview The resources for this course are:
Section 2: Japan and Taiwan
Section 3: North and South Korea Principles of Accounting
Section 4: Cross cultural communication (Copp Clark Pitman) (AC1103J)
Projects required. (7540001343) $70.00
Working Papers 1 (7540005336) 25.00
Module 7 requires the use of a VCR. Working Papers 1, Teachers Edition
(Copp Clark Pitman) (AC1108J)
The resources for this course are: (7540001686) 29.00
Working Papers 2 (Copp Clark Pitman)
The World of Business (AC1105J) (7540001344) 35.00
(John Wiley & Sons) (BE1002J) Working Papers 2, Teachers Edition
(7540001348) $53.00 (Copp Clark Pitman) (AC1109J)
Workbook for the above (BE1003J) (7540001687) 23.00
(7540001347) 37.00
Audio Tape (JBE10K1) (7540001045) 5.00 Accounting 11 (Online), version 04 (4 credits)
Video Tape 1 (JBE10M1) (7540001632) 25.00 [AC11]
Video Tape 2 (JBE10N1) (7540001633) 15.00
Available online only.
Accounting 11 (Print), version 03 (4 credits) Accounting 11 is a prerequisite course for
[AC11] Accounting 12. Upon completion of this course,
students will have acquired a good understanding
It is recommended that students complete: of accounting terminology, principles and proce-
• Grade 10 dures, and learned to use the software Simply
Accounting for Windows, version 7. The learning
This introductory course is designed for those students seek- outcomes are derived from the provincial
ing entry-level employment skills or personal skills. Students Accounting 11 curriculum.
will gain insights into financial problems and solutions which
This online course was originally developed by COOL School
have benefits for entrepreneurial and professional careers.
(School Districts #22, 23, 73, and 83) and revised by Open
School.
Module 1:
Because the accounting software required for this
Section 1: The balance sheet course is no longer available for Macintosh, this
Section 2: The income statement course is offered on the Windows 95 (or higher) plat-
Section 3: The journal and the ledger form only.
Section 4: The work sheet and classified financial statements
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

51
Module A: The Balance Sheet (Financial Position; Business Section 5: Using Simply Accounting’s Sales and Cash Receipts
Transactions) Journal
Module B: Balance Sheet Accounts (Recording Transactions
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
in T-Accounts)
Module C: Income Statements (Preparing the Income
Statement; Revenue and Expense Accounts) Module 2: Accounting for a Merchandising Business
Module D: Journals and Ledgers (The Journal; Posting to the and Payroll
Ledger; Source Documents)
Section 1: Accounting for a Merchandising Business
Module E: Worksheets and Statements (The Worksheet;
Section 2: Manual Payroll Accounting
Classified Financial Statements)
Section 3: Computerized Payroll Accounting Procedures
Module F: Adjusting and Closing Entries (Adjusting the
Section 4: Maintaining Inventory Records
Books; Adjustments to Financial Statements;
Adjusting and Closing Entries) Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Module G: The Accounting Cycle (3 projects)
Module H: Simply Accounting Version 7 Software (1 Project)
Module 3: Project Allocation, Budgeting, and Cash
The course includes 13 practical quizzes, 4 projects and one Control
final exam. There are no module tests. Section 1: Project Allocation
Section 2: Budgeting
The resources for this course are: Section 3: Manual Cash Control Procedures
Principles of Accounting (2nd edition) Section 4: Account Reconciliation using Simply Accounting
(AC1112J) (7540001303) $110.00 Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Principles of Accounting Study Guide &
Working Papers (2nd edition) (AC1113J)
Module 4: Researching Accounting Careers and
(7540001304) 40.00
Using Simply Accounting Version 7.0 for Designing Accounting Systems
Windows (AC1114J) (7540001305) (Note: Section 1: Career Research
this text is out of print. Contact your Section 2: Planning and Designing a General Ledger
DE School for information.) N/A Accounting System
Software: Simply Accounting for Windows, Section 3: Planning and Designing a Three-Ledger
CD, Version 7.0, ACCPAC Int’l (AC1116J) Accounting System
(7540001129) 15.00 Section 4: Planning and Designing a Three-Ledger, Payroll,
Inventory, and Project
Accounting 12 (Online and Print), version 03 Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
(4 credits) [ACC12]
In Module Tests 1, 2 and 3 students are instructed to do
It is recommended that students complete:
accounting entries using the forms that are provided.
• Accounting 11 or equivalent
Therefore, the work is done manually. Once completed, the
Accounting 12 will prepare students to work in forms are submitted for marking. Students need a work-
businesses or operate their own enterprise. Since book and a blank CD for Module 4 Test only. Blank
the World Wide Web is an incredible resource for CDs are provided by the school. Students save their
gathering information on business topics, stu- Simply Accounting files on this CD and, once the test
dents will use the Internet for some tasks. is completed, return it for grading. Testing site needs
Accounting 12 is sequential to and builds on a computer.
Accounting 11. The learning outcomes are derived
from the provincial curriculum. The computer software for this course is: Simply
Accounting, Version 7.0. Students enrolled in a
Because the accounting software required for this public or independent school are not eligible to
course is no longer available for Macintosh, this receive software from the Distance Education
course is offered on the Windows 95 (or higher) plat- School. In-school students must obtain required
form only. software through their own school.

Module 1: Accounting for a Service Business The resources for this course are:

Section 1: Using the General Journal (no Section Using Simply Accounting Version 7.0
Assignment) for Windows Workbook (Pearson
Section 2: Using the Purchases and Cash Payments Journals Education) (AC1114J) (7540001305) (Note:
Manually this text is out of print. Contact your
Section 3: Using Simply Accounting’s Purchases and Cash DE School for information.) N/A
Payments Journals Software: Simply Accounting 7.0 CD
Section 4: Using the Sales and Cash Receipts Journals (ACCPAC Int’l) (AC1116J) (7540001129) $15.00
Manually

52
Financial Accounting 12, version 01 (4 credits) Section 3: Merchandising business—Merchandising trans-
actions; Expanding the income statement; The
[FA12] work sheet for a merchandising business; The
balance sheet
It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 11 standing Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Students with no previous accounting may find this course Module 2: Asset Control
difficult. We recommend that students take Accounting 11
first if it is at all possible. Section 1: Inventory control—Inventory; Inventory records;
Inventory valuation; Inventory valuation using
Financial Accounting 12 is designed for students who intend partial records
to take further courses in accounting, financial management, Section 2: Cash control—Principles of internal control; Cash
business management, or commerce in a college or university, receipts and cash payments; Petty cash; Bank rec-
or through enrolment in courses offered by a professional onciliation
organization such as CGA. Successful completion of Financial Section 3: Credit control—Principles of accounts receivable;
Accounting 12 will give you a solid grounding in the kinds of Bad debt expenses; Writing off and partial pay-
analytical, decision-making, and communication skills ment of uncollectables; Credit cards and notes
needed by successful managers in all aspects of business. receivables
Section 4: Long-term asset control; Calculating and record-
You will also learn about a wide variety of career options, not ing depreciation; Intangible assets and natural
only in accounting, but throughout the business world. resources; Disposal or exchange of long-term
assets
This course will enhance your skills in the following areas:
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
1. decision making and problem solving in a business
setting
Module 3: Partnerships and Corporations
2. preparing, presenting, and defending financial reports
3. evaluating a business through an examination of its Section 1: Special journals and ledgers—Subsidiary ledgers;
financial records, and recognizing the limitations of such Sales and cash receipts journals; Purchases and
evaluation cash payments journals; Synoptic journal
4. using the microcomputer as an evaluative tool in the Section 2: Partnerships—Introduction to partnerships; Sales
management decision-making process. and cash receipts journals; Purchases and cash
payments journals; Synoptic journal
The course can be done with any standard spreadsheet and Section 3: Corporation concepts—Introduction to corpora-
word processing programs. Students may receive AppleWorks tions; Stock transactions; Dividends; Corporate
(either MAC or Windows) on loan from their Distance taxes
Education School. (Both platforms are available on CD.)
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
If you are not using Appleworks, please contact your Distance
Education School before enrolling and make certain they can
receive work on your software.
Module 4: Financial Analysis

Students may send their work in electronically using email. If Section 1: Statement of changes in financial position—
you intend to work this way, please contact your Distance Definitions and cash flows; Investing and
Education School before enrolling and make certain they can financing activities; Working papers for the state-
receive work on your software. ment of changes in financial position; Analysis
and interpretation of the statement of changes in
Students not using email must send some of their work in on financial position
computer disks accompanied by a hard copy of the assign- Section 2: Financial statement analysis—Financial statement
ment. analysis by management; Financial statement
analysis by investors; Financial statement analysis
Module 1: Basic Accounting Procedures by creditors

Section 1: Introduction to service businesses—Introduction Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
to accounting concepts; The accounting equation;
The resource for this course is:
Preparation of financial statements; Revenues,
Expenses, and the income statement; Computer Financial Accounting (Meigs, Meigs and
applications Lam) (McGraw-Hill) (FA1201J)
Section 2: End of period activities—Adjusting entries and the (7540001407) $50.00
work sheet; Completing the work sheet and finan-
cial statements; Adjusting, closing, and reversing
entries; Revenues, expenses, and the income state-
ment; Computer applications

53
Entrepreneurship 12 (Online and Print), A DVD player is required for the DVDs obtained
from the Distance Education Schools.
version 03 (4 credits) [ENT12]
It is recommended that students complete: The resources for this course are:
• Grade 11
Canadian Small Business, An
The Entrepreneurship 12 course is designed to take students Entrepreneur’s Plan, (ET1201J)
through the stages required to develop and begin to operate a (7540001406) $100.00
business. It covers the personal characteristics that make an Entrepreneurship DVD 1 (7540005156) 20.00
entrepreneur, the elements of a viable business, and helps the Entrepreneurship DVD 2 (7540005190) 20.00
students assess strengths and weaknesses in order to make
good choices about their enterprises. Modules 1 and 2 cover
the necessary steps in writing a Business Plan. Modules 3 and Marketing 11, version 01 (4 credits) [MK11]
4 help students organize for operating a business and provide
the opportunity to begin running a business of their own. It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 10
This course consists of four modules, with a consumable
workbook for each module and no tests. There is a video This course presents an in-depth view of marketing practices
segment for each section of the course. in Canada. The course covers market research, store organiza-
tion, effective selling, advertising and display, customer
Module 1: Getting Started services and human relations in marketing. There is an
emphasis on the retailing perspective.
Section 1: The Making of An Entrepreneur; You, the
Entrepreneur; The Enterprise
Section 2: Trends—Industry and Business; Goals and Module 1:
Timelines. Section 1: Introduction to Marketing
Section 3: What is a Business Plan?; Components of a Section 2: Types of store ownership
Business Plan Section 3: Marketing research
Section 4: Product and product line strategies
Module 2: Developing Your Business Plan Section 5: Packaging, labelling, and branding
Section 6: Pricing policies and methods of determining the
Section 1: Marketing—Product, Packing, Place; Customer price of goods
Profile; Target Marketing; Pricing; Promotion
Section 2: Business Operations; Product or Service; Location; Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Company Profile
Section 3: Legal Requirements; Forms of Business; Legal Risks Module 2:
Section 4: Financial Issues; Financial Statements; Financing;
Defining Your Financial Strategy Section 7: Unit pricing and the break-even point
Section 5: Business Risks; Mission Statement; Business Plan Section 8: Personal selling
Review. Section 9: Advertising: types, methods, and costs
Section 10: Advertising: evaluation, selection, and procedures
Section 11: Methods of sales promotion and merchandise
Module 3: Preparing To Do Business display
Section 1: Registration—Legal; Registration—Financial; Section 12: Channels of distribution and transportation
Marketing—Promotional Material; Marketing— Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Sales Scripts; Marketing—Networking; Suppliers
Section 2: Business Stationery; Office Set-up: Office Supplies;
Office Set-up: Office Equipment; Office Set-up: Module 3:
Accounting Procedures; Office Set-up: Filing Section 13: Merchandising: what to do when goods are
System received
Section 3: Security; Insurance. Section 14: How to control inventory
Section 15: Recording sales
Module 4: Doing Business Section 16: Customer credit and services
Section 17: Collection procedures and policies
Section 1: Record Keeping—Time; Record Keeping—Money; Section 18: Career opportunities in marketing; how to get a
Record Keeping—Inventory job
Administration—Correspondence;
Administration—Meetings; Administration— Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Telephone No textbook is required for this course.
Section 2: Sales Cycle; Daily Sales Plan; Follow-up
Section 3: Assessing the Business; Business Growth—
Expanding; Business Growth—Long-Term
Planning; Image.

54
Management Innovation 12, version 01 Business Computer Applications 11 is a four module course
designed to provide basic instruction in word processing,
(4 credits) [MI12] database management, spreadsheets, and the integration of
these software applications. Activities focus on real-world uses
It is recommended that students complete: of computer applications, and relate to the world of work.
• Grade 10
Module 1: Word Processing
This course introduces the organization and management
skills necessary to work effectively in a business environment. Section 1: Getting started
The course includes management styles and issues for a global Section 2: Working with text
economy as well as problem solving and decision-making Section 3: Enhancing your file
skills. The management of business resources is also Section 4: Designing your résumé
emphasized.
Module 2: Database Management
Work completed in the Project Section takes the place of
module tests in this course. Section 1: Getting started
Section 2: Designing a database
Section 3: Records and fields
Module 1: Business Organization Section 4: Database functions
Section 1: Business structure
Section 2: Influences on business decisions Module 3: Spreadsheets
Section 3: Business planning and control Section 1: What is a spreadsheet?
Section 4: Current issues in business management Section 2: Formulas and functions
Section 3: Spreadsheet functions
Module 2: Human Resource Management Section 4: Charts
Section 1: Management styles
Section 2: Management skills Module 4: Integration
Section 3: Conflict resolution
Section 4: Time and stress management Section 1: What is integration?
Section 2: Using AppleWorks tools
Section 3: Communication Plan
Module 3: Communication Section 4: Final project
Section 1: Verbal/non-verbal communication The course is assessed on the basis of projects and activities
Section 2: Business etiquette and protocol completed throughout the modules.
Section 3: Business composition skills
Section 4: Business meetings
There are no tests with this course.
Module 4: Entrepreneurship Careers
The resources for this course are:
Section 1: Entrepreneurship in business
Section 2: Creating a marketing plan Data Disk Mac (JDP11G1) (7540001137) N/A
Section 3: Choosing a career Software Guide (JDP12E1) (7540003476) 11.00
Section 4: The job search
Data Management 12, version 01 (4 credits)
The resource for this course is:
[DM12]
Business in the Canadian Environment
(Peter Fuhrman) (7th Edition) It is recommended that students complete:
(Prentice-Hall) (BM1202J) (7540001301) $110.00 • Business Computer Applications 11

Data Management 12 is a senior-level data-processing course

Business Computer Applications 11 (Online which gives students an opportunity to build on the skills
and Print), version 01 (4 credits) [BCA11] they learned in earlier courses.

Please note: Contact your local Distance Education School Some Distance Education Schools allow electronic submission
for more specific information and instructional methods. of their work using electronic mail. Please contact your
Distance Education School and find out how you can set up
Students must have access to a Macintosh or communications with them. Students who have not previ-
Windows computer system. While the course ously learned electronic communications skills will find it
activities may be completed using any current very difficult to send their work by e-mail, at least for the first
word processor, database program, spread-sheet half of the course. Students not using e-mail must send work
program, and graphics program, this course is in on CDs accompanied by a hard copy.
written using AppleWorks.

55
The course can be done with any of the standard word pro-
cessing, spreadsheet, database, and electronic publishing
software programs. Students who wish may receive
English
AppleWorks (either MAC or Windows) on loan from their
Distance Education School. (Both platforms are available on
CDs.) Communications 11, version 01 (4 credits)
[COM11]
If you are not using AppleWorks, please contact your Distance
Education School before enrolling and make certain they can Note: this course is undergoing a revision which will be
receive work on your software. ready in early 2011.
Data Management 12 presents the students with a series of It is recommended that students complete:
problems in woodland management and allows the students • English 10
to solve these problems and develop their software skills at
the same time. Modules must be taken in order because skills Communications 11, with Communications 12 to follow,
learned and problems completed build on previous ones. provides an alternative course in English that meets the needs
of students who may find it difficult to succeed in English 11
and 12. It provides practical communication skills for stu-
Module 1: Word Processing dents who probably will not attend academic post-secondary
Section 1: A sense of solution institutions.
Section 2: Data and information This course combines language and literature in one course.
Section 3: Comparing the options
Module 1:
Module 2: Data Processing Section 1: Short story: “A Firm Word or Two”; The sentence;
Section 1: Data vs. information Poetry: “Cargoes”; Direct and indirect objects;
Section 2: Timber volumes Pronouns as objects
Section 3: Creating good relations Section 2: Story: “The Chance of a Lifetime”; Punctuation;
Section 4: Creating the woodlot data base End punctuation; Commas; Poetry: “Richard
Section 5: Final report generation Cory”
Section 3: Short Story: “Sucker”; Joining simple sentences
(conjunctions); Tenses of verbs; Homonyms;
Module 3: Electronic Communications Capitalization; Poetry: “Warren Pryor”
Section 1: Electronic communications using a computer Section 4: Short Story: “A Start in Life”; Quotation marks;
Section 2: Spreadsheets Apostrophe of possession; Poetry: “Stopping By
Section 3: Creating a cash flow budget Woods on a Snowy Evening”; Apostrophe for
Section 4: Linking and macros missing letters; Compound subject agreement
Section 5: Final report Section 5: Short story: “The Richer, The Poorer”; Special
types of agreement; Pronoun subjects; Poetry:
“Ozymandias”; Pronouns as objects; Indefinite
Module 4: Electronic Publishing
pronouns
Section 1: First draft of your management plan Section 6: Short story: “Beauty Is Truth”; Using the dictio-
Section 2: Desktop publishing and layout nary; Making pronouns and possessive adjectives
Section 3: The final draft of your management plan agree with antecedents; Poetry: “The Road Not
Section 4: Creating a magazine article Taken”
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
All students also receive CDs which contain files in appropri-
ate formats to be used with any of the software that has been
Module 2:
recommended for use in the course.
Section 7: Short story: “The Taste of Melon”; Using the inter-
Students enrolled in a public or independent rogatives “who” and “whom”; Conjunction;
school are not eligible to receive software from Poetry: “The Solitary Reaper”; Subordinating con-
the Distance Education School. In-school students junctions; Interrogative and relative pronouns
must obtain required software through their own Section 8: Short story: “The Story of the Widow’s Son”;
school. Problem verbs (Lie and Lay); Poetry: “The Shark”;
Spelling-the basic rules; Problems with pronouns
There are no tests for this course. Section 9: Short story: “Li Chang’s Million”; Spelling Rules;
Poetry: “The Legend of Qu’Appelle Valley”; Word
The resource for this course are: parts; Prefixes; Using context to find word mean-
ings
Software Guide Optional (JDP12E1) Section 10: Short story: “Papa and the Bomb”; Suffixes;
(7540003476) $11.00 Building words; Poetry: “The Death of Samson”;
Synonyms; Increasing your vocabulary by learn-
ing synonyms

56
Section 11: Short story: “The Fun They Had”; Adjectives and munications, and the appreciation of literature. Practical skills
adverbs; Poetry: “Snake”; Vocabulary; Adjectives are emphasized to help students improve their reading and
and adverbs; Using “good” and “well” writing skills, design and present information, create profes-
Section 12: Short story: “A Kind of Murder”; Vocabulary and sional workplace communications, navigate the Internet
prefixes; Mistakes in the use of conjunctions; efficiently and effectively, and become more informed media
Poetry: “David”; Colons; Latin and Greek roots; and technology consumers.
Review
Communications 12 is divided into four modules with a sup-
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. plementary exam preparation package that contains two
practice provincial exams. The course makes extensive use of
the interactive media CD, Communicate, which houses a num-
Module 3:
ber of media assets including comprehensive, interactive
Section 13: Novel: “Who Has Seen the Wind?”; Paragraph- grammar tutorials and quizzes. Assessments are varied and
unity and development; Sentences in logical options are provided to meet the needs of all learning styles.
order; Replying to help-wanted ads; Poetry: “The Quizzes, projects, and formal assessments are among the dif-
Solitary Woodsman”; The Communications ferent assessment formats included. A supplementary
Handbook as reference; Application forms grammar workbook is also required for students taking the
Section 14: Novel: “Who has Seen the Wind?” (cont’d); paper-based course.
Application Forms; Using the Library; Poetry: “A
January Morning”; Writing notices; Telephone
Module 1: Navigating Information Overload
messages; The résumé
Section 15: Novel: “Who Has Seen the Wind?” (cont’d); Using Section 1: Communication for a New World; The
good English; Poetry: “The Lady of Shalott”; Information Age; Generations of Media Influence;
Proofreading skills; The friendly letter Seeing the Me in Media
Section 16: Novel: “Who Has Seen the Wind?” (cont’d); Section 2: Finding and Sorting Information Online;
Business letter; Reading methods; Poetry: “Sea- Evaluating Web Sites
Gulls”; Study skills; Telegrams Section 3: Advertising and Buying Everything; McWhat?
Section 17: Novel: “Who Has Seen the Wind?” (cont’d); Product Branding and Logos; Weasels in
Expository essay; Précis writing; Poetry: “The Lake Wonderland—The Language of Advertising
Isle of Innisfree”; Ordering goods by mail;
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Listening and speaking
Section 18: Poetry: “Elegy Written in a Country Church-yard”
and “Gray’s Elegy”; Review of the course Module 2: Strategies for High Impact
Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE.
Communication
Section 1: The Final Product; Producing Your Ideas;
The resources for this course are: Processing Your Ideas; Polishing Your Ideas;
The Communications Handbook Technical Communication; Introduction to the
(Nelson) (CB1101J) (7540001354) $75.00 Writer’s Resource
Insight and Outlook (Rockowitz) Section 2: Communicating One on One; Paragraphs—Food
(Globe) (EN1191J) (7540001372) 40.00 for Thought; The Topic Sentence—The Bottom
Theme and Image, Book I (Gillanders) Slice; Supporting the Main Idea—Countertop
(Copp Clark Pitman) (EN1112J) Assembly or Where’s the Beef; Wrapping It Up
(7540001370) 50.00 Section 3: Workplace Communications; Types of Writing
Who Has Seen the Wind? (Mitchell) and Communication—The Purpose of
(MacMillan) (EN1168J) (7540001310) 10.00 Communication; Composing the Composition
Section 4: Telling Tales; The Experience That Shape Us;
A dictionary, preferably The Canadian Senior Adding Sense; Telling Your Story
Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J) (7540001517), is Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
recommended ($70.00).
Module 3: Workplace Communication That Works
Communications 12 (Online and Print), Section 1: Career Path Adventure; Identifying Career
version 02 (4 credits) [COM12] Opportunities; Approaching Employers;
(Graduation Exam Required for Students in Identifying Employability Skills
Section 2: Refresh Your Resume; Tailor Your Cover Letter;
1995 and 2004 Graduation Programs—exam Ace Your Interview; Thank the Employer
worth 40% of final grade [see page 40]) Section 3: Communication Products; Communicating with
Superiors; Accessing Information
It is recommended that students complete:
• Communications 11 or English 11 Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

The focus of Communications 12 is to help students become

more proficient in communication skills typically used in
school, the workplace, and everyday life. Students explore
topics on media literacy, the writing process, workplace com-
57
Module 4: New Ways to Appreciate Storytelling Section 2: Using indefinite pronouns correctly; Making pro-
noun and antecedent agree; Writing business
Section 1: Stories Change Lives; The Power of Language;
letters; Letters of inquiry, reply, and thanks; Study
Figurative Language—The Engine of Poetry;
skills
Giving a Poem Form; Uncovering Meaning—
Section 3: Developing vocabulary; Using the dictionary;
Theme
Choosing the right word; Interrogative pronouns
Section 2: The Magic of Short Stories; Characters in Conflict;
Section 4: Coordinating conjunctions in clauses; Sub-
Setting: The Geography of a Story; Behind the
ordinating conjunctions in clauses; Interrogative
Themes
and relative pronouns; Lie, lay; Rise, raise
Section 3: It’s All about You
Section 5: Spelling Rule 1, 2; Reporting an accident, Spelling
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. Rule 3; Using context to find word meanings;
Spelling Rule 4
The resources for this course are: Section 6: Word parts; Prefixes; Suffixes
Communicate CD (7540005059) $35.00 Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Between the Lines 12 (7540005017) 80.00
Language Power, Book J (7540005018) Module 3:
(only for print-based students) 13.00 Section 1: Compound words; Syllables; Synonyms;
Communications 12 Exam Preparation Antonyms
Package (7540005020) 28.00 Section 2: Vocabulary; Adjectives; Adverbs; Prepositions
Section 3: Making an outline; Memorandum; Resume;
A dictionary, preferably The Canadian Senior Application letter; Vocabulary
Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J) (7540001517), is Section 4: Sending a telegram; Written description of a
recommended ($70.00). setting; Description of a person; Sales letter
Section 5: Using the colon; Bulletin board; Expository
writing
Composition 11, version 02 [COMP11] Section 6: Book report; Précis writing; Ordering goods by
mail; The research essay
It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 10 Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

This course is designed to improve composition skills that No textbook is required for this course.
students need in school, and will later need at work and in
their daily lives. This course cannot be used for graduation A dictionary, preferably The Canadian Senior
unless it has been registered locally as a Board Authorized Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J) (7540001517), is
course. However, it can be used as a skill builder. recommended ($70.00).

Module 1:
English 8, version 02 [MEN08]
Section 1: Simple sentences; Basic punctuation; Writing a
simple paragraph It is recommended that students complete:
Section 2: Filling in forms on the job; Reading and answer- • Grade 7
ing help-wanted ads; Joining simple sentences;
Filling in application forms; Verb tenses Students will not be required to complete all modules.
Section 3: Writing notices; Reporting facts; Descriptive para- Module choices must be made at registration in consulta-
graph; Writing telephone messages tion with your Distance Education School. Each module has
Section 4: End punctuation; Following directions in reading five sections and a module test. The modules are thematic
signs and labels; Writing directions for a person; and focus on both fiction (short stories, novels, plays, poetry)
Comma uses and non-fiction (essays, articles, editorials, journals).
Section 5: Capitalization; Non-essential elements using com- Improving writing skills is one of the main goals of this
mas; Quotation marks; Free writing; Categorizing course. Grammar workshops are included throughout the
information modules. A companion resource called Grammar on the Go!
Section 6: Building a good paragraph; Developing proofread- can be used for enrichment or remediation.
ing skills; The apostrophe of possession, and
apostrophe replacing missing letters; Narrative Use of an audio tape recorder or CD player is
paragraph, drafting, rewriting, editing required for Modules 2 and 4.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Recordings of student’s presentations are required
Module 2: in this course. Please contact your school of
Section 1: Making subject and verb agree; Compound sub- registration for further information.
ject and verb agreement; Special types of subject Use of a DVD player is recommended for Module 5
and verb agreement; Pronouns as subjects; to view two DVDs. Alternative activities are
Pronouns as objects included for those who are not able to view the
videos.

58
Module 1: Choices The resources for this module are:
Section 1: Elements of writing—identify and make choices in Language to Go (Barry, J.) (Nelson)
relation to purpose, audience, points of view, (EN0820J) (7540001695) $10.00
style, and word usage; strategies for generating Responses—Non-fiction in Context Two
ideas; explanatory, narrative, and descriptive (1990) (Nelson) (EN0815J) (7540001694) 15.00
paragraphs; grammar workshop Language Arts Survival Guide (Iverson, etal)
Section 2: Story elements—study of character, setting, plot, (Pearson Education) (EN0821J)
mood, point of view; contrast/compare para- (7540001387) 70.00
graphs; practise writing paragraphs; figurative PlayMaking (Magazine) (Pearson
language Education) (EN0824J) (7540001382) 25.00
Section 3: In-depth character study; look at sentence struc- PlayMaking (Anthology)(Pearson
tures; poetry imagery, free and traditional verse; Education) (EN0823J) (7540001386) 20.00
create a poem; grammar workshop PlayMaking CD (Pearson Education)
Section 4: More poetry study—figurative language, reflec- (7540005319) 5.00
tion, character and allusion, sounds; write more Plays from 3-D English: Scripts for Language
poems; grammar workshop Arts-Book 1 (Hoyes) (Pearson Education)
Section 5: Novel: The Snow Goose or The Outsiders—choose (EN0822J) (7540001696) 10.00
which novel to read; keep a reading journal; keep
track of new words; choose from a variety of Module 3: Year 3000
activities and projects to complete the novel
study; grammar review; study and test strategies Section 1: Use similes and metaphors to write predictions
about future trends; study poetry, science fiction,
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. punctuation; write a virtual reality program; prac-
tise writing in second person
The resources for this module are:
Section 2: Novel: “The Keeper of the Isis Light”—focus on
Language to Go (Barry, J.) (Nelson) character development; study more punctuation;
(EN0820J) (7540001695) $10.00 practise writing in first person; compose an ad
In Context—Anthology Two (1990) Section 3: Novel: “The Keeper of the Isis Light”—focus on
(Nelson) (EN0814J) (7540001693) 25.00 character interaction and themes; write a book
Responses—Non-fiction in Context Two review
(1990) (Nelson) (EN0815J) (7540001694) 15.00 Section 4: Conduct a personal interview using closed and
Language Arts Survival Guide (Iverson, et al) open-ended questions; write a personal letter or
(Pearson Education) (EN0821J) spoof; explore technology uses; oral presentation
(7540001387) 70.00 tips and audio activity
The Snow Goose (Gallico) (McClelland & Section 5: Prepare and write a research report using one
Stewart) (EN0869J) (7540001384) 15.00 visual aid
The Outsiders (Hinton) (Dell Publishing)
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
(EN0868J) (7540001383) 15.00
Poetry Alive—Transitions (Salianai) (Copp The resources for this module are:
Clark Pitman) (EN0817J) (7540001385) 50.00
Language to Go (Barry, J.) (Nelson)
Module 2: In Character (EN0820J) (7540001695) $10.00
Section 1: Study forms of drama; write a narrative and a Responses—Non-fiction in Context Two
descriptive paragraph; develop and practise scene- (1990) (Nelson) (EN0815J) (7540001694) 15.00
writing skills; learn about script format and how Language Arts Survival Guide (Iverson, et al)
to design a set; use dialogue to write a first scene (Pearson Education) (EN0821J)
in a script (7540001387) 70.00
Section 2: Study about and write a monologue; explore vocal Futures (Anthology) (Pearson Education)
techniques; study action verbs; record own mono- (EN0827J) (7540001380) 30.00
logue on audio or video tape In Context—Anthology Two (1990)
Section 3: Further study of drama types; write a teleplay (Nelson) (EN0814J) (7540001693) 25.00
script; more study on verbs Poetry Alive—Transitions (Salianai)
Section 4: Study dreams to make stories; build on play and (Copp Clark Pitman) (EN0817J)
scene-writing skills, more study on verbs; study of (7540001385) 50.00
conflict and resolution The Isis Trilogy: Special Edition (Hughes)
Section 5: Prepare a complete one-act play with three or (Tundra Books) (7540005436) 20.00
more scenes; study radio plays; review play
structure Module 4: Adventures
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Section 1: Study storytelling history and techniques; record a
story and an interview using closed and open-
ended questions; write a tape script
Section 2: Study and write a narrative poem; script a poem
for a choral reading; prepare an outline for a
video; study punctuation
59
Section 3: Novel: “Treasure Island”—focus on writing style, The resources for this module are:
character, irony; study more punctuation; write a
Language to Go (Barry, J.) (Nelson)
book review; make a map based on setting
(EN0820J) (7540001695) $10.00
descriptions
Language Arts Survival Guide (Iverson, et al)
Section 4: Novel: “Treasure Island”—focus on first-person
(Pearson Education) (EN0821J)
narratives; write an objective and a subjective
(7540001387) 70.00
response; study verb usage and more punctuation
Media Mix (Anthology) (Nelson) (EN0830J)
Section 5: Novel: “Treasure Island”—focus on book review;
(7540001697) 10.00
study sentence structure; prepare and write a
Media and Communications (Anthology)
research report using one visual aid
(Pearson Education) (EN0832J)
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. (7540001388) 30.00
Media and Communications (Magazine)
The resources for this module are: Pearson Education) (EN0831J)
Language to Go (Barry, J.) (Nelson) (7540001389) 25.00
(EN0820J) (7540001695) $10.00 Invisible Persuaders DVD (7540005118) 25.00
In Context—Anthology Two (1990) Don’t be a TV Victim DVD (7540005204) 20.00
(Nelson) (EN0814J) (7540001693) 25.00 In addition, the student needs a good dictionary.
Responses—-Non-fiction in Context Two Recommended is The Canadian Senior Dictionary
(1990)(Nelson) (EN0815J) (7540001694) 15.00 (Gage) (EN0801J) (7540001517) ($70.00).
Language Arts Survival Guide (Iverson, et al)
(Pearson Education) (EN0821J)
(7540001387) 70.00 English 9, version 05 [MEN09]
Treasure Island (Stevenson) (Penguin)
(EN0816J) (7540001379) 10.00 It is recommended that students complete:
Heroic Adventures (Pearson Education) • English 8
(EN0828J) (7540001390) 22.00
Audio Tape—Heroic Adventures (Pearson Students will not be required to complete all modules.
Education) (EN0829J) (7540001050) 60.00 Module choices must be made at registration in consulta-
or CD—Heroic Adventures (Pearson tion with your Distance Education School. This course
Education) (7540005320) 5.00 consists of four modules. Each module has five sections and a
Poetry Alive—Transitions (Salianai) module test. The modules are thematic and focus on elements
(Copp Clark Pitman) (EN0817J) of literature including a novel, and a combination of short
(7540001385) 50.00 stories, folk tales, poetry or a play.
The questions found in the self-marking activities, the send-
Module 5: Media Messages in activities and the tests emphasize thinking skills as well as
content recall.
Section 1: Study and compare readings about the positive
and negative effects of television; view a video A Supplemental Language Activity Booklet will be sent out by
about the hidden influences of TV; learn persua- the Distance Education School Instructor to students who
sive techniques; write an editorial require additional language assistance. Writing on the Run!
Section 2: Study and compare the writing style of television may be optained for enrichment.
and radio; write a tribute and a storyboard or Recordings of student’s presentations are required
shooting script; study commonly confused words; in this course. Please contact your school of
practise persuasive and descriptive writing registration for further information.
Section 3: Study the uses of photography messages in media;
study and write a newspaper report and a feature This course also has an optional video compo-
article; identify slant; learn spelling strategies and nent. A video tape recorder is required for the
proofreading skills tapes obtained from the Distance Education
Section 4: Study the purpose and use of satire in media; School.
compare the theme of two satirical pieces; write a
satirical poem; study interactive media; write a Module 1: Family Matters
virtual reality proposal
Section 5: Study and identify persuasive techniques in adver- Section 1: Short stories: “Penny in the Dust” and “The
tising; write a letter to the editor; create an Father”; Characteristics and structure of the short
unusual ad campaign; write a public service story; Elements of the short story—focus on sym-
message; study use of dictionary and thesaurus; bols, irony, and conflict; Comparing short
module review stories—value of a story
Section 2: Poetry: patterns of organization—focus on free
Module 5 Test covers the work of Module 5. and traditional verse; Descriptive language—focus
on word pictures; Understanding poetry—focus
on Tone; Function of poetry—focus on
Personification

60
Section 3: Novel: “A Day No Pigs Would Die”—focus on Module 3: Myths and Make Believe
background information, dialect, point of view,
Section 1: “Best Loved Folk Tales of the World” and “The
introduction, characterization, humour, and
Nature of Myth”—focus on the characteristics of
theme
folk literature—focus on listening skills; “Ice and
Section 4: Novel: “A Day No Pigs Would Die” (cont’d)—
Flame”—focus on Descriptive Language I: simile,
focus on foreshadowing, contrast,
metaphor, personification—focus on descriptive
characterization, theme, and conflict
Language II: assonance, alliteration, consonance,
Section 5: Novel: “A Day No Pigs Would Die” (cont’d)—
onomatopoeia; “Prometheus the Fire-Thief”—
focus on the purpose, climax, and the conclusion
focus on Descriptive Language III: contrast,
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. extended metaphor
Section 2: Legends: Heroes and Villains-”The Old Man and
The resources for this module are: the Magic Bowl”—focus on Story Structure I: set-
A Day No Pigs Would Die (Great Pacific ting, character, mood, theme—focus on Story
News) (EN0923J) (7540001398) $15.00 Structure II: conflict, plot, climax, denouement
In Context Three (Graves, McClymont) Section 3: Novel: “The Third Magic” Part I, Chapters 1
(Nelson Canada) (EN0914J) (7540001392) 70.00 through 7—focus on symbolism: line versus circle
Poetry and Language: Reading Selections Section 4: Novel: “The Third Magic” Part II, Chapters 8
for English 9 (7540005333) 8.00 through 14—focus on symbolism of names and
Inside Stories 1 (Kirkland, Davies) the number three; Focus on the symbolism of
(HBJ-Holt) (EN0916J) (7540001393) 70.00 “The Egg”
CD 1 (7540005322) 8.00 Section 5: Novel: “The Third Magic” Part III, Chapters 15
through 21 and Epilogue—focus on suspense,
climax, and irony
Module 2: Beyond Reality
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Section 1: Short stories: Part 1 “Barney”: story structure—
focus on climax and anti-climax; Literary The resources for this module are:
devices—focus on irony; Literary form—focus on
journal writing; Short stories-Part II “The Wish”: The Third Magic (Katz) (Douglas and
figurative language—focus on imagery and mood; McIntyre) (EN0918J) (7540001395) $15.00
Story structure—focus on point of view In Context Three (Graves, McClymont)
Section 2: A play: “The Book That Saved the Earth”;— (Nelson Canada) (EN0914J) (7540001392) 70.00
Introduction; Play structure—focus on the Best-Loved Folktales of the World (Cole)
elements of a play, dialogue, and humour (Great Pacific News) (EN0924J)
Section 3: A play: “Alligator on the Escalator”—nature of (7540001401) 20.00
poetry: characteristics of a poem; “Ride a Wild CD 2 (7540005323) 8.00
Horse”—poetic devices: focus on the symbol; “The
Witch of Coos”—meaning of poetry: focus on Module 4: Shakespeare’s Theatre
understanding; Poetic language: focus on similes
Section 1: The life of William Shakespeare; Elizabethan
and metaphors; Poetic fantasy: focus on the ghost
England; Shakespearean theatre; Sonnets
story
Section 2: Novel: “Cue for Treason” (Chapters 1 through 25)
Section 4: Novel: “The Hobbit”—elements of the novel—
—reading and understanding
focus on plot and conflict; Understanding the
Section 3: Novel: “Cue for Treason” (cont’d)—Introduction;
novel—focus on the use of descriptive language
Plot; Character; Conflict and character motiva-
and foreshadowing
tion; Setting and mood; Theme and final review
Section 5: “The Hobbit” (cont’d)—understanding the novel;
Section 4: Play: “A Midsummer Night’s Dream”—
Elements of the novel—focus on conflict,
Introduction; All You Need to Know about
resolution, character, and theme
Shakespearean Drama; Understanding Acts I, II,
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. and III
Section 5: Play: “A Midsummer Night’s Dream” (cont’d)—
The resources for this module are: Understanding Acts IV and V; Romance; Comedy
The Hobbit (Tolkien) (Little, Brown and conclusion
and Co.) (EN0921J) (7540001397) $13.00 Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
In Context Three (Graves, McClymont)
(Nelson Canada) (EN0914J) (7540001392) 70.00 The resources for this module are:
Poetry and Language: Reading Selections
A Midsummer Night’s Dream (Shakespeare)
for English 9 (7540005333) 8.00
(Great Pacific News) (EN0925J)
Inside Stories 1 (Kirkland, Davies)
(7540001391) $30.00
(HBJ-Holt) (EN0916J) (7540001393) 70.00
Cue for Treason (Trease) (Copp Clark
CD 1 (7540005322) 8.00
Pitman) (EN0920J) (7540001400) 25.00
Poetry and Language: Reading Selections
for English 9 (7540005333) 8.00

61
 A Midsummer Night’s Dream video (BBC) (JVT0901) The resources for this module are:
(7540001639) $9.00 or DVD (7540005324) $20.00, Stoney Creek Woman (Moran) (Arsenal
is available. While this is not compulsory, we Pulp Press) (EN0919J) (7540001394) $25.00
strongly recommend that you watch it if at all Inside Stories 1 (Kirkland, Davies)
possible. (HBJ-Holt) (EN0916J) (7540001393) 70.00
In Context Three (Graves, McClymont)
Module 5: The Outsiders (Nelson Canada) (EN0914J) (7540001392) 70.00
Poetry and Language: Reading Selections
Section 1: Short stories: “We All Don’t Have to Talk Alike”— for English 9 (7540005333) 8.00
focus on character development; “The Friday CD 2 (7540005323) 8.00
Everything Changed”—focus on plot and setting;
“The All-American Slurp”—focus on theme
Section 2: Nonfiction stories: “The Rosa Parks Story” and English 10 (Online and Print), version 04
“Perez: Escaped to Canada”—focus on denotation (4 credits) [EN10]
and connotation; Poetry: “Jamie” and
“Quinnapoxed”—focus on compactness and (Graduation Exam Required for Students in
imagery; “Warning” and “Old Woman Seated”— 2004 Graduation Program—exam worth 20%
focus on tone of final grade [see page 40])
Section 3: Poetry: “Hunger”, “A Helping Hand”, “Summer
Camp”—focus on figurative language, personifica- It is recommended that students complete:
tion, simile and metaphor; Novel: “The War • English 9
Between the Classes”—focus on Chapters 6 to 14
Section 4: Novel: “The War Between the Classes” (cont’d)— Students will not be required to complete all modules.
focus on characterization and point of view; Focus Module choices must be made at registration in consulta-
on plot: types of conflict and form tion with your Distance Education School.
Module 5 Test covers the work of Module 5. This course consists of 5 modules and a supplementary exam
preparation package. The modules focus on the development
The resources for this module are:
of critical reading, writing, listening, viewing, speaking, and
The War Between the Classes (Miklowitz) representing skills in relation to different text forms,
(Great Pacific News) (EN0922J) including the novel, the short story, poetry, and drama. There
(7540001399) $10.00 is an emphasis on writing skills including sentence structure,
In Context Three (Graves, McClymont) paragraphs, and multi-paragraph compositions. Language
(Nelson Canada) (EN0914J) (7540001392) 70.00 lessons including punctuation and grammar are integrated
Poetry and Language: Reading Selections throughout Module 2 and Module 3.
for English 9 (7540005333) 8.00
Use of a CD-Rom is required throughout the
Inside Stories 1 (Kirkland, Davies)
course.
(HBJ-Holt) (EN0916J) (7540001393) 70.00
CD 2 (7540005323) 8.00 Use of a DVD is required for Module 5. Resources
are available from your Distance Education
School.
Module 6: Living With Nature
Section 1: Short stories: “A Way Out of the Forests”—focus
Module 1: Skills Building
on story elements; “Operation Survival”—focus
on plot and mood; “The Sea Devil”—focus on Section 1: Reading
characterization and foreshadowing; focus on Section 2: Writing
theme Section 3: Viewing
Section 2: The play: “Accomplices”—focus on the play;
There are no tests for Module 1.
Focus on the legend: “The Boy Who Fed Eagles”;
Focus on poetry, Part I: “There Are Some Things”
The resources for this module are:
and “The Nurselog”; Focus on Poetry Part II: “It
Rained” and “Sometimes When It Rains” Sightlines 10 (Pearson) (7540005352) $85.00
Section 3: Nonfiction biography: “Stoney Creek Woman” English 10 Perspectives CD (7540005356) 30.00
Section 4: Nonfiction biography: “Stoney Creek Woman” Writing on the Run!
(cont’d) workbook (7540005313) 30.00
Module 6 Test covers the work of Module 6. or CD (7540005331) 30.00

Module 2: Novel Study: The Chrysalids

Section 1: Impressions
Section 2: Choices
Section 3: The Novel, Life, and You
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.

62
 The resources for this module are: English 11 (Online and Print), version 06
The Chrysalids (Penguin) (7540005517) $13.00
(4 credits) [EN11]
Sightlines 10 (Pearson) (7540005352) 85.00
It is recommended that students complete:
English 10 Perspectives CD (7540005356) 30.00
• English 10
Writing on the Run!
workbook (7540005313) 30.00
Students will not be required to complete all modules.
or CD (7540005331) 30.00
Module choices must be made at registration in consulta-
tion with your Distance Education School.
Module 3: Novel Study: Painting the Black
This course is the revised version of English 11, version 05. It
Section 1: Impressions is available in print and online formats.
Section 2: Choices
Each of the four modules is built up of a combination of
Section 3: The Novel, Life, and You
lessons, section assignments, and a module test.
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Module 1: Facts and Fiction
The resources for this module are:
Section 1: Informational Text: Active Reading; Critical
Painting the Black (7540005353) $8.00 Reading; Applying Critical Reading Skills; Group
Sightlines 10 (Pearson) (7540005352) 85.00 Process
English 10 Perspectives CD (7540005356) 30.00 Section 2: Research Reports: Research Report; Finding a
Writing on the Run! Focus; Sources of Information; Evaluating Sources;
workbook (7540005313) 30.00 Taking Research Notes; The First Draft; The Final
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 Draft
Section 3: Elements of Fiction: The Basics; Setting, Character,
and Point of View; Theme and Conflict; Style;
Module 4: Discovering Poetry and Short Stories
Creative Writing
Section 1: Storytelling Traditions Section 4: Responding to Literature: Response to Literature;
Section 2: Discovery Poetry Formal Speech; Practice Makes Perfect
Section 3: The Short Story
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
The resources for the print module are:
The resources for this module are:
English 11 Source File (7540005995) TBA
Sightlines 10 (Pearson) (7540005352) $85.00 English 11 Companion CD (7540005996) TBA
English 10 Perspectives CD (7540005356) 30.00 Writing on the Run!
Writing on the Run! workbook (7540005313) $30.00
workbook (7540005313) 30.00 or CD (7540005331) 30.00
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 Note: The above resources are embedded in the
English 10 Exam Preparation Package online course.
(7540005140) 28.00

Module 5: Shakespeare: Romeo and Juliet (DVD Module 2: Poetry and Prose: Who Has Seen the Wind
Dependent) Section 1: Playing with Words: Personal Responses to Poetry;
Imagery and Symbolism; Figurative Language;
Section 1: Will’s World
Sound
Section 2: The Play’s the Thing
Section 2: Rules of the Game: Discussing Form Free and
Section 3: Making Sense of It All
Formal Verse; Sonnets; Interpreting Poetry;
There are no tests for Module 5. Writing an Interpretive Composition
Section 3: A Canadian Novel about Growing Up—Parts One
The resources for this module are: and Two: Another Time and Place; The Early
Years; A New Setting; Writing a Character Sketch;
Harcourt Shakespeare Romeo and Juliet Interpreting Narrative
(7540005354) $30.00 Section 4: Who Has Seen the Wind—Parts Three and Four:
English 10 Perspectives CD (7540005356) 30.00 The World Beyond; A Happy Ending; Interpretive
Romeo and Juliet DVD (Zeffirelli) Essay on Fiction; Test Preparation
(7540005355) 20.00
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
An English dictionary, preferably The Canadian
Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J) (7540001517), The resources for this module are:
is optional ($70.00).
Poetry Alive: Reflections (Addison-Wesley)
(ELAP075) (7540001366) $60.00
Who Has Seen the Wind (EN1168J)
(7540001310) 10.00
63
 English 11 Companion CD (7540005996) TBA it is recent (1998), complete, and appropriate for use in the
Writing on the Run! student’s post-secondary studies. In its completeness, how-
workbook (7540005313) 30.00 ever, it includes words in common usage that some parents
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 and students might find objectionable.

Module 3: Poetry and Prose: Lord of the Flies

English 12 (Online and Print), version 07
Section 1: Playing with Words: Personal Responses to Poetry;
(4 credits) [EN12]
Imagery and Symbolism; Figurative Language;
Sound (Graduation Exam Required for Students in
Section 2: Rules of the Game: Discussing Form Free and 1995 and 2004 Graduation Programs—exam
Formal Verse; Sonnets; Interpreting Poetry;
worth 40% of final grade [see page 40])
Writing an Interpretive Composition
Section 3: A Darker Side of Childhood—Parts One and Two:
Another Time and Place; A New Beginning; New This course might not be offered at all Distance
Life, Old Life; Character Sketch; Interpreting Education Schools.
Narrative
Section 4: Lord of the Flies—Parts Three and Four: The Beast It is recommended that students complete:
Within; The Final Collapse; Interpretive • English 11, or equivalent
Composition; Test Preparation
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Students will not be required to complete all modules.
Module choices must be made at registration in consulta-
The resources for this module are: tion with your Distance Education School.
Poetry Alive: Reflections (Addison-Wesley) The first module of English 12 concentrates on reading and
(ELAP075) (7540001366) $60.00 writing informational text. Three novel study and short prose
Lord of the Flies (United Library) (EN1162J) options are available to the student: Modules 2, 3, or 4.
(7540001371) 15.00 Module 5 focuses exclusively on the study of poetry. Two
English 11 Companion CD (7540005996) TBA drama options are available to the student, Modules 6 or 7.
Writing on the Run! All of the course modules in English 12 include multimedia
workbook (7540005313) 30.00 resources that are designed to enrich and enhance the learn-
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 ing experience. Interactive quizzes, exercises, and activities
offering immediate feedback appear throughout.
Module 4: The Tragedy of Macbeth
Course materials have been aligned to the BC Ministry of
Section 1: Shakespeare’s Macbeth: Introduction to Education’s IRP. Provincial exam specifications are addressed
Shakespeare; Elements of Shakespearean Tragedy; in the course content, and a supplementary exam preparation
Elizabethan English; Irony and Soliloquy package reflecting the new English 12 Provincial Exam
Section 2: Macbeth’s Demise: Comic Relief and Poetic structure is available.
Devices; Climax and Hubris; Poetic Justice
Section 3: IInterpreting a Shakespearean Tragedy: There is a DVD* used in Module 3 which unfortunately, we
Interpreting Nonverbal Cues; Sound and Image; are unable to stock at this time. Therefore, it is up to the
The Eye of the Camera students to rent or borrow a copy of the DVD themselves.

Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. Use of a CD-Rom is required throughout the
course.
The resources for this module are: Use of a DVD is required for Modules 3, 6, and 7.
Macbeth (Folger edition) (Distican Mass Resources are available from your Distance
Mkt) (EN1194J) (7540001367) $10.00 Education School.
Macbeth DVD, BBC version (7540005230) 25.00
English 11 Companion CD (7540005996) TBA Module 1: Connecting the Dots
Writing on the Run! Section 1: An Apple a Day…
workbook (7540005313) 30.00 Section 2: Reading the Signs (and Between the Lines)
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 Section 3: Being Green
Use of a DVD player is required for this course. Section 4: Research Skills
DVDs are available from your Distance Education Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
School. Resources are available from your Distance
Education School. The resources for this module are:
A dictionary is recommended for this course. Either The English 12 Source File (7540005567) $15.00
Canadian Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J, 7540001517, English 12 Media CD Optional
$70.00) or The Canadian Oxford Dictionary (Oxford University (7540005568) 30.00
Press) (EN1280J, 7540001516, $80.00) can be used. The
Canadian Oxford Dictionary is preferable for senior students as

64
Module 2: Short Prose and Novel Study: Obasan Module 5: Poetry
Section 1: Introducing Fiction Section 1: A Mouthful of Air
Section 2: Japanese-Canadian History and the Novel Section 2: Critical Reading
Section 3: Fiction Up Close Section 3: Express Yourself!
Section 4: Preparing for the Exam Section 4: Preparing for the Exam
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Module 5 Test covers the work of Module 5.

The resources for this module are: The resources for this module are:
Obasan (Kogawa) (Penguin) (EN1228J) The New Canon (Starmino) (7540005582) $25.00
(7540001377) $15.00 English 12 Media CD (7540005568) 30.00
English 12 Source File (7540005567) 15.00 Writing on the Run!
English 12 Media CD (7540005568) 30.00 workbook (7540005313) 30.00
Writing on the Run! or CD (7540005331) 30.00
workbook (7540005313) 30.00 English 12 Exam Preparation Package
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 (7540005524) 28.00
English 12 Exam Preparation Package
(7540005524) 28.00 Module 6: Hamlet
Section 1: Setting the Reader’s Mental Stage
Module 3: Short Prose and Novel Study: The Kite
Section 2: Upsetting the Prince’s Mental Stage—Act 2
Runner Section 3: Play Within a Mousetrap
Section 1: Introducing Fiction Section 4: Hamlet the Mad Murderer
Section 2: Afghanistan Section 5: Graveyard, Poisons, and Swordplay
Section 3: Fiction Up Close There is no test for Module 6.
Section 4: Preparing for the Exam
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. The resources for this module are:
Hamlet (Signet Classics Edition)
The resources for this module are: (7540005598) $8.00
The Kite Runner (Hosseini) (Random English 12 Media CD (7540005568) 30.00
House) (7540005581) $20.00 Writing on the Run!
English 12 Source File (7540005567) 15.00 workbook (7540005313) 30.00
English 12 Media CD (7540005568) 30.00 or CD (7540005331) 30.00
Writing on the Run! Hamlet (BBC) DVD (7540005231) 25.00
workbook (7540005313) 30.00
or CD (7540005331) 30.00 Module 7: Death of a Salesman
English 12 Exam Preparation Package Section 1: Death of a Salesman: Act One
(7540005524) 28.00 Section 2: A Length of Rubber Hose
* The Kite Runner DVD Section 3: Looking for a Harbour
Section 4: Dinner at Frank’s Chop House
Module 4: Short Prose and Novel Study: Keeper ‘n Me Section 5: A Perfect Proposition All Around
Section 1: Aboriginal History and the Novel There is no test for Module 7.
Section 2: Introducing Fiction
Section 3: Fiction Up Close The resources for this module are:
Section 4: Full Circle
Death of a Salesman (Penguin Plays
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. Edition) (7540005599) $15.00
English 12 Media CD (7540005568) 30.00
The resources for this module are: Death of a Salesman DVD (7540004518) 60.00
Keeper ‘n Me (Wagamese) (7540004509) $18.00
English 12 Source File (7540005567) 15.00 Students should have access to a suitable dictionary, prefer-
English 12 Media CD (7540005568) 30.00 ably The Canadian Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J)
Writing on the Run! (7540001517) ($70.00).
workbook (7540005313) 30.00
or CD (7540005331) 30.00
English 12 Exam Preparation Package
(7540005524) 28.00

65
English Literature 12, version 04 (4 credits) The resources for this course are:
[LIT12] Adventures in English Literature
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post- (Harcourt) (Athena Edition) (EN1277J)
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final (7540001405) $110.00
She Stoops to Conquer (Signet Classic
grade [see page 40]) Edition) (EN1278J) (7540001404) 15.00
The Tempest (Shakespeare) (EN1211J)
It is recommended that students complete: (7540001402) 8.00
• English 11 or equivalent Major Barbara (Shaw) (EN1213J)
(7540001403) 15.00
This is a senior elective course which surveys the literature of
the English language, from the Anglo-Saxon period to the A dictionary is recommended for this course. Either The
Twentieth Century. This historical survey is especially impor- Canadian Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J, 7540001517,
tant for students who intend to study English literature in $70.00) or The Canadian Oxford Dictionary (Oxford University
post-secondary institutions. Press) (EN1280J, 7540001516, $80.00) can be used. However,
The Canadian Oxford Dictionary is preferable for senior
students as it is recent (1998), complete, and appropriate for
Module 1: The Middle Ages and use in the student’s post-secondary studies. In its complete-
The Renaissance/Elizabethan Age ness, however, it includes words in common usage that some
Section 1: The Anglo-Saxon Period parents and students might find objectionable.
Section 2: The Medieval Period
Section 3: Introduction to Elizabethan Literature
Section 4: The Tempest Journalism/Media 12, version 02 (4 credits)
Section 5: The Tempest (Second Reading) [JOU12]
The Language of the Bible
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. It is recommended that students complete:
• English 11

Module 2: The Renaissance and The Enlightenment Journalism 12 teaches the student the fundamentals of writ-
ing for print, radio, and television and some elements of
Section 1: The Renaissance in the 17th Century: The production, with an emphasis on clear and concise writing.
Jacobean Age Online journalism is also introduced throughout the course
Section 2: The Renaissance in the 17th Century: The for students who have access to the Internet. Unlike literature
Puritan Age courses, this course focuses on student writing; however,
Section 3: Introduction to the Restoration and The some published criticism provides examples. Many of the
Enlightenment activities involve writing for publishers outside the course:
Section 4: The Enlightenment (continued) student newspapers, yearbooks, as well as community outlets
Section 5: Oliver Goldsmith’s She Stoops to Conquer including newspapers, television and radio stations.
Section 6: The Enlightenment (concluded)
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. This course cannot be used for graduation unless it has
been registered as a Board Authority Authorized course.
Module 3: The Romantic Age Each module of this course is accompanied by a
Section 1: Wordsworth source file, a consumable workbook, and an enve-
Section 2: Coleridge, Austen, and Lord Byron lope of articles for each of Modules 1, 2, and 3.
Section 3: Shelley and Keats
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Module 1: The Medium and the Message
Section 1: The Workings of the Daily Planet; What’s News?;
Module 4: The Victorian Age and The 20th Century The Hard and the Soft of It; A Matter of Principles
Section 2: Understanding News Style; The Skeleton of a
Section 1: Introduction and Tennyson
News Story; Take the Lead; Different Types of
Section 2: The Brownings, Brontë, Arnold, and Hardy
Leads; The Body of the News Story
Section 3: Shaw’s Major Barbara
Section 3: Seek and You Will Find—Doing Research;
Section 4: The Early 20th Century
Accessing Information; The Daily Grind—General
Section 5: The Late 20th Century
News; Write and Rewrite—Press Releases
Section 6: Review of English Literature 12
Section 4: Take Note of That!; The Art of the Interview; Help,
Module 4 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE. They Won’t Talk!; Preparing for Publication

66
Module 2: Opinions and Decisions Recordings of student’s presentations are required
Section 1: Be a Sport; Feature Stories Humanize the News; in this course. Please contact your school of
Humans Are of Interest; On the Lighter Side— registration for further information.
Humour Features; Words from a Feature Writer
Section 2: Try to Remain Subjective—Opinions and There is an optional video tape program in
Editorials; Lead Me to Your Opinion—The Module 4.
Editorial Lead; Have a Healthy Argument—
Developing the Editorial; One Person’s Point of The resources for this course are:
View—The Column; The Editor is Always The Canadian Press Stylebook
“Dear”—Letters to the Editor; Reviewer Takes a (The Canadian Press) (EN1108J)
Stance—The Review (7540001547) $50.00
Section 3: Red Pen Attacks Story—Editing; It’s Perfectly Journalism 12 Audio Module 4 (JJL12I1)
Clear—Copy Editing; Getting a Clean Start— (7540001097) 10.00
Editing the Lead; Picking and Choosing the News; Video Behind the Scenes Module 4
Nothing but the Truth—The Libel Defence Optional (JJL12J1) (7540001659) 30.00
Section 4: Canadian Presses Join Forces; Editor Ethics; A Mod 1 Source File (JJL12I2) (7540002339) 16.00
Journalist’s Code of Practice—Ethical Conduct Mod 2 Source File (JJL12J2) (7540002340) 16.00
Mod 3 Source File (JJL12K2) (7540002341) 16.00
Module 3: Putting It Together Mod 4 Source File (JJL12L2) (7540002342) 16.00
Mod 1 Envelope/Articles (JJL12M2)
Section 1: Read All About It in the Headline!; Do You Speak (7540001213) 17.00
Headlinese; Exploring the Limits of Space; The Mod 2 Envelope/Articles (JJL12N2)
Feature is a Different Creature; Two Heads Are (7540001214) 17.00
Sometimes Better Than One; Kick-starting a Story; Mod 3 Envelope/Articles (JJL12O2)
You’ve Got Personality (7540001215) 17.00
Section 2: The Shape of Things To Come; Variations on a
Rectangular Theme; Time Out With a Page There are no tests for this course.
Designer
Section 3: Photos in Focus; Worth a Thousand Words; Pick Language 10, version 01
of the Crop; A Picture Is Worth Some Words—The
Cutline This course cannot be used for graduation unless it has
Section 4: Packaging the Package; The Age of Infographics; been registered locally as a Board Authorized course.
The Total News However, it can be used as a skill builder.

Module 4: Listeners and Viewers • This is a 10-lesson course.

Section 1: Turn On, Tune In; Writing the Airwaves; A This course is for students who have not completed Grades 8,
Princely Tale; Soundscapes; Now You’re Talkin’— 9, and 10 English. It will upgrade their language skills to
Voicers, Actualities; and Wraparounds allow them to take courses which require Grade 10 standing.
Section 2: All the News That Fits; Timing is Everything!; The aim of the course is to enable the student to express ideas
Public Affairs Programming—”Hey, I’m Special clearly with acceptable English usage.
Too!”; More Than Just the News
Section 3: The Flickering Eye; Is There Anybody Out There?; 1. The grammar taught is functional. Student learns to rec-
The Editorial Comes to the Airwaves; Lights, ognize and use sentences, to identify basic parts of speech
Camera, Action—Staging the News—TV Ethics; as commonly used, and to analyze and synthesize com-
What’s in the News?—An Analysis mon sentence structures. The student is taught to avoid
Section 4: Free Speech v. Bought Speech; Ideas For Sale; common faults, and to use standard punctuation.
Censors or Watchdogs?; Who’s Minding the 2. Spelling is taught to the Grade 10 level of vocabulary,
Store?; Enter the Millennium and simple spelling rules are demonstrated.
3. This course is designed to increase interest in reading,
Supplies provided by students: improve reading rates and extend students’ vocabulary.
4. Students learn to write in sentences and in simple para-
audio tape recorder graphs. They write informal letters and factual reports.
blank audio tapes Neat and legible handwriting is encouraged.
TV, radio
Term Test covers the WHOLE COURSE.
Stopwatch or clock/watch with second hand
Newspaper that covers major world and No textbook is required for this course.
national news
Students should have access to a suitable dictionary, prefer-
paste
ably The Canadian Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J)
scissors
(7540001517) ($70.00).
word processor (optional)

67
Language 11, version 01 Module 2:
Section 1: Learning to make patterns
It is recommended that students complete: Section 2: Patterns in poetry
• English 10 or Language 10 (LD) Section 3: Diction and vocabulary

This course cannot be used for graduation unless it has

been registered locally as a Board Authorized course. Module 3:
However, it can be used as a skill builder. Section 1: Scale, organization, and plot
Section 2: We got rhythm, we got rhyme
1. The course briefly reviews basic grammar to enable the
student to recognize and use sentences, to identify parts
of speech, and to analyze and synthesize sentences. Module 4:
2. Spelling is taught to a Grade 12 vocabulary level. Section 1: Timing in fiction, drama, and film
Students are encouraged to extend their vocabulary by Section 2: Problems writers face (and how they solve them)
the improvement of speed and understanding in reading. Section 3: Getting ready to publish your work
A light-hearted history of the English language is also
taught. The resource for this course is:
3. Standard use of punctuation is taught. Students write sen-
tences and paragraphs, and plan and write formal essays, Poetry Appendix (JWR12E2) (7540004079) $11.00
informal and formal letters, and prepare reports. Students should have access to a suitable dictionary, prefer-
4. Common faults in writing are demonstrated, and stu- ably The Canadian Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J)
dents are introduced to the more frequently used figures (7540001517) ($70.00).
of speech.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. (Focusing on:
Identification subject and predicate, correct verb forms, cor-
rect pronoun, and usage; identification of correct use of
punctuation including period, comma, exclamation mark,
quotation marks, period, question mark, and capitalization; CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
identification of subordinate, adjective, adverb, and noun
clauses; identification of adjectives and adverbs in their posi- Continuous enrolment in courses is a
tive, comparative, and superlative forms; identification of feature of BC Distance Education
verb tense and voice; correction sentence faults; writing a
paragraph.)
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
to register prior to September 30th to
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. (Focusing on:
Identification of subject, predicate, direct object, indirect ensure your greatest range of program
object; identification of part of speech and subordinate clause choices but we welcome students to
types; write a narrative or expository paragraph; write a multi- apply any time during the 12-month
paragraph essay; completion of reading comprehension
questions.) calendar year.
No textbook is required for this course.
Please visit individual Distance
Students should have access to a suitable dictionary, prefer- Education Schools on page 2 of this
ably The Canadian Senior Dictionary (Gage) (EN0801J)
(7540001517) ($70.00). book.

Writing 12, version 02 (4 credits) [WR12]

(Creative Writing)
The development of the course takes into account individual COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE
needs and student interests. There are no tests. Standing will
be granted on the basis of the quality of work during the FOR
course.
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program.
The difficulty presented by a senior creative writing course
requires the student to have strong English skills. Therefore, it • Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
is recommended that students should have at least a C+ grad-
ing in an English course at the Grade 11 level. Students • Grade 8 or 9 students registered at
should also be aware it will take approximately 100–120 their neighbourhood school taking a
hours to complete Writing 12, as it is a full-year course. Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school.
Module 1: Call your Distance Education School for
Section 1: Getting started as a writer details.
Section 2: Exercising our imaginations
68
 Health and Career
Health and Career Education 8 (Online and Health and Career Education 9 (Online and
Print), version 01 [MHCE08] Print), version 01 [MHCE09]
Students are required to complete Health and Career Students are required to complete Health and Career
Education 8 as part of their educational program. Education 9 as part of their educational program.
In HCE 8 students identify personal attributes and consider a In HCE 9 students explore short-term and long-term educa-
range of options and situations related to school, their daily tion and career planning and the requirements of the
lives and future careers. Students also learn about healthy Graduation Program. In the health modules students identify
habits and their impact on short-term and long-term health. factors that affect their abilities to make informed decisions
about their health.
HCE 8 includes a Parent’s Guide to support parents and
guardians in extending and enriching the curriculum at HCE 9 includes a Parent’s Guide to support parents and
home. Please note that there are topics in the health module guardians in extending and enriching the curriculum at
that some students and parents may feel more comfortable home. Please note that there are topics in the health module
addressing at home. If this is the case, parents should talk to that some students and parents may feel more comfortable
their school about alternate delivery. More information about addressing at home. If this is the case, parents should talk to
this can be found at http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/policy/. their school about alternate delivery. More information about
this can be found at http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/policy/.
Health and Career Education 8: It’s Your Life (Print)
Health and Career Education 9: One Life: Many
Module 1: Education and Careers: It’s Your Job Choices (Print)
Section 1: Filling Up the Tool-Kit Module 1: Exploring Work and Education
Module 2: It’s Your Health Section 1: Filling Up the Tool-Kit
Section 1: A+ for Healthy Habits Module 2: Healthy Choices
Section 2: Caring Communities and You
Section 3: Playing It Safe at Work and at Home Section 1: Health: It’s Your Choice
Section 4: Substance Misuse Section 2: Getting Along: Building Relationships
Section 3: Be Smart: Stay Alive
There are no tests required for this course. Section 4: Substance Misuse

The resources for this course is: There are no tests required for this course.

Health for Life 2 (Campbell, J.) (Pearson The resources for this course is:
Education Canada) (7540005153) $40.00
Home Facilitator’s Guide (7540005227) 8.00 Health Issues 9 (Leitenberg, G.)
(McGraw-Hill Ryerson) (7540005154) $30.00
Health and Career Education 8: It’s Your Life Home Facilitator’s Guide (7540005225) 8.00
(Online)
Health and Career Education 9: One Life: Many
NOTE: this course will vary depending on your local DE Choices (Online)
School.
NOTE: this course will vary depending on your local DE
Module 1: Getting Started School.

Module 2: Education and Careers: It’s Your Job Module 1: Getting Started

Module 3: A+ for Healthy Habits Module 2: Exploring Work and Education

Module 4: Caring Communities and You Module 3: Health: It’s Your Choice

Module 5: Playing It Safe at Work and at Home Module 4: Getting Along: Building Relationships

Module 6: Substance Misuse Prevention Module 5: Be Smart: Stay Alive

Module 6: Substance Misuse Prevention

69
Planning 10: Writing Your Own Ticket (Online In order to access the multimedia objects in the course,
students must have Adobe Flash player version 7 or higher
and Print), version 01 (4 credits) [PLAN10] installed on their computer. Go to http://www.adobe.com
Planning 10: Writing Your Own Ticket is designed to help stu- then look under the menu: Downloads/Get Flash Player.
dents make educated decisions, develop their skills in goal
setting, planning, assessing information, and explore career Career and Personal Planning 11/12 (Online
and educational opportunities. It covers all the learning out-
comes listed in the Province of British Columbia, Ministry of and Print), version 02 (2 credits each GP1995)
Education Integrated Resource Package for Planning 10. [CAPP11 and CAPP12]

The course consists of five modules and two core resources. Career and Personal Planning 11/12 offers a
Module descriptions are listed below. The core resources focus course and its related resources that are delivered
on the processes of decision making and finding information, seamlessly to your school, in online or print
and are only available on CD-ROM. Students must complete formats.
Module 1 prior to starting any of the remaining modules. Career and Personal Planning 11/12 is extremely useful to
teachers committed to improving access to basic education by
Module 1: Preparing for Takeoff developing flexible, learner-focused programs. Career and
Personal Planning is designed to help students develop goal
Section 1: Understanding the Graduation Program setting, planning skills, and help them explore career and
Section 2: Graduation Transitions educational opportunities. An Instructional Design Plan for
CAPP 11/12 is derived from specifications in the Province of
Module 2: Future Destinations British Columbia, Ministry of Education’s Integration
Section 1: Building Career Self-Awareness Resource Package for Career and Personal Planning 11/12.
Section 2: Setting Personal Goals
This course consists of four modules, source file and a con-
Module 3: Ground Work sumable workbook for each module. The modules cover the
following subjects: Module 1: Planning Process, Module 2:
Section 1: Exploring Support Networks Health and Wellness, Module 3: Career Development, and
Section 2: Exploring the Labour Market Module 4: Work Experience.
Section 3: Preparing for an Employment Search
Section 4: Keeping That Job Students are able to take the course in any sequence, but it is
Section 5: Module Assessment: Transitions highly recommended that students complete Module 1 before
beginning any of the other modules. It is also recommended
Module 4: Money, Money, Money that students complete Modules 2, 3, and 4 in that order.
Students will be completing part of their Student Learning
Section 1: My Money Awareness
Plan in this course. Please note: In Module 2, students will
Section 2: Increasing Financial Literacy
have a choice of completing three out of five sections.
Section 3: Taking Care of Money
Section 4: Developing a Personal Financial Plan Module 1: Planning Process
Section 5: Module Assessment: My Financial Plan
Section 1: The Future World of Work; Understanding
Module 5: Alive and Well Visualization; Mind Mapping; Portfolio
Section 2: Been There, Done That!; What Are My Needs?;
Section 1: Your Well-being
What Are My Interests?; Who Do I Want to
Section 2: Sex, Drugs, and Decisions
Become?; Researching Career Options; How Am I
Section 3: Healthy Relationships
Going To Do It-Now That I Know What To Do?;
Section 4: So You Want to Drive
How Am I Going To Evaluate My Achievement?
Section 5: Module Assessment: Healthy Lifestyle Decisions
Section 3: Get a Life!; Physical Well-Being; Adapting to
Change/Managing Stress; No One is an Island
There are no tests for this course.
Section 4: Safety; Injury Prevention; Health and Safety
Regulations and Reporting Unsafe Work
The DVDs are incorporated into the course as part
Conditions
of the core activities.

The resources for this course are: Module 2: Health and Wellness
Horizons 2000+: Career Studies Students choose 3 out of 5 sections to complete.
(7540004513) $52.00
Home Facilitator’s Guide (7540004531) 20.00 Section 1: Health; Nutrition; Self-Esteem; Depression
Credit and Credit Cards DVD Section 2: Family; Healthy Relationships; Physical Intimacy;
(7540005141) 20.00 Emotions and Anger
Teen Files: The Truth About Body Image Section 3: Disease; Sexually Transmitted Diseases; AIDS; A
DVD (7540005186) 30.00 Balanced Lifestyle
The Game of Life CD (Windows version Section 4: Substance Abuse; Physical Abuse; Sexual Abuse;
only) (7540004511) 20.00 Family Violence
Media CD (Core Resources and Modules 1–5) Section 5: Personal Finances; What About Credit Cards; Out
(7540004586) 60.00 On Your Own.
Section 6: Action Plans
70
Module 3: Career Development
Section 1: Predicting Change; Identifying Trends; The Home Economics
Popcorn Report; Demographic Trends
Section 2: Ways to Find Employment; Networking;
Attributes for Success; Time Management Home Economics 8, version 01 [MHE08]
Section 3: Résumés; Covering Letters and Application Forms;
Interviews It is recommended that students complete:
Section 4: Home is Where the Office Is; Entrepreneurial • Grade 7
Enterprises; Careers in Tourism; Exploring a
Variety of Work Environments. The material normally taught in Grade 8 Home Economics
classes has been specially adapted for distance education stu-
Module 4: Work Experience dents. The Foods half of the course teaches food preparation
techniques by preparing foods representative of the four food
Section 1: What is Work Experience?; Preparing for Your groups. Basic sewing techniques are used in constructing two
Work Experience; Work Experience Evaluation simple sewing projects.
Section 2: Revisiting Your Action Plans.

Module 1:
Other Course Components:
Lesson 1: How this course is arranged; Utensils and equip-
Video/Audio Tape “One Life To Plan” ment used in food preparation; Measurement,
The video/audio tapes are incorporated into the how to measure, a note about temperature; Good
course as part of the core activities. The 90 minute habits in the kitchen, safety habits
video is divided into 8 segments which students Lesson 2: To eat is to live; The daily four; What food does
view over the two-year course. The audio tape is a for you; How much food do you need?, “Caution”
substitute for the video component for distance foods; Review
education students who may not have access to a Lesson 3: Classification of fruits, selection and storage of
VCR. The video tape will be broadcast on the fruits; Preparation of raw fruits; Making a fruit
Knowledge Network throughout the academic cup; Value of fruits in the diet; Reading a recipe;
year, and will also be broadcast as part of the Preparation of fresh cooked fruit; Making and
Schools TV blockfeed schedule for overnight off- evaluating a fruit sauce
air taping. Lesson 4: Classification of vegetables, value of vegetables in
the diet, selection and storage of vegetables;
Student Guide Preparation of vegetables; Preparation of sand-
wiches; Making and evaluating coleslaw and a
The resources for this course are: sandwich, review and exercise
Lesson 5: What are breads and cereals?; Nutritive value;
Expanding Your Horizons: Career Flour mixtures, what makes breads rise?, preparing
Development Guide (Judi Misener and to bake; Methods of preparing flour mixtures;
Susan Kerns) (McGraw-Hill Ryerson 1999) Making and evaluating muffins
(PP1101J) (7540001349) $60.00 Lesson 6: The milk family tree, storage of milk and milk
CAPP 11/12 Video One Life to Plan products, milk is SO good!; Making a cream sauce,
(JCP11F1) (7540001635) 15.00 first aid for your sauce, say cheese!; Pasta,
OR Audio (JCP11G1) (7540001634) 20.00 “Enriched” pasta, storing cereals, cooking pasta;
Playing the Game and I Want Making and evaluating a casserole
Your Job DVD (7540005437) Lesson 7: Meat and alternates; Eggs, care and storage, nutri-
Optional 25.00 tive value, cooking eggs, cracking eggs; Planning a
CD-ROM Playing the Game and breakfast, steps to take when planning a meal,
I Want your Job (JCP11N3) (7540001128) hints for making cocoa; Making breakfast
Optional 11.00 Lesson 8: Let’s get organized!, desserts, points on pudding-
CAPP 11/12 Source File (JCP11I2) making; The cake method; Making a pudding;
(7540001889) 16.00 Making cupcakes
Student Learning Plan (JCP11L2) Lesson 9: Pizza makes a good snack, the crust, the sauce;
(7540001891) 11.00 Vegetables; Meat, Cheese; Making and evaluating
a pizza; Prepare for your test
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Module 2:
Lesson 10: Measure up!; Choosing a pattern, the pattern
envelope; Choosing fabrics, fabric and you, fabric,
it’s almost time to shop!; Points to remember
when sewing

71
Lesson 11: Sewing machines, YOUR sewing machine; How Module 2:
does it run!, stitch a straight line; Now add thread;
Lesson 7: Nutrition
Stitching with thread, tension troubles!, the
Lesson 8: Stocks, soups, and sauces
beginning and ending of a perfect seam
Lesson 9: Cereals, cereal products, and casseroles
Lesson 12: All about fabric, preparing your fabric; All about
Lesson 10: Meat
patterns, pattern markings, pattern layout, cutting
Lesson 11: Fish
out your pattern; Marking your project; Sewing
Lesson 12: Poultry
machine tips
Lesson 13: Stitching straight seams; Pressing, pressing equip- Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
ment, pressing pointers, pressing straight seams;
Basting, samples, the snake’s tongue, curved Module 3:
seams require special care!; Button up!, the snake’s
Lesson 13: Pastry
eyes, decorative stitchery, putting it all together!;
Lesson 14: Cakes and frostings
Hand stitches
Lesson 15: Cookies
Lesson 14: Fibres, yarns, and fabrics, fibres, yarns, woven fab-
Lesson 16: Desserts
rics; Straightening your fabric, fabric printed off
Lesson 17: Preservation
grain; Inside the pattern envelope; Pin fitting, pat-
Lesson 18: Other cooking methods
tern alterations
Lesson 15: Pattern layout, cutting out your vest: marking Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
your vest, staystitching; Interfacing, darts: tucks,
gathers A DVD is available which demonstrates some of
Lesson 16: Directional stitching, seam finishes; Shaped fac- the more important processes taught in Food
ings; Slashed openings; Time out to sew Studies 11 (7540005143, $20.00). While it is not
Lesson 17: Bias tape; Pockets; Elastic casings; Hems compulsory for you to view this DVD, you will
Lesson 18: Fasteners, snaps, hooks and eyes; Taking care of learn these processes more thoroughly if you do.
your clothing; Taking care of you!; Prepare for
your test! Supplies provided by students:
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. This course requires the use of kitchen facilities.

Supplies provided by students: No textbook is required for this course.

Students will be expected to supply their own
food, sewing supplies, and equipment.
Family Studies 10–12 (Online and Print),
Students must have access to a full range of
kitchen appliances and supplies and to a sewing
version 01 (4 credits each grade level) [FM10,
machine and sewing accessories. FM11, and FM12]
No textbook is required for this course. Family Studies 10 to 12 provides students with the know-
ledge, skills, and attitudes that will assist them in making
informed decisions related to parenting, adolescence, adult-
Foods and Nutrition 12, version 02 hood, family and interpersonal relationships, and housing
and living environments.
(4 credits) [FDN12]
Family Studies 10 to 12 IRP is based on a modular approach,
This course develops understanding of the role of food in allowing teachers to combine any of six, two-credit individual
relation to health and happiness. Students will learn to apply modular courses to make up a four-credit course. Family
the basic principles of nutrition and management, as well as Studies modules may be used in Grades 10, 11, or 12. There
the cookery and consumer skills necessary for the preparation are no prerequisites and students may take the modules in
of healthy, economical, and appetizing meals. The broad base any order.
of knowledge gained through this course will be useful for
The Open School BC Family Studies 10-12 will consist of the
further specific training in the food sciences, and will also
following two modules. Students must complete both
enhance leisure time and home life.
modules. Please check with your Distance Education School.

Module 1:
Lesson 1: Household management
Lesson 2: Breads
Lesson3: Eggs
Lesson 4: Milk and milk products
Lesson 5: Fruits
Lesson 6: Vegetables and salads
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

72
Families in Society
The aim of Families in Society is to provide a broad overview Technology Education
of Families in a Changing World; Living in a Family; Facing
Family Challenges; and Career Opportunities. Students exam-
ine how changes in society impact the definition of family Drafting 8, version 02 [XDRF08]
and the functions of the family, as well as explore family
trends in Canada and family customs and traditions in differ- It is recommended that students complete:
ent cultures. • Grade 7
This module is structured as follows:
This introductory drafting course covers the fundamental
• Introduction Assignment
operations and theories of technical drawing. The course is
• Section 1: Families in a Changing World
based on the principle that students learn best by doing. Each
• Section 2: Living in a Family
paper contains a number of drawing assignments which the
• Section 3: Facing Family Challenges
student completes.
• Course Project: The Family and Careers
• Course Exam: Optional
Module 1:
The resources for this module are: Section 1: Introduction to drafting; Freehand sketching
Section 2: Different kinds of lines; Orthographic views of an
Families in Society Source File object
(7540005499) $20.00 Section 3: One-, two-, and three-view drawings; Hidden
Families in Society DVD (set of 2) lines; Inclined surfaces
(7540005498) 30.00 Section 4: Mechanical drawing; Using basic drafting
Foundations Skills Package instruments
(7540005502) 10.00 Section 5: Curved surfaces and centre lines; Tangent surfaces;
Symmetrical drawings
Note: The Foundational Skills Package is a shared resource for Section 6: Geometric terms and symbols; Twelve basic
both Families in Society and Interpersonal and Family drafting constructions
Relationships.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Interpersonal and Family Relationships
The aim of Interpersonal and Family Relationships is to provide Module 2:
students with a broad overview of Effective Communication; Section 7: Lettering; Lettering guides; Spacing
Relationship; and Wellness and Safety in Interpersonal Section 8: Instrument drawing; Working drawings
Relationships. Students will examine the variety of ways Section 9: Dimensioning a drawing
people communicate and describe components of healthy Section 10: Dimensioning cylindrical shapes; Measuring; Scale
and unhealthy relationships. They will conclude this course drawing
by researching careers associated with interpersonal and fam- Section 11: Section views—full-section, half-section, revolved
ily relationships. section, removed section, broken-out section
• Introduction Assignment Section 12: How to read a drawing
• Section 1: Effective Communication Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
• Section 2: Relationships
• Section 3: Wellness and Safety in Interpersonal
Relationships Module 3:
• Course Project: Careers, Family, and Relationships Section 13: Pictorial and isometric drawings
• Course Exam: Optional Section 14: Oblique drawings and sketching; Perspective
drawings and sketching
The resources for this module are: Section 15: Surface, straight-line, and parallel line develop-
ment
Interpersonal and Family Relationships DVD Section 16: Hems and seams; Fold lines
(set of 2) (7540005543) $30.00 Section 17: Assembly drawings; Construction details; Project
designing
Section 18: Functional drafting; Computer aided drafting
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3
Supplies provided by students:
A drawing board (You can make your own.
Instructions come with the course.)
T-square with 450 to 600 mm blade
8-inch (200 mm) 30 x 60 degree set square
6-inch (150 mm) 45 x 90 degree set square
metric drafting scale (preferably bevelled)

73
 compass Section 17: Surface development of rectangular objects and
pencil eraser pyramids
F or HB pencil Section 18: Surface development of a cylinder and a cone;
3H or 4H pencil Frustum of a cone
roll of drafting or masking tape
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
pencil sharpener or a sharp knife
sand-block pencil pointer (Instructions are given
Supplies provided by students:
for making one.)
triangular ruler A drawing board (You can make your own.
Students who cannot acquire some of these materials should Instructions come with the course.)
contact the Distance Education School about a mail-order T-square with 450 to 600 mm blade
service that is available. 8-inch (200 mm) 30 x 60 degree set square
6-inch (150 mm) 45 x 90 degree set square
No textbook is required for this course. metric drafting scale preferably bevelled
compass
pencil eraser
Drafting 9, version 01 [XDRF09] F or HB pencil
3H or 4H pencil
It is recommended that students complete: roll of drafting or masking tape
• Grade 8 with Drafting 8, or pencil sharpener or a sharp knife
• some drafting experience. sand-block pencil pointer (Instructions are given
for making one.)
This second course in drafting involves the student in more
complex drawing assignments. The first sections review the Students who cannot acquire some of these materials should
basic drafting techniques. Later assignments involve the stu- contact the Distance Education School about a mail-order
dent in practical applications of more difficult drafting service that is available.
problems. In some assignments the student reads or interprets
mechanical drafting. No textbook is required for this course.

Module 1:
Drafting and Design 11, version 01 (4 credits)
Section 1: Introduction to drafting; Review of freehand
sketching and lines [DDF11]
Section 2: Lettering; Spacing letters and words
Section 3: Orthographic projection; Sizes; Metric measures It is recommended that students complete:
and scales • Grade 10
Section 4: Using the drawing board and T-square; Drawing
horizontal and vertical lines; Dimensioning This course will help the student understand drafting conven-
Section 5: Dimensioning of circles; Dimensioning arcs and tions and methods used in the industry. The student will
angles practice visualizing in the abstract and will learn skills to pro-
Section 6: Number of views; Drawing sheet format—the duce drawings of 3-D objects.
border; Title strip; Details; Dimensioning and
darkening in Module 1:
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Section 1: Introduction; Graphic language; Types of draw-
ings; Free-hand sketching; Lettering
Module 2: Section 2: Mechanical drawing; Mechanical drawing equip-
ment and its use; Geometrical construction
Section 7: Hidden lines; Oblique or inclined lines; Parallel Section 3: Introduction; Views of an object: orthographic
lines projection; Selecting the views; One-view draw-
Section 8: Using dividers and compasses; Bisecting lines; ings; Two-view drawings; Three-view drawings;
Runouts Sketching two views; Sketching three views;
Section 9: Blueprints Hidden lines; Precedence of lines; Visualizing the
Section 10: Tangent lines and arcs object from the drawing
Section 11: Cutting—plane lines; Crosshatching; Full and half Section 4: Foreword; Position of the object and selection of
sections the views; Transferring the depth of the object;
Section 12: Aligned sectional views Points, lines, surfaces, and angles; Left-hand and
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. right-hand drawings; First-angle projection;
Mechanical drawing procedures; Mechanical
drawing of two views; Mechanical drawing of
Module 3: three views
Section 13: Blueprint reading Section 5: Sectional views; Full sections; Half sections;
Section 14: Pictorial drawings Broken-out sections; Revolved sections; Removed
Section 15: Dimensioning, lettering, and centring isometric sections; Thin sections; Offset sections;
drawings Conventional sectioning practices
Section 16: Isometric circles and arcs Section 6: Auxiliary views
74
Section 7: Foreword; Review of Section 3; Review of Section 2 set squares:
4; Review of Section 5; Review of Section 6 • 30 x 60 degree triangle, 8 inch
(24.2 cm x 21.2 cm x 12.2 cm)
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
•45 x 90 degree triangle, 6 inch metric circle
template
Module 2:
Students who cannot acquire some of these materials should
Section 8: Size description
contact the Distance Education School about a mail-order ser-
Section 9: Common fasteners; Screw threads; American
vice that is available.
Standard bolts and nuts; Studs; American
Standard cap screws; American Standard machine
No textbook is required for this course.
screws; Keys; Rivets; Wood screws; Tables
Section 10: Shop processes; Glossary of common shop terms;
Working drawings; Detail drawings; Assembly
drawings; Summary
Carpentry and Joinery 11, version 02
Section 11: Pictorial drawings; Isometric drawing (4 credits) [CJ11]
Section 12: Oblique drawing; Perspective drawing; Methods of
shading pictorial drawings; Exploded pictorial It is recommended that students complete:
drawings • Grade 10
Section 13: Introduction; Woodwork terms; Designing;
Guiding the design process; Designing a footstool; This course will introduce you to the principles of house
Working assembly drawings; Bill of material framing which apply to simple frame dwellings. With learn-
Section 14: Foreword; Reproduction of drawings; Blueprint ing the principles and techniques of framing and practical
reading experience, you will be able to build houses designed with
straight end gables. This course is ideal for those entering the
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
residential construction trade.

Module 3:
Module 1:
Section 15: Patterns; Model construction; Parallel line devel-
Section 1: Reading plans and drawing your own; Types of
opment; Intersections
drawings; Commonly-used soft woods and their
Section 16: Radial line development; Development of a pyra-
characteristics; Sizes of lumber and boards
mid; Pattern of truncated pyramid; Development
Section 2: Measuring; Fastening/unfastening; Cutting; Power
of a cone; Pattern of a truncated cone; Sheet metal
tools
terms and allowances
Section 3: Site considerations; Setting out foundations;
Section 17: Introduction to topographic drafting; Terms used
Taking levels, obtaining height of foundation walls
in topographic drafting; Surveying; Contours;
Section 4: Some notes on foundations; Concrete footings;
Valley and ridges; Methods of drawing contours;
Foundation walls; Concrete-how to mix and how
Profiles; Map scales; Measuring irregular distances;
to measure; Ready-mix concrete
Conventional topographic symbols
Section 5: Nailed fastenings; Basement sills; Studs, studding
Section 18: Architectural drawing; Construction details
Section 6: Calculating length of basement wall studs; Erect-
Section 19: Foreword; Architectural drafting; Floor plan;
ing the basement frame; Basement posts and beam
Foundation plan; Section; Elevations; Orientation;
Plot plans; Perspective drawings; Making a per- Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
spective drawing
Section 20: Foreword; Working drawings; Assembly drawings Module 2:
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Section 1: Preparing to install roof coverings; Installing roof
coverings; Scaffolding
Supplies provided by students: Section 2: Sheathing gable ends; Windows; Exterior walls
Section 3: Stairways; Calculations for stair layouts; Types of
F pencil, 4H or 5H pencil stringers; Outdoor steps
pink pearl eraser or plastic drafting eraser Section 4: Doors and door frames; Window liners; Exterior
drafting tape or masking tape cladding
No. 15 French Curve Section 5: Thermal insulation; Vapour barriers; Installing
drafting erasing shield drywall
lettering guide (3 mm or 3.5 mm) (Leroy or Section 6: Painting; Finish flooring; Cabinets and closets;
equivalent) Trim and moulding
drawing board (60 cm x 40 cm)
bow compass Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
metric drafting scale
T-square with 450 mm to 600 mm (18 inch to
24 inch) blade
protractor
ruler, 300 mm

75
Module 3:
Section 1: General notes on floor construction; Framing Information Technology
around openings; Installing the subfloor
Section 2: Determining quantity of wall framing material;
Laying out interior walls and partitions; Methods Information Technology 8 (Online), version 03
for marking out stud positions
Section 3: Framing walls; Sheathing and erecting exterior
[MINT08]
walls; Interior walls and partitions
Section 4: Finding length, size, and quantity of ceiling joists; Information Technology 8 continues to be enhanced for the
The roof; The framing square 2010–2011 school year. Students choose 3 of the 5 modules
Section 5: Working points; Laying out rafter positions; available to complete (Module 1 must be one of the choices).
Constructing gable end walls Each module has been designed to introduce students to a
Section 6: Residential trusses; End common, jack, and hip wide range of information technology tools and skills
rafters; Laying out the hip rafter; Adjusting the through multimedia lessons and different module projects
end common that students will complete. This course allows for a high
level of student creativity and individuality. Students will
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. examine a wide range of software applications and concepts
that are combined in a variety of ways to introduce students
The resources for this course are: to the incredible possibilities that information technology
offers them. The skills and knowledge that students learn in
A set of houseplans (JCS11D2)
this course are a great asset to students in using the computer
(7540001008) $11.00
and other information tools effectively both in other courses
An appendix containing a glossary of
and outside of the school environment. All software required
terms and a copy of the residential
for the course is provided. Information Technology 8 is
section of the BC Building Code (for
strongly recommended to students enrolling in online
educational purposes only) (JCS11E2)
courses.
(7540003475) 17.00
Canadian Wood-Frame House Construction, Alternate Modules: Students are free to discuss with the
a booklet put out by the CMHC (JCS11F2) teacher regarding replacing modules of this course with alter-
(7540001353) 35.00 native course work. All alternative work must continue to
meet Ministry of Education learning outcomes.
Additional Information: Students do not need to have previ-
ous computer courses to enroll in this course, but do require
access to a computer (PC or Macintosh) and the Internet. All
software needed in Information Technology 8 is provided to
the student free of charge. This course is fully online via the
Information Technology 8 website. There are no textbooks or
exams/tests in this course.
Students in Information Technology 8 are requested to
participate in the synchronous course component of at least
ten (10) online vClass/Elluminate Live! sessions during the
school year from September to June. Please contact the
teacher, if there are any reasons this course components
cannot be fulfilled.
CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
Module 1: Getting to Know Your Computer
Continuous enrolment in courses is a (Required Module)
feature of BC Distance Education Discover the inner-workings of the operating system, using
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged the FirstClass communication software, using the vClass
to register prior to September 30th to conference software, Internet acceptable use policy, keyboard-
ing, and word processing.
ensure your greatest range of program
choices but we welcome students to Module 2: Becoming an Internet Search Power User
apply any time during the 12-month
Develop important skills to effectively and efficiently use a
calendar year. variety of Internet search tools as well as understand how
these search tools operate. Learn about ethical Internet use
Please visit individual Distance and how to evaluate web resources for authenticity, bias, and
Education Schools on page 2 of this timeliness.
book.

76
Module 3: Using Word Processing/Spreadsheet Module 1: Getting to Know Your Computer
Software Discover the inner-workings of the operating system, using
Unleash the power of the word processor and spreadsheet to the FirstClass communication software, using the vClass
create great looking written, numerical, and graphical docu- audio conference software, Internet acceptable use policy,
ments for communication of your ideas. keyboarding, and word processing.

Module 4: Creating Animation Presentations Using Module 2: Cool Information Technology

Slide Show Software Inventions/Web Page Construction
Learn about slide presentation software and then use slide This module provides students with an opportunity to
show software to create very highly creative and effective develop their HTML coding skills and research interesting
cartoon-like animation presentations using a wide variety of information technology inventions.
tools.
Module 3: Using Integrated Software
Module 5: Web Page Construction Using HTML Packages/Making a Message
Students will learn and then use HTML (Hypertext Markup Explore how spreadsheets can transform data into
Language) to create web pages that will be housed on the information. Students will use the word processor and spread-
Information Technology 8 webserver for student access via sheet to create great looking written, numerical, and
the Internet. Students will also learn about career possibilities graphical documents for effective communication of your
in Information Technology. ideas.

Information Technology 9 (Online), version 03 Module 4: Creating Slide Show Presentations with a
Powerful Message
[MINT09]
Learn to use slide show software to create presentations that
Information Technology 9 has been further enhanced for the are both exciting and informative. Powerful slide shows can
2010–2011 school year. Students choose 3 of the 5 modules be quickly and easily be created using multimedia elements
available to complete (Module 1 must be one of the choices such as graphics, movies, sounds, animations, etc.
unless the student has previous completed the FVDES
Information Technology 8 program). Each module has been Module 5: Introduction to Programming Using the
designed to introduce students to a wide range of information
POV-Ray 3D Modeling Software
technology tools and skills through different module projects
that students will complete. This course allows for a high This highly popular, simple to learn, yet amazingly powerful
level of student creativity and individuality. Students will 3D modeling software allows students to create highly cre-
examine a wide range of software applications and concepts ative 3-dimension objects and entire scenes quickly and
that are combined in a variety of ways to introduce students easily. The POV-Ray software also gives students an introduc-
to the incredible possibilities that information technology tion to the world of programming through the POV-Ray
offers them. The skills and knowledge that students learn in programming language.
this course are a great asset to students in using the computer
and other information tools effectively both in other courses
and outside of the school environment. Information Information Technology 10 (Online),
Technology 9 is strongly recommended to students enrolling version 03 (2 or 4 credits) [INT10]
in online courses.
Information Technology 10 has been significantly updated
Alternate Modules: Students are free to discuss with the
and enhanced for the 2010–2011 school year. Students
teacher regarding replacing modules of this course with alter-
choose 3 of the 5 modules available to complete (Module 1
native course work. All alternative work must continue to
must be one of the choices unless the student has previous
meet Ministry of Education learning outcomes.
completed the FVDES Information Technology 9 program).
Additional Information: Students do not need to have previ- Each module has been designed to introduce students to a
ous computer courses to enroll in this course, but do require wide range of information technology tools and skills
access to a computer (PC or Macintosh) and the Internet. All through multimedia lessons and different module projects
software needed in Information Technology 9 is provided to that students will complete. This course allows for a high
the student free of charge. Students previously taking level of student creativity and individuality. Students will
Information Technology 8 will continue to develop new pro- examine a wide range of software applications and concepts
jects and skills in this course. This course is fully online via that are combined in a variety of ways to introduce students
the Information Technology 9 website. There are no text- to the incredible possibilities that information technology
books or tests in this course. offers them. The skills and knowledge that students learn in
this course are a great asset to students in using the computer
Students in InfoTech 9 are requested to participate in a
and other information tools effectively both in other courses
synchronous component of at least ten (10) online
and outside of the school environment. Information
vClass/Elluminate Live! sessions during the school year from
Technology 10 is strongly recommended to students consider-
September to June. Please contact the teacher, if there are any
ing further information technology courses at the Grade 11
reasons these course components cannot be fulfilled.
and 12 level.

77
Alternate Modules: Students are free to discuss with the Information and Communication Technology 11
teacher regarding replacing modules of this course with alter-
native course work. All alternative work must continue to
(InfoTech), version 02 (2 or 4 credits)
meet Ministry of Education learning outcomes. [ICTX 11]
Additional Information: Students do not need to have
Information and Communication Technology (ICTX) 11 is a
previous computer courses to enroll in this course, but do
new online course that continues exploration of information
require access to a computer (PC or Macintosh) and the
technology. ITCX 11 is a modular survey course that provides
Internet. All software needed in Information Technology 10 is
students with a wide range of opportunities to the skills and
provided to the student free of charge. Students previously
knowledge to use Information and Communication technolo-
taking Information Technology 9 will continue to develop
gies in an effective way. Course modules introduce a range of
new projects and skills in this course. This course is fully
software applications and provide opportunities for students
online via the Information Technology 10 website. There are
to demonstrate creative and powerful ways of using tools to
no textbooks or tests in this course.
communicate. The skills and knowledge that students learn
Students in InfoTech 10 are requested to participate in a in this course are a great asset to students in using the com-
synchronous component of at least ten (10) online puter and other information tools effectively both in other
vClass/Elluminate Live! sessions during the school year from courses and outside of the school environment.
September to June. Please contact the teacher, if there are any
Alternate Modules: Students are free to discuss with the
reasons these course components cannot be fulfilled.
teacher regarding replacing modules of this course with alter-
native course work. All alternative work must continue to
Module 1: Getting to Know Your Computer meet Ministry of Education learning outcomes.
Discover the inner-workings of the operating system, using Additional Information: It is recommended that students
the FirstClass communication software, using the vClass should have some previous computer course experience (such
audio conference software, Internet acceptable use policy, as Information Technology 10) to enroll in this course, and
keyboarding, and word processing. requires access to a computer (PC or Macintosh) and the
Internet. All software needed in ICTX 11 is provided to the
student free of charge. This course is fully online via the
Module 2: What is Web 2.0?/Web Page Construction
ICTX 11 website. There are no tests in this course.
Develop a web page project while learning more about the
fascinating world of Web 2.0 tools that are marking the next
Unit 1: The Nature of ICT/Using WordPress Blogging
phase of Internet-based applications.
System

Module 3: Using Word Processing & Spreadsheet The Nature of ICT address the attitudes, skills, and knowledge
that support students’ understanding of the nature of ICT
Software/Stock Markets
and its impact on self, work, and society. Students will create
Unleash the power of the word processor and spreadsheet to a career research project and overall course portfolio using the
create great looking written, numerical, and graphical popular WordPress blogging system.
documents for communication of your personal ideas around
the stock market.
Unit 2: Applied Digital Communications/Word
Processing & Spreadsheet
Module 4: Databases, Data, and Information
The learning outcomes in the Applied Digital
Databases are one of the most underused applications of most Communications pathway focus on the development of
home computers, yet can provide users with very powerful speed, proficiency, and breadth of knowledge with the use of
answers to questions. Module 4 provides opportunities for common application software.
students to learn about databases, to create their own
databases, and develop database queries.
Unit 3: Digital Media Development/Slide
Presentations
Module 5: Introduction to Programming Using
Pascal The learning outcomes in the Digital Media Development
pathway focus on the technical side of visual media
The Pascal programming language provides students with an development using slide presentation software.
introduction to the world of structured programming. This
module is designed to gradually introduce both experienced
and students new to programming to various concepts used
Unit 4: Computer Programming
in programming such as good programming technique, The learning outcomes in the Computer Programming
input/output, variables, statements, conditionals, and how to pathway focus on the development of programs using a
debug programs. structured programming language.

78
Information and Communication Technology 12
(InfoTech), version 02 (2 or 4 credits) Languages
[ICTX 12]
Information and Communication Technology (ICTX) 12 is a Introductory French 8, version 01 [XLDCB08]
new online course that continues exploration of information
technology. ITCX 12 is a modular survey course that provides Introductory French 8 is a mini bridging course for those stu-
students with a wide range of opportunities to the skills and dents who want to take French 8 but have had no prior
knowledge to use Information and Communication technolo- exposure to the French language. The intent is for them to
gies in an effective way. Course modules introduce a range of take it first, and then take French 8.
software applications and provide opportunities for students
to demonstrate creative and powerful ways of using tools to Module: J’arrive vite et bien
communicate. The skills and knowledge that students learn
in this course are a great asset to students in using the com- Section 1: La Rentrée
puter and other information tools effectively both in other Section 2: À l’école
courses and outside of the school environment. Section 3: En famille
Section 4: Je me présente
Alternate Modules: Students are free to discuss with the
Section 5: Review
teacher regarding replacing modules of this course with alter-
native course work. All alternative work must continue to Module Test covers the work of the module.
meet Ministry of Education learning outcomes.
Use of a CD/DVD player are required for this
Additional Information: It is recommended that students
course. Resources are available from your Distance
should have some previous computer course experience (such
Education School.
as Information Technology 10) to enroll in this course, and
requires access to a computer (PC or Macintosh) and the Recordings of student’s presentations are required
Internet. All software needed in ICTX 12 is provided to the in this course. Please contact your school of
student free of charge. This course is fully online via the ICTX registration for further information.
12 website. There are no tests in this course.
The resources for this course are:
Unit 1: The Nature of ICT/Using WordPress Blogging
J’arrive vite et bien Cahier (Prentice-Hall)
System
(FR0827J) (7540001669) (Consumable
The Nature of ICT address the attitudes, skills, and knowledge Workbook) $20.00
that support students’ understanding of the nature of ICT J’arrive vite et bien CD (Prentice-Hall)
and its impact on self, work, and society. Students will create (7540005083) 10.00
a career research project and overall course portfolio using the Partner Activities DVD (7540005288) 20.00
popular WordPress blogging system. Partner Activities Instructions (JIFR8B1)
(7540002299) 10.00
Unit 2: Applied Digital Communications/Word
Processing French 8, version 03 [MFR08]
The learning outcomes in the Applied Digital It is strongly recommended that students have some previous
Communications pathway focus on the development of courses in French. Students with no previous exposure to
speed, proficiency, and breadth of knowledge with the use of French should take Introductory French 8 prior to enrolling
common application software. in French 8.

This course is based on the British Columbia prescribed

Unit 3: Digital Media Development/Slide
curriculum for Core French 8 and embraces the communica-
Presentations tive-experiential approach described therein. It emphasizes
The learning outcomes in the Digital Media Development the practical use of language in all its forms and de-empha-
pathway focus on the technical side of visual media develop- sizes the analytical study of grammatical theory. The course
ment using slide presentation software. requires students to use French to perform realistic commu-
nicative tasks, share ideas, to acquire information and get
things done. It also includes experiences with works by
Unit 4: Computer Programming/ALICE
Francophone artists and actors.
Programming Language
The learning outcomes in the Computer Programming path-
way focus on the development of programs using a structured
programming language.

79
Module 1: Recordings of student’s presentations are required
in this course. Please contact your school of
Section 1: Discussing dreams; identifying rooms in a school;
registration for further information.
discussing a floor plan; making and discussing a
timetable; practising telling time; specifying the The resources for this course are:
location of objects in a room Entre Amis 1 (Prentice-Hall) (FR0818J)
Section 2: Sharing information about daily life; describing (7540001416) $70.00
daily activities; expressing time; interpreting a Entre Amis 1 Cahier (Prentice-Hall)
schedule; describing meals (FR0819J) (7540001415) 20.00
Section 3: Viewing a video and recording observations; Pour Tout Dire Jr 1 DVD (7540005233) 70.00
learning associated vocabulary Pour Tout Dire Jr 2 DVD (7540005237) 70.00
Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 1 Test Introduction and Partner Activities DVD
Module 1 Test (oral, listening, and written) covers the (7540005198) 20.00
work of Module 1. Entre Amis CD (7540005072) 10.00

Module 2: French 9, version 03 [MFR09]

Section 1: Telephone etiquette; discussing one’s well-being, It is recommended that students complete:
extending and refusing invitations • French 8 or have an equivalent level of basic fluency in
Section 2: Food and nutrition; food preparation; junk food; French.
preparing a sandwich
Section 3: Viewing a video to observe cultural influences French 9 is based on the British Columbia curriculum for core
Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 2 Test French 9 and emphasizes the communicative-experiential lan-
Module 2 Test (oral, listening, and written) covers the guage learning approach: “the focus of instruction is the
work of Module 2. purposeful use of the language to perform real-life tasks, share
ideas, acquire information, and get things done. Grammar
instruction plays a supportive role only—to provide useful
Module 3: strategies to facilitate communication and comprehension.”
Section 1: Describing favourite activities; making and
responding to suggestions; expressing future Module 1:
actions; discussing the weather; planning fun with
one’s friends Section 1: Music; music stars—discussing musical tastes; stat-
Section 2: Discussing television viewing habits; reading a TV ing preferences and justifying choices; asking
schedule; types of television programs; expressing for/giving information; describing.
and responding to an opinion; discussing past Section 2: Films; film publicity; actors and actresses—
actions stating one’s opinion; describing; narrating;
Section 3: Viewing a film; examining cultural differences expressing temporal relations.
Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 3 Test Section 3: Viewing and responding to a video (Pour tout dire,
Junior 3—Episode 1)
Module 3 Test (oral, listening, and written) covers the Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 1 Test
work of Module 3.
The Module 1 test covers the work of Sections 1, 2,
and 4.
Module 4:
Section 1: Sports; personal experiences with sports; involve- Module 2:
ment in sports
Section 2: Pastimes and hobbies; following instructions and Section 1: Celebrations; parties; invitations—inviting;
giving commands; describing a process in the past accepting/declining; sharing information; making
tense; discussing collections; making an oral pre- a list; negotiating; reacting
sentation Section 2: Friends; friendship; characteristics; problems fac-
Section 3: Viewing a video and observing cultural influences ing teenagers—describing/expressing opinions;
Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 4 Test making comparisons; stating criteria/giving
advice; reacting to a statement; sharing informa-
Module 4 Test (oral, listening, and written) covers the tion; making suggestions
work of Module 4. Section 3: Viewing and responding to a video (Pour tout dire,
Junior 3—Episodes 2 & 3)
Use of a CD/DVD player is required for this Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 2 Test
course.
The Module 2 test covers the work of Sections 1, 2,
DVDs are available from your Distance Education and 4.
School. Resources are available from your Distance
Education School.

80
Module 3: French 10 (Online and Print), version 03
Section 1: Buying and selling; buying habits; budgets; needs (4 credits) [FR10]
and desires; advertising—evaluating price; asking
for/giving pricing information; accepting/refusing It is recommended that students complete:
to make a purchase; stating/understanding factual • French 9 or equivalent
information; asking for/giving details; describing
condition; expressing need French 10 is a course and resource package based on the
Section 2: Pen pals; correspondence—introducing oneself; French 10 core program. Although this course is based on a
justifying choices; corresponding by letter; talking program called Entre amis 3, we have modified many
about one’s own personal experiences activities to meet the needs of distance education students.
Section 3: Viewing and responding to a video (Pour tout dire, Students will follow the new instructions, not those in the
Junior 4—Episode 3) workbook and textbook of Entre amis 3. There are four
Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 3 Test modules divided in four sections.

The Module 3 test covers the work of Sections 1, 2,

and 4. Module 1: Mode, Publicité et Arrivée à Montréal
Section 1: Le "Look"
Module 4: Section 2: Publicité
Section 3: Arrivée à Montréal
Section 1: The family; family relationships; permissions and Section 4: Révision pour le test
restrictions; responsibilities—describing actions;
stating frequency; discussing permissions; stating Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
an obligation or responsibility; giving and justify-
ing an opinion Module 2:Découvertes, Ma Vie, Chambre et Pension
Section 2: The environment; pollution; conservation—
Section 1: Inventions et découvertes
identifying environmental concerns; making gen-
Section 2: Ma vie
eralizations; asking for and giving information;
Section 3: Chambre et pension
expressing emotion; making suggestions, offering
Section 4: Révision pour le test
alternatives, and expressing consequences
Section 3: Viewing and responding to a video (Pour tout dire, Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Junior 4—Episodes 5 & 6)
Section 4: Reviewing and preparing for Module 4 Test Module 3: Aventures et Passe-temps
The Module 4 test covers the work of Sections 1, 2, Section 1: Voyage à Montréal
and 4. Section 2: Passe-temps
Section 3: Livreur à bicyclette
The resources for this course are: Section 4: Révision pour le test
Entre Amis 2 textbook (FR0901J) Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
(7540001307) $70.00
Entre Amis 2 Student Workbook (cahier)
(FR0902J) (7540001663) 20.00 Module 4: Monde du Travail, Presse Écrite
Entre Amis 2 CD (7540005137) 13.00 Section 1: Préparation au monde du travail
Pour Tout Dire Junior 3 DVD Section 2: Les journaux: lire et écrire
(7540005328) 70.00 Section 3: Maïté, la petite gardienne
Pour Tout Dire Junior 4 DVD Section 4: Révision pour le test
(7540005329) 70.00
French 9 Introduction & Partner Activities Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
DVD (7540005120) 20.00
Helene by Roch Voisine CD (7540004756) 25.00 Recordings of student’s presentations are required
in this course. Please contact your school of
Use of a CD/DVD player is required for this registration for further information.
course.
Use of a VCR or CD/DVD player are required for
Recordings of student’s presentations are required this course. Resources are available from your
in this course. Please contact your school of Distance Education School.
registration for further information.
The resources for this course are:

Entre amis 3, Livre (Gage Educational

Publishing Company) (7540004201) $80.00
Entre amis 3, Cahier (Prentice-Hall
Canada Inc.) (7540004202) 20.00
Entre amis 3, Activités d’apprentisage CD
(7540005138) 15.00

81
 Partner Activities Video Script (JFR10E3) The resources for this course are:
(7540002189) 11.00
En Direct 1, Livre (Prentice Hall
French 10 Introduction and Partner
Canada Inc.) (FR1101) (7540004251) $80.00
Activities DVD (7540005121) 20.00
En direct 1, Cahier (Gage Educational
Pour Tout Dire Module 1 and Module 2
Publishing Company) (FR1102)
(2 videos: Module 1 & 2) (7540004207) 116.00
(7540004252) 20.00
or (1 DVD: Module 1 & 2)
En Direct 1 Activités d’apprentisage CD
(7540005388) 116.00
(7540005160) 25.00
Le Café des Rêves DVD (FR1110)
French 11 (Online and Print), version 02 (7540004254) 80.00
(4 credits) [FR11]
French 12, version 05 (4 credits) [FR12]
It is recommended that students complete: (Provincial Exam Required for Some Post-
• French 10 or equivalent
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final
French 11 is a course and resource package based on the grade [see page 40])
French 11 core program. Although this course is based on a
program called En Direct 1, we have modified many activities It is recommended that students complete:
to meet the needs of distance education students. Students • French 11 or equivalent
will follow the new instructions, not those in the workbook
and textbook of En Direct 1.
Module 1: Franco-tour

Module 1: À votre santé Section 1: Travel within the French-speaking world

Section 2: Possibilities for language study and immersion
Section 1: À votre santé programs; reasons for learning a language
Section 2: Les sports Section 3: Video: Jeunes Francophones
Section 3: Les sports d’équipe Section 4: An introduction to the kinds of questions usually
Section 4: Vidéo Le Café des Rêves et Révision seen on a provincial exam.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Section 5: Preparing a project; reviewing for Module 1 Test
Module 1 Test (listening and written) covers the work
Module 2: Pour le meilleur et pour le pire of Module 1.

Section 1: Reste ami

Section 2: L’amitié avec ou sans amis Module 2: Magazine Sons & Images
Section 3: Le romantisme et l’influence des jeunes Section 1: Categories of artists and art forms; questioning
Section 4: Vidéo Le Café des Rêves et Révision and summarizing skills; using à and de
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Section 2: Reacting to musical genres; subjunctive mood;
expressions to indicate feelings and reactions
Section 3: Concept of beauty as expressed in the visual arts;
Module 3: Sacré Charlemagne use of inversion rather than est-ce que
Section 1: Sacré Charlemagne Section 4: Activities dealing with the creative experience.
Section 2: L’école et la vie Section 5: Provincial examination preparation relating to the
Section 3: L’école–les changements et le monde creative experience.
Section 4: Vidéo Le Café des Rêves et Révision Section 6: Preparing a project; reviewing for Module 2 Test

Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Module 2 Test (listening and written) covers the work
of Module 2.

Module 4: Sous le feu des projecteurs

Module 3 : Droit au but Images
Section 1: Introduction
Section 2: Le drame Section 1: Aspects of the law as presented in the media, stat-
Section 3: Suspense ing arguments; infinitif passé
Section 4: Vidéo Le Café des Rêves et Révision Section 2: Methods of questioning, description and narra-
tion; using passé composé; imparfait and
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. plus-que-parfait to describe situations and events
Recordings of student’s presentations are required Section 3: Ecology, endangered animal species, depletion of
in this course. Please contact your school of the ozone layer; interviewing skills, summarizing,
registration for further information. seeking clarification; using quel and lequel
Section 4: Current medical trends, creating and answering a
Use of a CD/DVD player is required for this survey; using si + imparfait + conditionnel
course. Resources are available from your Distance Section 5: Technology and its applications; using futur simple
Education School. to discuss future events, futur antérieur tense

82
Section 6: Provincial examination preparation German 9, version 04 [MGE09]
Section 7: Presenting project, reviewing for Module 3 Test
Module 3 Test (listening and written) covers the work It is recommended that students complete:
of Module 3. • Grade 8

Module 4: Flashmédia Module 1:

Section 1: Print media discussion of social issues, producing Section 1: Giving your name and age and asking these of
persuasive messages, slogans, short messages, another young person; exchanging greetings; car-
advertisements, press release; le present, le futur dinal numbers 1–20; heißen; sein (1st and 2nd
simple, les pronoms objets, le subjonctif, les questions, person singular); interrogative form; saying where
l’impératif, le participe présent you live in Canada; wohnen; the definite article
Section 2: Electronic media, oral presentation skills, body (dative feminine); in + dative
language; persuasion; infinitif and subjonctif, using Section 2: Asking someone where he/she lives; sein; familiar-
conjunctions and conjunctive locutions to izing students with the three European countries
connect ideas where German is the main language; using these
Section 3: Preparing a project on this module; reviewing for three countries when explaining the whereabouts
the Module 4 Test of a town; the definite article (dative feminine);
Section 4: Practising examination skills saying where you come from and asking where
someone else comes from; sein; kommen;
Module 4 Test (listening and written) covers the work wohnen; heißen; (1st, 2nd and 3rd person singu-
of Module 4. lar); liegen (3rd person singular); aus der
Section 3: Saying if you have any brothers and sisters; haben
Use of a CD/DVD player is required for this (1st and 2nd person singular); the definite article
course. Resources are available from your Distance (accusative); kein
Education School. Section 4: Saying what pets you have and asking others for
the same information; haben; sein (3rd person
Recordings of student’s presentations are required singular, 1st person and 2nd person familiar
in this course. Please contact your school of plural)
registration for further information. Section 5: Saying what pets you have and asking others;
haben; sein (3rd person singular of several verbs)
The resources for this course are: Section 6: Saying what you have in the way of records and
audio tapes,; seeking and expressing an opinion
En Direct 2 (Prentice-Hall Canada Inc.) on a group; weak verbs, verbs ending in -eln;
(FR1213J) (7540001412) $60.00 strong verbs; fahren, lesen, sehen-present tense;
En Direct 2 Cahier (Prentice-Hall sein, ihr; welche
Canada Inc.) (FR1214J) (7540001413) 15.00
Avec Brio (Pearson Education) (FR1215J) Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
(7540001300) 35.00
Introductory Appendix (JFR12E5) Module 2:
(7540002198) 11.00
En Direct 2, Activites Unite 1–5 CD Section 7: Learning the names of some of the buildings typi-
(7540005193) 25.00 cal to a German town; der, die, das-introduction
Evaluating Oral Proficiency in Core French to the gender system; the definite article (nomina-
DVD (7540005197) 20.00 tive singular)
Jeunes Francophones Programs 1–5 DVD Section 8: Asking your way about town; understanding and
(7540005161) 20.00 giving simple directions; using “please,” “thank
you,” and “excuse me;” the definite article (dative
Supplies provided by students: singular); ordinal numbers 1–3
English/French dictionary. Find one that gives a Section 9: Understanding and giving more complicated
description of irregular verbs. Two suggested directions; prepositions with the dative and the
dictionaries are: Collins French Dictionary and accusative
Grammar (Harper Collins) or Websters Section 10: Asking if there is a café (bank, post office, etc.)
French/English Dictionary (Websters). nearby; linking the two articles with the personal
pronoun (i.e., der—ein—er, etc.); the definite
article in the dative singular; preposition aus, mit,
zu + dative
Section 11: Asking for something; the definite and indefinite
article: (nominative, accusative and dative
singular); keine (nominative and accusative
plural); accusative (with motion); dative (with
rest)

83
Section 12: Familiarizing the student with currencies of the Module 2:
three European German-speaking countries; cardi-
Section 1: Understanding simple weather forecasts; word
nal numbers 20–999
order
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Section 2: Railway Stations; using 24-hour clock; buying a
ticket; separable verbs; bitten um + accusative;
Module 3: warten auf + accusative; cardinal numbers 1–60
Section 3: Interpreting a time table; Samstag, etc.; a.m. +
Section 13: Saying how much pocket money you receive, if part of day; müssen; order of time and place in a
any, and asking this of another person; saying sentence; the definite article
that you earn money and explaining where you Section 4: Dates; booking accommodations; the accusative
work; saying what you need money for; the defi- pronoun; am, vom + date; im + months; Lieber,
nite (nominative plural) für + accusative Liebe; the accusative with dates; verbs using zu;
Section 14: Asking how much it costs to send a letter/post- possessive adjectives: mein, sein, ihr; accusative
card; giving the names of a variety of countries; pronouns: ihn, sie, es
recognizing and understanding signs and direc- Section 5: Letters, vor + dative (with expression of time); the
tions in a post-office; separable verbs perfect tense of: bekommen, schreiben, schicken
Section 15: Teaching the words and their gender for a variety und reservieren; nach + dative, nach oben
of items to be found in shops; inquiring what (unten); personal pronoun, nominative: er, sie, es,
things cost sie (plural)
Section 16: Asking for something in a shop/store; mir
Section 17: Expressing a desire or an intention; wollen + Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
infinitive
Section 18: Revision of Chapters 1–9 of the textbook Module 3:
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Section 1: Telephoning; greetings and introductions; use of
capital letters on personal pronouns in letters;
The resources for this course are: possessive adjective; reflexive verbs; the accusative
Deutsch Heute Teil 1 (1990 edition) with expressions of time
(Sidwell/Capoore) (Nelson) (GE0905J) Section 2: Expressing wishes; describing a journey; reflexive
(7540001713) $20.00 verbs, perfect tense
Deutsch Heute Teil 1 CD (7540005219) 10.00 Section 3: Names of various foods; offering, accepting, refus-
German/English Dictionary (GE0966) ing, and requesting food; the accusative with
(7540001250) 20.00 expressions of time; talking about siblings and
family
Emphasis is given to simple conversational skills. Section 4: Asking for various foods in shops; names and
titles of shops and shopkeepers; greeting people;
Recordings of student’s presentations are required schreiben an + accusative; sich freuen aug +
in this course. Please contact your school of accusative; möchten; ich mag; magst du . . . ?
registration for further information. mogen sie . . . ?; perfect tense of essen, hassen,
trinken; darf ich . . . ? accusative pronoun
Use of a CD player is required for this course. Section 5: Minor ailments; idioms
Resources are available from your Distance
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Education School.

Module 4:
German 10, version 03 (4 credits) [GE10]
Section 1: Illness, seit + dative; indirect object pronoun: mit,
It is recommended that students complete: dir, ihm, ihr
• German 9 Section 2: Using the 12-hour clock; telephone dialing and
conversation; the perfect tense
Section 3: Negotiating a time and place to meet; building
Module 1: and places in a town; accusative definite article;
Section 1: Ordering; definite/indefinite article time; reflexive verb
Section 2: Asking for a bill; conjugation of verbs; preposition Section 4: Expressing a wish or a preference; accusative used
linking the two articles with the personal with motion; inquiring about traveling time
pronoun; separable verbs; the possessive adjective Section 5: Describing how you spend your time; perfect
Section 3: Buying and cancelling tickets; the accusative; tense; times; buildings and places in a town;
zum/zur travel; weather
Section 4: Public transport; weather; and + dative; können; Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
word order with modal verbs; an; in; auf + dative
Section 5: Using “if” or “whenever;” gehen and fahren; the
accusative with expressions of time; the wenn satz
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

84
The resources for this course are: Section 3: Giving the names for the various forms of accom-
modation in Germany; learning about the
Deutsch Heute Teil 1 (1990)
German system of dividing houses between
(Sidwell/Capoore) (Nelson) (GE0905J)
families
(7540001713) $20.00
Section 4: Describing your house and your room; seeking
Schwarz, Rot, Gold (German Handbook)
and giving opinion; expressing uncertainty; the
(Cambridge University Press) (GE1205J)
definite article with adjectives; the relative
(7540001423) 40.00
pronoun: nominative and accusative singular;
Deutsch Heute Teil 1 CD (7540005219) 10.00
nominative and accusative plural; the prepositions
German/English Dictionary (GE0966)
and their cases; the reflexive pronouns
(7540001250) 20.00
Section 5: Giving an opinion, expressing intention, weder
Recordings of student’s presentations are required (conditional tense)
in this course. Please contact your school of Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
registration for further information.
Use of a CD player is required for this course. Module 3:
Resources are available from your Distance
Education School. Section 1: Asking or telling someone to do something; help-
ing in a Youth Hostel or a private house; learning
the names for dishes and cutlery; offering to set
German 11, version 02 (4 credits) [GE11] the table and to help in the kitchen; finding out
where things are; the infinite used as a noun: wer,
It is recommended that students complete: wessen, wem, wen, sollen (present tense)
• German 10. or Section 2: Learning the names of food; offering and request-
• Introductory German 11 or equivalent ing various foods; expressing degrees of liking;
asking and saying where things go in the kitchen;
Module 1: einige, ein paar, etwas, ein Stück; mögen; the
word order for dative pronoun with a noun; the
Section 1: Describing yourself and others; asking for and giv- conditional tense of können, mögen, sollen,
ing personal information; making comparisons; werden
describing certain moods and providing reasons; Section 3: Learning the names of various holidays; describ-
the plural noun; the accusative personal pronoun; ing a holiday; discussing advantages and
the genitive possessive adjective; seitdem; disadvantages; expressing an opinion; trotz +
weder . . . noch; the comparative; sprechen über genitive; ich glaube, daß, ich meine, daß; fractions
and accusative; tun Section 4: Asking what kind of accommodation there is in a
Section 2: Naming clothes and describing what you are place and what is available; the pluperfect
wearing; understanding and giving detailed tense/past perfect tense
descriptions of people; the indefinite article with Section 5: Making a written reservation at a Youth Hostel,
adjectives; the plural noun with adjectives; the campsite, etc.
simple past tense of haben and sein; tun
Section 3: Describing a location; the genitive definite article; Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
als (meaning when); wessen
Section 4: Describing the place where you live; giving your Module 4:
opinion about the place; the imperative form;
giving the year; gegenüber + dative; an + dative + Section 1: Making a reservation on arrival at a campsite;
vorbei; the simple past tense making inquiries about a campsite; expressing
Section 5: Identifying certain jobs; saying what you intend mild shock
to do when you leave school; saying if you plan Section 2: Saying and understanding what is and is not
to carry on with your studies; saying you are allowed; dürfen (present tense)
unsure what you want to do; the dative pronoun; Section 3: Saying what you need at a gas station; explaining
zweieinhalb, etc.; the relative pronoun: der, die, that something is wrong with your car and asking
das; the future tense; ob; was; the adjective with- to have it checked; using emergency telephones
out an article and phoning the automobile club; providing
location; erst, da, etwas machen lassen; the dative
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. relative pronoun
Section 4: Train reservations; writing a letter to arrange
Module 2: details of a journey and giving times of arrival,
etc.
Section 1: School timetable; describing a typical school day Section 5: Learning how to obtain medical treatment in
and giving the names of classrooms; giving direc- Germany; reporting a loss; describing a lost article
tions; samstags, etc.; welche; wer, wen, wessen
Section 2: Expressing an opinion about various school sub- Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
jects; giving reasons for your opinions; saying
what you do and do not like; weil; welche; dies;
jeder, seit + present tense; the superlative form

85
The resources for this course are: Section 3: Ordering food and drinks; The 12-hour clock;
Einmal, zweimal; Masculine and feminine nouns;
Deutsch Heute Teil 2 (7540005064) $20.00
Possessive adjectives
Deutsch Heute Teil 2 CD
Section 4: Buying and cancelling tickets in Germany;
(Sidwell, Capoore) (Nelson) (7540005220) 8.00
Transportation, bus or subway stops; An, in, auf +
Schwarz, Rot, Gold (German Handbook)
dative; Konnen; Word order with modal verbs;
(Cambridge University Press) (GE1205J)
Zum/zur
(7540001423) 40.00
Section 5: Travel to school; Weather; Gehen and fahren;
German/English Dictionary (GE0966)
Accusative with time; Wenn-sentence; Word order
(7540001250) 20.00
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Recordings of student’s presentations are required
in this course. Please contact your school of
registration for further information. Module 3:
Use of a CD player is required for this course. Section 1: Asking for information; Buying tickets;
Resources are available from your Distance Interpreting a timetable in a railway station;
Education School. Bitten um, warten auf + accusative; Samstags, etc.;
Am + part of the day, separable verbs; Word order;
Definite article; Revision: numbers, times, travel
Introductory German 11, version 02 enquiries
(4 credits) [BGE11] Section 2: Dates; Writing to a youth hostel; Dative and
accusative with dates; Verbs using ‘zu’; Possessive
It is recommended that students complete: adjectives; Perfect tense; Revision: the Lander;
• Grade 10 Dates; Accusative case
Section 3: Booking into a youth hostel; Nach + dative; Nach
Introductory German 11 covers the equivalent of German 9
oben (unten); Revision: personal pronoun
and German 10. It teaches the student to read, write, and
Section 4: Informing someone of the time and place of
speak simple German. This course also offers an introduction
arrival; Asking to be picked up; Greeting and
to the German culture. Klett’s Modern German/English
introducing; Welcoming guests; Asking and
Dictionary is required but no longer available to order from
expressing wishes; Letter writing conventions;
Open School BC. You may wish to try your local library or
Accusative with time; Possessive adjectives;
bookstore for it.
Reflexive verbs; Schreiben an, sich freuen auf +
accusative; Revision: talking about your family;
Module 1: Greeting; mochten
Section 5: Your own and other people’s trips; Perfect tense.
Section 1: Greetings and personal information; European
German-speaking countries; Cardinal numbers Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
1–20; Verb conjugation (singular); Interrogative
form; Definite article (dative) Module 4:
Section 2: Family and pets; Verb conjugation (plural);
Indefinite article; Kein; Demonstrative pronoun Section 1: Foods and meals; Shopping; Use and conjugation
Section 3: Hobbies, music, and other youth activities; Weak of modal verbs mogen, mochten and durfen;
verbs ending in -eln; Talking about yourself, your Um...zu; Accusative pronoun
family, pets; Haben + accusative Section 2: Minor ailments and what to do about them; Seit +
Section 4: Buildings and places; Asking for, understanding, dative; Indirect object pronouns; Revision: perfect
and giving directions; Polite conventions; Definite tense
article (singular); Ordinal numbers 1–3 Section 3: Using a public phone; Telephone conventions;
Section 5: Asking for, understanding, and giving directions Negotiating time and place to meet; Revision:
to places in a town; Asking for information about buildings and places in a town; Accusative
a town; Prepositions with dative and accusative; definite article; Time; Reflexive verbs
Personal pronouns; Definite article (dative Section 4: Expressing a wish or a preference; Reading and
singular) understanding public information; Accusative
with motion; Revision: places in a town;
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Accusative
Section 5: Describing how you spent your time; Perfect
Module 2: tense; Revision: times; Travel; Weather
Section 1: German currencies; Cardinal numbers 20–999; Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Money; The post office; The 24-hour clock;
Definite article; Fur + accusative; Separable verbs;
Perfect tense
Section 2: Store items and their cost; Expressing desire or
intention; Reflexive verbs; Perfect tense; Modal
verb ‘wollen’; Revision: personal pronouns;
Accusative; Hobbies

86
The resources for this course are: Section 8: Grammar points; The relative pronoun (all cases)-
revision points; Personal pronouns, comparatives,
Deutsch Heute Tiel 1 (Nelson) (1990 only)
reflexive verbs, word order with warum and weil,
(Sidwell/Capoore) (GE0905J)
er meint, daß..., adjectives as nouns
(7540001713) $20.00
Schwarz, Rot, Gold (German Handbook) Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
(University Press) 1987 (GE1205J)
(7540001423) 40.00
Module 3:
Introductory German 11 CD (7540005229) 25.00
Section 9: Revision points; Conditional, word order with
Recordings of student’s presentations are required
weil and obwohl, wenn sentences, comparatives,
in this course. Please contact your school of
past tense
registration for further information.
Section 10: Grammatical points; Indirect speech (Konjunctive
I and II), present participle used as an adjective,
Use of a CD player is required for this course.
past participle used as an adjective-revision
Resources are available from your Distance
points; Time-24 hr. clock, indirect object
Education School.
pronouns, prepositions + dative
Section 11: Grammatical points; Accusative of time: ede
German 12, version 04 (4 credits) [GE12] Stunde, alle zwei Stunden-revision points;
Imperative, prepositions with the accusative and
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post- the dative, use of the Imperfekt, adjectival
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final endings
grade [see page 40]) Section 12: Revision points; Adjectival endings, imperatives,
prepositions with dative + accusative, stating
It is recommended that students complete: opinion: ich meine, ich finde
• German 11 or equivalent Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

Module 1: Module 4:
Section 1: Grammatical points; Conjunction of time and Section 13: Revision points; Letter-writing conversions, verbs
inversion, word order with beror, während, using zu
superlative adverbs; Revision points; Um and Section 14: Revision points; Indefinite article, comparisons
time, use of imperfect, perfect tense, reflexive Section 15: Grammatical points; The superlative adjective
verbs, comparatives, superlatives, separable verbs with am, die zwanziger, usw; Jahre-Revision
Section 2: Revision points; In + dative, requesting (word points; Enquiring, use of the imperfect, perfect
order with model verbs), clothes, accusative of tense, pluperfect tense word order after expres-
indefinite article sions of time, prepositions + dative and accusative
Section 3: Grammatical ponts; Construction with the dative: Section 16: Revision points; Countries and their adjectives,
helfen, gefallen, passen, stehen, imperfect of making suggestions, expressing preferences,
können, wollen, müssen, nachdem + prepositions accusative + dative
pluperfect-Revision points; Indefinite article +
adjective and noun (accusative), comparative Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
adjectives Recordings of student’s presentations are required
Section 4: Grammatical points; More constructions with the in this course. Please contact your school of
dative: gratulieren, jemanden etwas wünschen- registration for further information.
Revision points; Relative clause
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. The resources for this course are:

Deutsch Heute Teil 3 (Nelson) (Sidwell/

Module 2: Capoore) (GE1203J) (7540001421) $40.00
Section 5: Grammatical points; Sollen (past tense); The *Lesen, Na Und (Langenscheidt)
passive voice, use of doch-Revision points; Schwarz, Rot, Gold (German Handbook)
Reflexive verbs, use of the imperfect, dative (Cambridge University Press) (GE1205J)
pronoun, derjenige, diejenige, dasjenige (7540001423) 40.00
(nominative) vor, seit + dative Deutsch Heute Teil 3 CD (7540005221) 13.00
Section 6: Grammatical points; Past tense of ürfen, immer + German/English Dictionary (GE0966)
comparative, je...desto..., inversion of subject and (7540001250) 20.00
verb after direct speech-revision points; Future *This required textbook is no longer available and
tense, sollen, use of imperfect (past tense), vor + can obtained through Amazon.ca.
dative
Section 7: Description; Physical, temperamental, birthdates, Use of a CD player is required for this course.
adjectival endings, Word order with weil, Resources are available from your Distance
constructions using a dative pronoun, direct Education School.
object pronouns

87
Spanish 9, version 02 [MSP09] Section 18: “¿Eres Servicial?”; Indirect object pronouns, le, les;
Pronunciation; Review
It is recommended that students complete: Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE.
• Grade 8
Recordings of student’s presentations are required
in this course. Please contact your school of
Module 1: registration for further information.
Section 1: Pronunciation; Spanish alphabet; Greetings;
Grammatical terms The resources for this course are:
Section 2: Money, shopping; Pronunciation; Time; Days;
Weather, temperature, seasons Spanish for Mastery, Bienvenidos
Section 3: Cognates; Subject-verb agreement, -ar verbs; (D. C. Heath) (SP0904J) (7540001553) $110.00
Or/and; Pronunciation Primeras Lecturas (Houghton Mifflin)
Section 4: “En el Suroeste”; Present tense; Questions; (SP0951J) (7540003422) 5.00
Pronunciation Spanish 9 CD (set of 10 CDs)
Section 5: “En Los Angeles”; Familiar and formal you; (7540005240) 40.00
Infinitive; Interrogative; Pronunciation; Querer; Use of a CD player is required for this course.
Section 6: “En Miami”; We and you (plural); Gustar; Resources are available from your Distance
Pronouns with prepositions; Review of -ar present Education School.
tense verbs and vocabulary; Pronunciation
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Spanish 10, version 02 (4 credits) [SP10]
Module 2: It is recommended that students complete:
• Spanish 9
Section 7: “En un Cafe”; Noun and definite article; Gender;
ser and estar
Section 8: Origins of the Spanish language; “Los Amigos Module 1:
Ideales”; Solo/sólo; Adjective position; Primeras
Section 1: -ar verbs; Use of the infinitive; Interrogative
Lecturas: “una Palabra Util”; Pronunciation
words; Questions; Ser; tener; Personal a; Ir;
Section 9: “En la fiesta”; Tener; Plural of nouns, Adjectives;
Ser/estar; Present participle; Possession; Pronouns;
Pronunciation; Primeras Lecturas: “El Nombre de
Hacer; Decir; Weather
un Hotel”
Section 2: Pronouns; Pedir; Sports; Definite article in the
Section 10: “Un Club Internacional”; Expressions with tener;
general sense; Jugar
Venir; Countries, nationalities; Relative pronoun
Section 3: Gustar; Cual; e→ie verbs; Possessive adjectives;
que; Pronunciation; “Los Secretos de la Cara”;
Ser/estar; o→ue vers
Primeras Lecturas: “En el aeropuerto
Section 4: Salir; Poner; Traer; Oir; c→zc verbs; “Una lengua
Norte-americano”
extranjera”; “Cortesía o inteligencia”;
Section 11: “El Mundo de los Estudios”; “Y Ahora...¡México!”;
Comparative and superlative forms of adjectives
The personal “a”; Al and del; Pronunciation;
Section 5: “Mucho sabe quien sabe callar”; Demonstrative
Primeras Lecturas: “El Eco”
adjectives; Numbers; Reflexive pronouns and
Section 12: “Un Fin de Semana”; Estar; “La Ciudad y el
verbs; “¡Buen provecho!”;
Campo”; Expressions; Pronunciation; Ir
Section 6: The body; “¿Cómo aprenden los niños?”; e→i
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. verbs; Review
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 3:
Section 13: “Correspondencia”; Ser/estar; Present participle; Module 2:
Adjectives; Primeras Lecturas: “De Texas a la
Section 7: “La tienda”; Hace + present tense; Preterite of -ar
América del Sur” pronunciation
verbs; “¿Para qué sirven los ladrones?”; Preterite of
Section 14: Direct object pronouns; “Turismo”; “Transportes”;
-car, -gar, and -zar verbs
Pronouns with the infinitive; Accents; Primeras
Section 8: Preterite of -er and -ir verbs, dar, ver, caer, creer,
Lecturas: “La Niña de Segovia”
leer, and oir, and stem-changing verbs
Section 15: er and -ir verbs; “Olivia Ortiz”; Present
Section 9: Conocer/saber; “Una sopa maravillosa”; “La
progressive tense; “La Lectura”; Ver; Possession;
puntuación”
Pronunciation; Primeras Lecturas: “Un Crímen
Section 10: Verbs + infinitive; “El astronauta”; Para; Spanish
Perfecto”
letter-writing; Acabar de
Section 16: “Las Fotos de Amalia”; Possessive adjectives, Mi
Section 11: Preterite of ir, ser, conducir, decir, traer, dar, ver,
and tu; “La familia”; Noun+de+noun; Hacer; “Los
caer, creer, leer, and oir; Por
Animales Domesticos”; Pronunciation; Review
Section 12: Lo que; Jobs; Por/para; Review
Section 17: “El Edificio de Apartamentos”; Decir; Possessives,
su, nuestro; “La Casa”; Review; Pronunciation Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.

88
Module 3: Module 2:
Section 13: Familiar commands; Direct and indirect object Section 7: Preterite tense of stem-changing and irregular
pronouns verbs; Al + infinitive; Sino/pero
Section 14: Position of pronouns with familiar commands; Section 8: Possessive pronouns; Hace + preterite; Negative
Affirmative and negative commands; Food and affirmative expressions; Lo + adjective;
Section 15: Irregular commands; Nada; Se; Prepositions of Lo que
place Section 9: Imperfect tense of regular and irregular verbs;
Section 16: Review; Preposition+ infinitive; Verb + infinitive Hacer + time + present tense; Hacer + time +
Section 17: Review imperfect tense
Section 18: Review; Use of an adjective as a noun Section 10: Pronouns after prepositions; Imperfect vs.
preterite; Tener + expressions
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Section 11: Llevar vs. tomar; Impersonal se; Las tiendas;
Recordings of student’s presentations are required Regular past participles
in this course. Please contact your school of Section 12: Prepositions of place; Expressions with de; Present
registration for further information. perfect tense; Diminutives
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
The resources for this course are:
Spanish for Mastery, Día a Día Module 3:
(D. C. Heath) (SP1001J) (7540003423) $25.00
Cuentitos Simpáticos (SP1053J) Section 13: Irregular past participles; Expressions of time;
(7540001552) 35.00 Pluperfect tense
Spanish 10 CD (set of 10 CDs) Section 14: Expressions of time; Future tense of regular verbs;
(7540005241) 40.00 Para + noun; Comparison of adjectives
Section 15: Future tense of irregular verbs; Future to express
Use of a CD player is required for this course. wonderment and probability; Por + noun; Ordinal
Resources are available from your Distance numbers; Informal commands
Education School. Section 16: Para/por; Conditional tense; Infinitive after
prepositions; Verbs that take a or de before an
Spanish 11, version 02 (4 credits) [SP11] infinitive; Commands
Section 17: Irregular commands; Future perfect tense; Por +
infinitive
It is recommended that students complete:
Section 18: Cardinal numbers; Verbs of movement; Uses of
• Spanish 10, or
the definite article; Review
• Introductory Spanish 11
Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE.
Module 1:
The resources for this course are:
Section 1: Present tense, regular verbs; Gender and number
Spanish for Mastery 2 (D. C. Heath)
of nouns; Negatives; Questions; Adjectives
(SP1107J) (7540001295) (1996 edition) $100.00
Section 2: Ser/estar; Definite article/days of the week;
Spanish Grammar Key (JSP11D)
Eonocer/saber; Personal a; Weather
(7540003714) 17.00
Section 3: De for possession; Gustar; Direct and indirect
Appendix (SP11AP2) (7540004088) 16.00
object pronouns; Definite article + que; Time and
Spanish 11 CD (set of 4 CDs)
dates
(7540005243) 25.00
Section 4: e→ie, o or u→ue, and e→i verbs; Estar/seguir +
present participle; Reflexive verbs; Parts of the Recordings of student’s presentations are required
body and clothing in this course. Please contact your school of
Section 5: Definite article with reflexive verbs; Irregular first registration for further information.
person of verbs in present tense; Acabar de; Hace
+ present tense Use of a CD player is required for this course.
Section 6: Indefinite adjectives; Preterite tense of regular Resources are available from your Distance
verbs; Preterite of dar, ver, ser, ir, and conducir; Education School.
Demonstratives; El automovil
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

89
Spanish 11 (Online), version 03 (4 credits) Section 4: Project: WebQuest
[SP11]
Module 3: Being there
Available online only. Section 1: My Family (Your ideal exchange family; Different
This online Spanish 11 course is the result of a types of homes; Family roles; Women)
partnership between the School District No. 36 Section 2: Daily Life (Exchange school; Presentation to
(Surrey) and the Open School BC (OSBC). The exchange school; Media; Having fun with friends)
whole course is communicative-approach based. Section 3: Project: Travel Diary
Section 4: What is it to be a kid over there? (Childhood
It is recommended that students complete: games in Hispanic culture; Your behaviour as a
• Spanish 10, or child; The history of a city or country; Interview
• Introductory Spanish 11 with an older person)
This course will help students to become familiar with the
Spanish-speaking world, not a particular country or region. Module 4: Passport to your future
They assume the role of a participant in an exchange pro-
gram that includes a virtual trip. Using the Internet, they Section 1: Telling your friends what happened (Coming
research and communicate information about youth in the home party; Thank you letter; Travelling advice
Hispanic world (Module 1) and make all the preparations to for peers; Reverse culture shock)
get ready for their exchange trip (Module 2). Once there, they Section 2: Using Spanish at home (Spanish in your
describe their daily life and present information about the community; Local Hispanic activities; Immigrants)
education system, and activities and pastimes of youth in Section 3: Career Explorations (Exploring your talents; Jobs
that Spanish-speaking country (Module 3). Back home, they that require Spanish language ability; Spanish-
report on the trip to family and friends (Module 4). speaking role models)
Section 4: Project: Creating a career fair
The course lessons range are not aimed to replace any text or
workbook available in stores. The lesson topics, along with No textbook is required for this course. All resources are
the grammar-based activities, are in English to ensure that the online.
theory is clearly understood. Lessons activities and section
assignment instructions are bilingual.
Introductory Spanish 11, version 02
There are no tests with this course. The final grade is a combi- (4 credits) [BSP11]
nation of all the section assignments. There is no final exam.
It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 10
Module 1: Are you ready?
Section 1: What do you know about computers?
Module 1:
(Technology to learn Spanish; Let’s use the com-
puter to learn Spanish; Let’s talk in Spanish using Section 1: Greetings; Vowel sounds; Forms of address;
the Internet) Accents; Gender; Omitting pronoun subjects;
Section 2: My personal page (My likes and dislikes. What are Reflexive verbs; Usted; Interrogative;
your daily activities? What kind of student are Pronunciation
you? What is your personal routine? What do you Section 2: Estar; Ser; Nouns; Adjectives of nationality;
want to know about me?) Negative form of verbs; Definite article
Section 3: My hometown (My friends and family; Describing Section 3: Indefinite article; Possession; Possessive adjectives;
my school and neighbourhood; You must visit... Del; Tener; Interrogative of verbs; Numerals 1–20
Welcome to my town) Section 4: Hay; Adjectives; Adjectives pronouns; Irregular
Section 4: Explore the Spanish-speaking world (Seasonable comparative forms
vocabulary; Enjoying the weekend; Let’s explore Section 5: Querer; Present tense of regular verbs
Hispanic culture; Would you like to be an Section 6: Ir; Dar; Hacer; Weather expressions;
exchange student?) Saber/ conocer; Decir; Oir; Salir
Section 7: Interrogatives; Personal a; Tener; Time
Module 2: Preparing for your adventure! Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Section 1: Choosing a destination (Contact with other
cultures; Comparing cities; Comparing resorts Module 2:
around the world; Comparing adventure travel
Section 8: Use of subject pronouns; Relative pronouns;
opportunities)
Object pronouns; Poder
Section 2: Pack your suitcase (My suitcase; Passport, visa, etc;
Section 9: Adverbs; Comparatives and superlatives; Indirect
Living in another culture, how is it? To be
object pronouns; Gustar
adequately prepared is not easy)
Section 10: Numerals 21–100; Date
Section 3: Gathering travel advice (Travel and accommoda-
Section 11: Reflexive verbs; Personal pronouns after
tion advice; Don’t put your foot in it! Cultural
prepositions; Present tense of irregular verbs
faux pas; Bringing along a little bit of home;
Section 12: Imperative; Present perfect tense
Giving advice to someone coming here)

90
Section 13: Imperfect tense; Imperfect of hay; Possessive Module 2:
pronoun; Hacer expressions
Section 1: Uses of subjunctive, irregular present subjunctives,
Section 14: Future tense, regular and irregular; Present
gustar, and similarly constructed verbs
participle and progressive tenses; Pronouns with
Section 2: Indirect commands using subjunctive, impersonal
the infinitive; Review
expressions, and the subjunctive; Present subjunc-
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. tive in stem-changing verbs, irregular subjunctives
Section 3: Subjunctive and expressions of doubt and uncer-
Module 3: tainty; Past, present, and conditional perfect of
the subjunctive
Section 15: Past perfect tense; Two object pronouns with a Section 4: Relative pronouns-que, quien, cuyo-and the
verb; Indefinite adjectives and pronouns; Home subjunctive
and furniture; Numerals above 100 Section 5: Pido Silencio, Oda a los Calcetines; Geography; La
Section 16: Preterite tense, regular and irregular; Hay; Fiesta Brava; El Cid
Impersonal and reciprocal use of the reflexive
Section 17: Conditional tense; Familiar imperative; Ordinal Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
numbers
Section 18: Present subjunctive; To play; Verbs which include Module 3:
English propositions; El before a feminine noun;
Section 1: Subjunctive after para que and other conjunc-
Review
tions; Subjunctive after dependent adverbial
Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE. clauses
Recordings of student’s presentations are required Section 2: Future tense; Subjunctive vs. indicative after
in this course. Please contact your school of cuando or aunque; Review of subjunctive
registration for further information. Section 3: Imperfect subjunctive; Subjunctive after verbs of
willing, after impersonal expressions, after expres-
sions of emotion, doubt, denial or uncertainty;
The resource for this course is:
Subjunctive vs. indicative after a relative pronoun
Introductory Spanish 11 CD (set of 4 CDs) Section 4: Irregular imperfect subjunctive, preterite tense;
(7540005251) $25.00 Conditional tense; Imperfect subjunctive after si

Use of a CD player is required for this course. Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Resources are available from your Distance
Education School. Module 4:
No textbook is required for this course. Section 1: El otro niño; Las pérdidas de Juan Bueno; La vida
es sueño
Spanish 12, version 03 (4 credits) [SP12] Section 2: Una carta a Dios; Medical vocabulary; Los dos
reyes y los dos laberintos
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post- Section 3: Juan Darien; Commands; Pluperfect subjunctive
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final Section 4: Conditional perfect; El ar bol de oro; Uses of the
grade [see page 40]) pluperfect subjunctive
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
It is recommended that students complete:
Recordings of student’s presentations are required
• Spanish 11 or equivalent
in this course. Please contact your school of
registration for further information.
Module 1:
The resources for this course are:
Section 1: Adjectives, personal a, ser/estar, demonstrative
adjectives and pronouns; Possessive adjectives and
Spanish for Mastery 2 (D. C. Heath)
pronouns, negative expressions, preterite and
(SP1107J) (7540001295) (1996 edition) $100.00
imperfect; Reflexive pronouns, past participle,
Stories from Lecturas Básicas: A Literary
present and past perfect; Comparisons, future,
Reader (Castillo-Feliu) (Holt, Rinehart,
conditional, future perfect, para/por
and Winston) (7540005016) 13.00
Section 2: Familiar commands; Expressions with tener; Al +
Spanish Grammar Key (JSP11D)
infinitive, infinitive after a preposition
(7540003714) 17.00
Section 3: Formal commands; Negative commands; Irregular
Spanish 12 CD (7540005252) 10.00
commands; Verb + infinitive
Section 4: El Vendedor de la Suerte; First person plural com-
mands; Pronouns with commands Use of a CD player is required for this course.
Section 5: Present subjunctive; Uses of subjunctive; Tenses Resources are available from your Distance
and moods in the subjunctive, indicative vs Education School.
subjunctive
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

91
 Mathematics
Mathematics 8, version 03 [MMA08] Section 3: The probability of independent events; problem
solving with probability.
We strongly recommend that you have a scientific Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.

calculator for this course (one with and x2 Supplies provided by students:
buttons). ruler
protractor
It is recommended that students complete: Scientific calculator
• Mathematics 7 (or equivalent)
No textbook is required for this course.
Mathematics 8 builds on previous work in shape and space,
patterns and relations, including variables and equations, The resource for this course is:
number, and statistics and probability.
Math 8 Media CD (required for print
This course is available in both print and online formats. version only) (7540005593) $29.95
Print students must also purchase the Math 8 Media CD which
contains all of the media available in the online course.
Each module has a test and an optional project.
Mathematics 8 (TLE), version 01 [MMA08]
SOME SCHOOLS MAY NOT OFFER THIS PROGRAM.
Module 1: Exploring 2-D and 3-D Connections
The Learning Equation Math 8 uses 2 CD-ROMs
Section 1: Visualizing in three dimensions; prisms and cylin- to deliver the lessons in an interactive and user
ders and their nets; views of an object. friendly self-paced mathematics program. There
Section 2: Total area of the net; area in 2-D and 3-D; the are 5 modules in the course, with a number of
amount of space. lessons in each module covering specific content.
Section 3: What is a tessellation?; transformations in tessella- Students can revisit lessons, review concepts and
tions; creating a tessellation. check their progress at any time. Teachers can also
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. check student progress.
Assessment is based on the 12 assignments students submit
Module 2: Squares, Integers and the Pythagorean for evaluation, 5 tests and the student notes.
Theorem Module 1: Number Concepts: Exponents, Ordering Numbers,
Section 1: Multiply or divide?; multiplication and division Percent & Ratios, Square Roots
with negative numbers; expressions with more Number Operations: Adding and Subtracting
than one operation. Fractions
Section 2: Perfect squares; square roots of perfect squares; Test 1
estimating square roots; calculating square roots.
Section 3: The Pythagorean Theorem; Pythagorean triples; Module 2: Number Operations: Subtraction, Multiplication
using the Pythagorean Theorem. and Division of Fractions. Rational Numbers,
Ration and Percent problems, equivalent rates
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Test 2
Module 3: Data, Graphing and Linear Equations Module 3: Patterns: Substitution and Relations, Generalizing
Section 1: Types of graphs and data; advantages and disad- Patterns, Translating Written Problems
vantages of graph types; misleading graphs. Variables & Equations: Exploring equations, one
Section 2: Ordered pairs and linear equations; tables of val- step and two step linear equations, problems
ues; relationships and missing values. Test 3
Section 3: Algebra tiles; solving linear equations symboli-
cally; more linear equations. Module 4: 2D & 3D Shapes & Objects: Polygons and circles,
nets and skeletons
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Measurement: Pythagorean Relationship, Area and
perimeter of quadrilaterals, circles, triangles,
Module 4: Fractions, Ratios and Probability Composite figures, Surface area & volume
Section 1: Proper and improper fractions and mixed num- Transformations: Enlargements & reductions,
bers; multiplying fractions; dividing fractions. topology
Section 2: Ratios and rates in everyday life; making sense of Test 4
percents; solving problems with percents.

92
Module 5: Data Analysis: Responding to, collecting and dis- Section 11: Probability; Equally likely outcomes—using
playing data. Measures of central tendency, experimental probability and theoretical
Problem Solving probability; Devices used to model events;
Chance and Uncertainty: Exploring and using Probability using simulation; Random numbers;
probability, Independent events Independent and dependent events
Test 5 Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.

The resources for this course are:

Module 3:
TLE set of CD-ROMs (2)
Student Refresher Section 12: Volume of solid and composite figures; Problem
solving involving shapes; Finding missing
Contact your Distance Education School to order. dimensions given perimeter, area or volume;
Relationships between measures of figures
Section 13: Constructing—cylinders, prisms, pyramids, cones;
Principles of Mathematics 9, version 03 Finding surface area of cylinders, cones and
[MMA09] spheres; Finding volumes of cylinders, cones,
spheres and pyramids
You must have a scientific calculator to do this Section 14: Similar and congruent triangles; Problems
course. All calculators must be non- involving similar triangles; Basic properties of
programmable. similar triangles
Section 15: Basic trig values—soh cah toa; How to read trig
It is recommended that students complete: tables; Applications of trig to find angles or sides;
• Mathematics 8 Area of non-right triangles
Section 16: Analyzing mean, median and mode; Weighted
This is an academic mathematics course leading to post- mean; moving average (three median average);
secondary programs. Scatterplots, median fit line

Module 1: Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

Section 1: Addition, subtraction, multiplication and division Supplies provided by students:

of rational numbers; Combined operations with ruler
rational numbers; Order of operations; Evaluating protractor
expressions with rational numbers
Section 2: Laws of exponents—a review; Scientific notation; No textbook is required for this course.
Problems and calculation using scientific notation
Section 3: Laws of exponents with variable bases and
extension; Adding and subtracting terms; Adding Principles of Math 9 (TLE), version 01
and subtracting polynomials [MMA09]
Section 4: Solving equations with variables on both sides;
Eliminating fractions and expanding expressions SOME SCHOOLS MAY NOT OFFER THIS PROGRAM.
in equations; Word problems; Measurement; Age
The Learning Equation Math 9 uses 4 CD-ROMs
and money problems
to deliver all coursework in an interactive and
Section 5: Multiplying monomials and binomials; user friendly self-paced mathematics program.
Multiplying a monomial by a polynomial; Short There are 6 modules in the course, with a number
methods for multiplying binomials; Multiplying of lessons in each module covering specific
difficult binomials content. Students can revisit lessons, review
Section 6: Special Binomial Products; Review of Multiplying concepts and check their progress at any time.
Binomials; Review of Sections 1 through 4 Teachers can also check student progress.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Assessment is based on the tests that follow each of the
modules (6 tests), and on the student notes.
Module 2: Module 1: Number Concepts: Rational numbers, square
Section 7: Prime numbers; Factors; Prime factorization; roots, powers, bases and exponents, laws of
Factors of a term; Greatest common factors of exponents, evaluating powers
monomials; Common factoring; Factors of
Test 1
trinomials
Section 8: Dividing monomials; Dividing and multiplying Module 2: Number Operations & Patterns: Evaluating
rational expressions; Dividing polynomials by
expressions, problem solving, evaluating
monomials
Section 9: Linear equations—1 variable, replacement sets; exponential expressions, scientific notation,
linear inequalities; rational expressions in Logic, mathematical modeling, equivalent
equations; quadratic equations expressions
Section 10: Word, measurement, age and money problems Test 2

93
Module 3: Variables and Equations: Algebra tiles, linear Section 6: Addition and subtraction of integers; Multiplica-
equations, inequalities, evaluating polynomials, tion and division of integers; Rules for
operations with polynomials, multiplying integers; Applying the correct
Factoring polynomials algorithm; Solving problems with integers; Charts,
Test 3 calculators, and integers
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 4: Measurement: Ratio in right triangles, finding
unknown sides and angles, solving right triangles, The use of a calculator is NOT permitted during
volume, surface this test.
Area, perimeter
Module 2:
Test 4
Section 1: Decimals and number line; Inequalities and
Module 5: 2- and 3-Dimensional Objects/Transformations: decimals; Adding and subtracting decimals and
Similar Triangles, congruent triangles, modeling with numbers in decimal form; Multiplying,
3D objects, sketching and building 3D objects, rounding and dividing decimals; Multiplying and
Locus problems, transformations, dilations and dividing decimals by powers of 10; Estimating
similarity, congruence transformations products
Test 5 Section 2: Exponents, powers, and variables; Multiplying
and dividing with exponents; One and zero as an
Module 6: Data Analysis and Probability: Relationships exponent; Integers as exponents
between variables, scatter plots, correlation of Section 3: Exponent rules using base 10; Scientific notation;
data, sampling and collecting data Large and small numbers; Calculations using
Drawing conclusions, Using probability, scientific notation; More work on writing
independent events, probability and statistics scientific notation
Section 4: Geometry; Angles; Measuring angles;
Test 6 Perpendicular and intersecting lines; Parallel lines
Section 5: Types of triangles; Congruent triangles;
The resources for this course are: Calculating the measures of angles and triangles;
TLE set of CD-ROMs (4) Square roots; Square root tables; The theorem of
Student Refresher Pythagoras
Distance Education User’s Guide Section 6: Common polygons and perimeters; Metric units
of area; Area of polygons; Surface area; Metric
Contact your Distance Education School to order. units of volume
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Mathematics 9A (LD), version 01
Module 3:
We strongly recommend that you have access to a
scientific calculator for this course. All calculators Section 1: Converting fractions to decimals; Terminating and
must be non-programmable. repeating decimals; Rational numbers; Calculators
and patterns; Writing decimals as fractions; Skills
It is recommended that students complete: with ratio; Ratio and scale drawings; Review of
• Mathematics 8 section
Section 2: The language of percent; Changing a fraction to a
This is a non-academic mathematics course that is useful for percentage; Percentage of a number; Using
students wishing to upgrade their skills in mathematics. percentage; Proportion property; Problems using
percent; Simple interest
Section 3: Graphing points in a plane; Graphs of linear
Module 1: equations; Graphs of points; Problem solving
Section 1: Review of operations with whole numbers and Section 4: Working with probability; Terminology; Predicting
multiplication tables; Divisibility rules; Place and probabilities by experimental method and
face value; Symbols used in mathematics; Reading theoretically; Tree diagrams; Random number and
and writing numbers; Rounding off numbers simulation
Section 2: Number system, factors; Prime numbers vs. Section 5: Introduction to Algebra; Expressions; Terms;
composite numbers; Prime factorization; GCF Variable and coefficient; Mathematical phrases;
Section 3: Fractions and rational numbers; The fraction “T” Like terms; Adding and subtracting terms;
lowest terms; Inequalities and fractions Evaluating algebraic expressions; Evaluation
Section 4: Rational numbers; Subtracting fractions from a Section 6: Mathematical equations; Solving equations by
whole number; Addition of fractions and mixed inspection; Adding, subtracting, and dividing
numerals; Subtraction of fractions and mixed Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
numerals; Three or more addends
Section 5: Word problems and fractions; Multiplication and
division of fractions; Division of mixed numbers
and division and word problems; Review of the
entire section
94
 Supplies provided by students: Module 4: Money Matters
ruler
Section 1: Making Purchases
protractor
Section 2: Being Paid on the Job
No textbook is required for this course. Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.

No textbook is required for this course.

Apprenticeship and Workplace Mathematics 10,
The resource for this course is:
version 01 (4 credits) [AWM10]
AWM 10 Media CD (for print version
only) TBA
Students must have a scientific calculator for this
course (one with Cos, Sin, and Tan keys).

It is recommended that students complete:

• Mathematics 9 or equivalent Foundations of Mathematics and Pre-calculus 10,
version 01 (4 credits) [FMP10]
This pathway is designed to provide students with
the mathematical understandings and critical-think-
Students must have a scientific calculator for this
ing skills identified for entry into the majority of
course (one with Cos, Sin, and Tan keys).
trades and for direct entry into the work force. Topics
include algebra, geometry, measurement, number,
It is recommended that students complete:
statistics and probability. (WNCP Common Curriculum
• Mathematics 9 or equivalent
Framework 2008)
Apprenticeship and Workplace Mathematics 10 meets all the This course is designed to provide students with the
learning outcomes of the Ministry of Education’s IRP (WNCP mathematical understandings and critical-thinking
2008). skills identified for entry into post-secondary
programs. In this course the Foundations stream and
AWM 10 is available in print or online delivery formats. The
Pre-calculus stream are combined, and topics include
AWM 10 Media CD is a required resource for the print course.
geometry, measurement, logical reasoning, relations
It contains all of the multimedia available in the online
and functions, algebra and number, and trigono-
course. In addition, the course website has useful links that
metry. (Adapted from WNCP Common Curriculum
students may access for additional information on a variety of
Framework for Grades 10–12 Mathematics).
related topics.
The textbook Foundations and Pre-calculus Mathematics 10
Each module in AWM 10 has a module test, which is
published by Pearson is required for both the print and
modeled after the Provincial Exam. Two versions of each
online versions of the course. The FMP 10 Media CD is
module test are available. In addition to these tests, each
required for the print version of the course only. It contains
module includes an optional project that teachers may assign
all of the media included in the online course.
to students.
Each module has a module test, and two versions of each test
are available. The module tests are modeled after the
Module 1: Measurement Systems
provincial exam.
Section 1: Metric System
To earn credit for FMP 10, students must write a provincial
Section 2: Imperial System
exam. The exam is worth 20% of the student’s final grade.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 1: Measurement and its Applications
Module 2: Measurement in Action
Section 1: Systems of Measurement; Personal Referents;
Section 1: Measuring Using Measurement Instruments; Measurement
Section 2: Area Conversions
Section 2: Surface area of 3-D Objects; Volume of 3-D
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Objects; Surface Area and Volume Problem
Solving
Module 3: Geometry and Trigonometry Section 3: Introduction to Trigonometry; Solving Right
Section 1: Angles Triangle Problems
Section 2: Triangles and Other Polygons Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Section 3: Trigonometry I
Section 4: Trigonometry II
Module 2: Algebra and Number
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Section 1: Factors and Multiples; Square Roots and Cube
Roots; Irrational Numbers
Section 2: Mixed and Entire Radicals; Integral Exponents;
Rational Exponents

95
Section 3: Multiplying Binomials; Multiplying Polynomials; Module 1: Number Concepts & Operations: Data in tables,
Common Factors; Factoring Trinomials; Factoring real number system, irrational numbers, solving
Special Trinomials problems, creating tables, operations with rational
exponents, radicals
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Test 1
Module 3: Relations and Functions
Module 2: Measurement: Surface area and volume of a
Section 1: Interpreting and sketching graphs; Relations; sphere, linear scale factors, law of sines, law of
Functions cosines
Section 2: Slope; Slope as a Rate of Change
Test 2
Section 3: Linear relations; Properties of Linear Functions;
Slope-Intercept Form; General Form; Graphing Module 3: 2D and 3D Shapes and Objects: Distance between
Linear Functions points, midpoints, rise, run and slope, equations
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. of lines, parallel and perpendicular lines
Test 3
Module 4: Linear Equations and Systems
Module 4: Variables and Equations: Factoring polynomials,
Section 1: Writing Linear Equations; Parallel and multiplication and division of polynomials, opera-
Perpendicular Lines; Applications of Linear tions with rational expressions, non permissible
Equations; Function Notation values, solving rational equations
Section 2: Modeling Linear Systems; Solving Linear Systems
by Graphing; Solving Linear Systems by Test 4
Substitution; Solving Linear Systems by
Elimination Module 5: Patterns and Relations: Linear and non- linear
Section 3: Number of Solutions of a Linear System; Solving data, using functions to represent data, relations
Problems Using Linear Systems and functions, function notation, domain and
range of relations, linear functions, direct and
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. partial variation, arithmetic sequences, general
terms and sums, geometric sequences
The resources for this course are:
Test 5
Foundations and Pre-calculus
Mathematics 10 (Pearson) TBA Module 6: Data Analysis and Probability: Sampling tech-
FMP 10 Media CD (for print version niques, inferences, probability and expectations,
only) TBA expected values and decisions
Supplies provided by students: Test 6
ruler (in both metric and imperial measurements)
protractor The resources for this course are:
scientific calculator
TLE set of CD-ROMs (3)
Student Refresher
Distance Education User’s Guide
Principles of Math 10 (TLE), version 01 Contact your Distance Education School to order.
(4 credits) [MA10]
(Graduation Exam Required for Students in Principles of Mathematics 11, version 04
2004 Graduation Program—exam worth 20% (4 credits) [MA11]
of final grade [see page 40])
The student must supply a scientific calculator
SOME SCHOOLS MAY NOT OFFER THIS PROGRAM. (one with Cos, Sin, and Tan keys). In Modules 2
The Learning Equation Math 10 uses 3 CD-ROMs and 3, either a graphing calculator or a Web-based
to deliver all coursework in an interactive and graphing tool are options which will assist the
user friendly self-paced mathematics program. student to some extent.
There are 6 modules in the course, with a number For Module 4, a graphing calculator is required.
of lessons in each module covering specific con- Instruction is provided in the course for using the
tent. Students can revisit lessons, review concepts TI-83 model, but other graphing calculator models
and check their progress at any time. Teachers can from Sharp, Casio, and Hewlett-Packard may be
also check student progress. used. If the student has a graphing calculator for
Assessment is based on the tests that follow each of the mod- the entire course, it will also serve as a scientific
ules (6 tests), and on the student notes. calculator so a separate scientific calculator will
not be needed.
It is recommended that students complete:
• Principles of Mathematics 10

96
This is an academic mathematics course leading to post- Principles of Math 11 (TLE), version 01
secondary programs. Its focus is on algebraic and geometric
problem solving.
(4 credits) [MA11]
The TLE CD is used for instruction. The computer
Module 1: Wage-Earner Math and Mathematics 10 keeps track of all of the CD work in a student
Review record file on the computer. This file is emailed to
the teacher after each module.
Section 1: Consumer Mathematics—income, cheque books,
After each lesson on the CD the student com-
credit buying, investments pletes work from the Student Refresher book in a
Section 2: Mathematics 10 Review—powers and exponents, separate Duotang. The Duotang is mailed to the
radical expressions, rational expressions, functions instructor after the completion of each module.
and relations
The Student Record file and the Student Refresher
There is no test in Module 1. work are worth 40% of the course mark.
After a section is completed the student will take
Module 2: Algebra an LXR online test. These tests are worth 60% of
Section 1: Quadratic Functions and their applications. the course mark.
Section 2: Solving equations graphically and by factoring; This course follows the provincial IRPs found at
the quadratic equation; radical, rational, and http://www.bced.gov.bc.ca/irp/irp.htm
absolute value equations.
The main topics in the course:
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Problem Solving Number (Number Concepts)
Module 3: Geometry and Trigonometry Number (Number Operations)
Section 1: Circle Geometry Patterns and Relations (Patterns)
Section 2: Trigonometry of angles from 0 to 180 degrees; Patterns and Relations (Variables and Equations)
solving triangles; sine law ambiguous case. Shape and Space (Measurement)
Section 3: Analytic Geometry I—Circle graphs; distances Shape and Space (3-D Objects and 2-D Shapes)
from points to lines; solving systems of equations Shape and Space (Transformations)
containing two and three variables.
Section 4: Analytic Geometry II—Applications of systems; Module 1: Number
Graphing inequations and finding their solution Section 1: Number Operations: Consumer skills that are
sets; Co-ordinate geometry proofs. involved in financial problems like salaries, bud-
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. gets, investments and loans are developed in this
section.
Module 4: Logic and Higher Order Functions
Module 2: Patterns and Relations
Section 1: Logic and proof—Statements, counterpositives,
negation, the nature of proofs. Section 1: Patterns: Mathematical Reasoning and Logic are
Section 2: Functions—Higher order functions, function the main topics.
operations, remainder and factor theorems, Section 2: Variables and Equations: In this section you will
polynomial and rational functions. develop skills in Linear and Non Linear equations.
Section 3: Graphing Calculator Functions—Features, graph Section 3: Relations and Functions: This is the major section
and solve polynomials, graph rational functions. in Math 11. The parabola, which is a quadratic
function is explored in depth along with polyno-
Module 4 Test covers the work of Modules 2, 3, and 4. mial, rational, radical and absolute value
functions.
The student will also need graph paper, protractor,
and a simple pair of compasses or a circle Module 3: Shape and Space
template for drawing circles.
Section 1: Measurement: A one lesson section dealing with
No textbook is required for this course. the ambiguous case of triangles.
Section 2: 3-D Objects and 2-D Shapes: Using the coordinate
plane as a platform, lines and points are explored
along with the properties of Circle geometry.

The resources for this course are:

TLE set of CD-ROMs (3)
Student Refresher
Distance Education User’s Guide

Contact your Distance Education School to order.

97
Applications of Mathematics 11, version 01 Module 1: Income and Debt
(4 credits) [AMA11] Section 1: Review of Basic Calculations and Calculator Use
Section 2: Income
Section 3: Debt
Students will require a graphing calculator.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Students will also require the use of a computer

with a spreadsheet program. Module 2: Measurement and Graphs
Section 1: Measurement Technology
This course is accepted as a Grade 11 mathematics credit for Section 2: Relations and Formulas
graduation and for entrance to some college programs. It is Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
currently accepted for only a few Simon Fraser programs (Arts
and Communication only), and is not accepted at the
University of British Columbia or the University of Victoria. Module 3: Statistics and Probability
Section 1: Interpreting Statistical Graphs
Module 1: Section 2: Measures of Central Tendency
Section 3: Applications of Probability
Section 1: Graphing and Systems of Equations
Section 2: Linear Programming Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Module 4: Personal Finance
Module 2: Section 1: Owning and Operating a Vehicle
Section 2: Personal Income Tax
Section 1: Nonlinear Functions Section 3: Elements of a Business Plan
Section 2: Data Management and Analysis
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
There is no textbook for this course.
Module 3: The resource for this course is:
Section 1: Personal Finance Module 1 Payroll Tables (JEMA11E1)
Section 2: Budgets and Investments (7540003493) $11.00
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Supplies provided by students:
Metric and Imperial Measure Ruler
Module 4: Graph Paper
Section 1: Geometry
Section 2: Precision Measurement Note: Internet access is useful but not essential.
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Principles of Mathematics 12, version 06
Essentials of Mathematics 11, version 01 (4 credits) [MA12]
(4 credits) [EMA11] (Provincial Exam Required for Some Post-
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final
Students will require a scientific calculator. grade [see page 40])
The student must supply a graphing calculator for
It is recommended that students complete: this course. Some instruction is provided in the
• Grade 10 or equivalent with a good foundation in course for using the TI-83 model, but other
mathematics graphing calculator models from Sharp, Casio,
and Hewlett-Packard may be used. A separate
In order to meet the challenges of society, high school scientific calculator may also be used, although
graduates must be numerate. Students studying Essentials of the graphing calculator alone is sufficient for most
Mathematics 11 will have opportunities to improve their students.
numeracy skills and concepts, and will study mathematical
concepts useful in daily life, business, industry, and govern- It is recommended that students complete:
ment. Students need to be able to use mathematics not just in • Principles of Mathematics 11
their work lives, but in their personal lives as citizens and
consumers. It is intended that students will learn to value
mathematics and become confident in their mathematical
abilities.

98
This is an academic mathematics course leading to post- Principles of Mathematics 12 (Online),
secondary programs, particularly in science, computer
science, and engineering. Its focus is on mathematical
version 01 (4 credits) [MA12]
problem solving using a variety of skills learned in this and in (Provincial Exam Required for Some Post-
prior academic mathematics courses. Another aim is to Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final
prepare students to write the Grade 12 Provincial
Examination. There is a supplementary exam preparation
grade [see page 40])
package available.
This online course is designed to prepare students for the BC
Provincial Exam in Principles of Mathematics 12. Students
Module 1: Functions will require a computer, printer, Internet access, a graphing
Section 1: Review of Mathematics 11 calculator, and the Addison-Wesley Mathematics 12 textbook
Section 2: Transformations for practice exercises.

Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Students use headphones/speakers to hear narration and
explanation while the material is presented online. Students
Students must bring a graphing calculator to have complete control over the pace at which they learn the
all module tests and the Provincial Exam. lesson—lessons can be paused, resumed, and repeated using
simple navigation buttons. Examples are interactive with ani-
Module 2: Trigonometry mated step-by-step flash and video whiteboard solutions.

Section 1: Trigonometric Functions

Section 2: Graphs of Trigonometric functions Module 1
Section 2: Trigonometric Identities
Section 4: Problem Solving Unit 1: Transformations
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Lesson 1: Some Functions and Their Graphs
Lesson 2: Translating Graphs of Functions
Lesson 3: Reflecting Graphs of Functions
Module 3: Exponential Functions and Series Lesson 4: Compressing and Expanding Graphs of Functions
Section 1: Exponential Functions and Geometric Series Lesson 5: Combining Transformations of Functions
Section 2: Logarithmic Functions Lesson 6: Reciprocal Transformations of Functions
Section 3: Exponential Graphs and Applications Lesson 7: The Absolute Value Function

Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Unit 2: Conics

Lesson 1: Introducing Conic Sections
Module 4: Permutations, Combinations, and Lesson 2: Graphing Circles and Rectangular Hyperbolas
Probability Lesson 3: Expanding and Compressing Graphs of Conic
Section 1: Permutations and Combinations Sections
Section 2: Probability Lesson 4: Translating Graphs of Conic Sections
Section 3: Provincial Exam Practice Lesson 5: The Equation of a Conic Section in General Form
Lesson 6: The Equation of a Conic Section in Standard Form
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Module 2
The resources for this course are:
Theory and Problems for Senior High Math Unit 3: Exponents and Logarithms/Geometric Series
(Crescent Beach Publishers) (MA1205J) Lesson 1: Review The Laws of Exponents
(7540001313) Optional $40.00 Lesson 2: Solving Equations Involving Exponents
Principles of Mathematics 12 Exam Lesson 3: Defining a Logarithm
Preparation Package (7540003648) 28.00 Lesson 4: Laws of Logarithms
Lesson 5: Solving Exponential and Logarithmic Equations
Supplies provided by students: Lesson 6: Logarithmic Identities
Graph paper for some exercises Lesson 7: Introduction to Exponential Functions
Lesson 8: Applications of Exponential Functions Part I
Lesson 9: Applications of Exponential Functions Part II
Lesson 10: Graphs of Exponential Functions
Lesson 11: Geometric Sequences
Lesson 12: Geometric Series
Lesson 13: Infinite Geometric Series
Lesson 14: Sigma Notation
Lesson 15: Graphing Logarithmic Functions

99
Module 3 Upon registration, students are assigned a personalized user-
name and password in order to access the course material
Unit 4: Circular Functions online.
Lesson 1: Radian Measure—Angles in Standard Position This course is suited for students who will continue their
Lesson 2: Sine and Cosine Function of Angles in Standard studies in math and science at a post-secondary institution.
Position Reference Angle
Lesson 3: Sine and Cosine Functions of Special Angles
Lesson 4: Graphing Sine and Cosine Functions Calculus 12, version 01 (4 credits GP1995)
Lesson 5: Transformations of Trigonometric Functions Part I
Lesson 6: Transformations of Trigonometric Functions Part II [CALC12]
Lesson 7: Transformations of Trigonometric Functions
Part III You must have a graphing calculator for this
Lesson 8: Modeling Real Situations using Trigonometric course. A programmable scientific calculator is
Functions also helpful. The final exam requires you to bring
Lesson 9: The Tangent Function a graphing calculator that does not have a
Lesson 10: Graphing the Tangent Function QWERTY keyboard, or any external devices like
Lesson 11: Reciprocal Trigonometric Functions memory cards or a printer.

Unit 5: Trigonometric Equations and Identities It is recommended that students complete:

• Principles of Mathematics 12 with at least a C+ standing
Lesson 1: Solving Trigonometric Equations using a Graphing
Calculator This course will teach you the essentials of a branch of
Lesson 2: Solving Trigonometric Equations Without using a Mathematics called Calculus. You will learn what derivatives
Graphing Calculator are, how to calculate some of them, and some of their
Lesson 3: Trigonometric Identities Part I applications. Similarly, you will learn about the flip-side of
Lesson 4: Trigonometric Identities Part II calculus—what integrals are and how to use them. Through-
Lesson 5: Sum and Difference Identities out, the emphasis will be on the application of these
Lesson 6: Double Angle Identities concepts.

Module 4
Module 1: Functions and Derivatives
Unit 6: Permutations and Combinations Section 1: Relations and functions; Graphing techniques;
Lesson 1: The Fundamental Counting Principles Absolute value; Point-slope form of a line
Lesson 2: Permutations Involving Different Objects Section 2: Tangent and sectant lines; Position and velocity;
Lesson 3: Permutations Involving Identical Objects Rates of change; Definition of a derivative
Lesson 4: Combinations Section 3: Limit of a function; One-sided limits; Continuity;
Lesson 5: Pascal’s Triangle and the Binomial Theorem Limit properties; Indeterminate forms
Section 4: Rules for differentiation: polynomials, product,
Unit 7: Probability quotient, and power rules; Composition of
functions
Lesson 1: Probability Terminology and Notation
Lesson 2: Mutually Exclusive Events: The Event A or B Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Lesson 3: Conditional Probability and The Event A and B
Lesson 4: Problems Involving Conditional Probability Module 2: Properties and Derivatives
Lesson 5: Problems Involving Permutations and
Combinations Section 1: Implicit differentiation; Velocity and acceleration
Lesson 6: Using the Binomial Theorem to Calculate Section 2: Tangent line approximation; Newton’s method
Probabilities Section 3: Related rates; Maximum and minimum values;
Optimization problems
Unit 8: Statistics Section 4: Relative extreme; Vertical asymptotes; Horizontal
asymptotes
Lesson 1: Descriptive Measures of Data in Statistics and Section 5: Graphing overview; Concavity; Miscellaneous
Distributions graphing techniques; Other graphing problems
Lesson 2: Probability of Binomial and Normal Distributions
Lesson 3: The Standard Normal Distribution Module 2 Test covers the work of Modules 1 and 2.
Lesson 4: The Normal Approximation to the Binomial
Distribution Module 3: Trigonometric Derivatives

Assignments and tests are paper-based and sent to the instruc- Section 1: Trigonometry review; Trigonometric limits;
tor for marking and feedback. There is typically one Derivatives of sine and cosine
assignment per unit that students will print from the website, Section 2: Derivatives of other trig functions; Applications;
complete, and send to their instructor for marking. There are Inverse functions, arcsine and arctangent;
4, non-cumulative module tests. Derivatives of arcsine and arctangent

100
Section 3: Exponential and logarithmic functions review;
The fundamental exponential limit, and the
natural logarithmic and exponential functions;
Music
Derivatives of logarithmic functions
Section 4: Derivatives of exponential functions;
Applications; Logarithmic differentiation Music Composition and Technology 11,
Section 5: Another look at limits; L’Hôpital’s Rule; Mean version 01 (4 credits) [MCT11]
Value theorem
Module 3 Test covers the work of Modules 1, 2 and 3. Recommended: Previous Musical Experience

MCT 11 is comprised of three Modules; the first two Modules

Module 4: Integral Calculus use an interactive CD program titled “Essentials of Music
Section 1: Calculating antiderivatives; Position, velocity, and Theory” (EMT) and have six sections and a test. The third
acceleration—a new look; Differential equations Module has four sections and a Final Project.
Section 2: Approximating area; Riemann sums; The
fundamental theorem of calculus; The definite EMT starts at the beginning (“These 5 lines are called a
integral Staff…”) and continues through harmonizing and composing
Section 3: Properties of the definite integral; Area between melodies on to learning the 12-bar blues. Each section has an
curves; Mean value of a function extensive ear-training portion so the student can develop
Section 4: Integration by substitution; Integration by parts; listening skills to hear the myriad of sounds that comprise
Volumes of revolution-disk/washer method and music. The final Module consists of student music
shell method of volumes with known cross composition and exploring music history by way of audio
sections CD’s and the Internet.

Module 4 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE. A deep interest in the musical process is the most important
prerequisite to learn this language of musical creation. Some
No textbook is required for this course. musical experience (private music lessons, Band, Orchestra,
Choral Singing, etc.) will make the course easier.

Use of an interactive CD (for either PC or Mac)

and internet access is required.

Module 1:
Section 1: From EMT (Essentials of Music Theory)
Volume 1: The Treble, Bass, and Grand Staffs;
Notes and Pitches; Ledger Lines; Note and Rest
Values; 4/4 Time Signature.
Section 2: From EMT Volume 1: 2/4 and 3/4 Time
Signatures; Dotted half and Quarter Notes; Ties
and Slurs; The Repeat Sign; First and Second
Endings; Eighth Notes and Rests.
Section 3: From EMT Volume 1: Dynamic, Tempo and
Articulation Markings; DC., D.S., Coda, and Fine;
Flats, Sharps, and Naturals; Whole and Half Steps;
Enharmonic Notes.
Section 4: From EMT Volume 2: Tetrachords and Major
Scales; Sharp Scales and Key Signatures; Flat Scales
and Key Signatures; Chromatic Scales; Intervals;
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE Circle of Fifths.

FOR (NOTE: After Section 4, students will be instructed to down-

load “NotePad” notation software. The remainder of
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program. Module 1 and all of Module 2 will tutor students in the use of
this computer program and it will be used in most of the
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students. send-ins for the rest of the course.)
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at Section 5: From EMT Volume 2: Perfect, Major, Minor,
their neighbourhood school taking a Augmented, and Diminished Intervals; Solfege
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school. and Transposition; Sixteenth Notes and Rests;
Dotted Eighth Notes; Common and “Cut” (Alla
Call your Distance Education School for Breve) Time.
details.

101
Section 6: From EMT Volume 2: 3/8 and 6/8 Time Signatures Online Guitar Music 8–12, version 01
at Slow and Fast Tempos; Eighth Note Triplets;
“Pick-up Notes” and Syncopation; Primary and These programs can be started at any grade, at any time,
Major Triads; Scale Degree Names; The V7 although starting at Music 8 will provide the most complete
(Dominant 7th) chord. Guitar performance technique.
Test 1 covers the work of Module 1.
Introduction to Guitar (Online Classroom 6):
Module 2: A Short “Exploration” Course
Section 1: From EMT Volume 3: Triads in 1st and 2nd
Inversions; The V7 Chord in 1st, 2nd and 3rd Enrol through your Distance Education School. For more
Inversions; The Figured Bass; Chord Progressions. information, visit the Music Educators Institute Website at
Section 2: From EMT Volume 3: Natural, Harmonic, and www.meicanada.com.
Melodic Minor Scales; Minor, Augmented, and This course is the first part of classroom one and the first part
Diminished Triads. of classroom two. It is designed for situations where only one
Section 3: From EMT Volume 3: Primary Triads in Minor course is wanted. It covers basic chording and sight-reading
Keys; Chord Progressions in Minor Keys; Modes skills and elements of music. It does not include the written
Related to Major and Minor Keys. assignments that the other classrooms have and thus is a
Section 4: From EMT Volume 3: Harmonizing a Melody in a shorter class. It is perfect for leisure beginner guitar, or
Major Key; Broken Chords and Arpeggiated situations where the emphasis is on learning basic music
Accompaniments; Passing and Neighbouring skills on a beginner guitar level rather than a graduated
Tones; Composing a Melody in a Major Key. course of learning more advanced skills.
Section 5: From EMT Volume 3: Harmonizing a Melody;
Composing a Melody in a Minor Key; The 12-Bar
Blues Chord Progressions; The Blues Scale. Music 8 (Online Classroom 1):
Section 6: From EMT volume 3: Basic Musical Forms and Basic Chords and Strumming [MMU08]
Motive and Phrase; AB (Binary), ABA (Ternary),
and Rondo Forms. Enrol through your Distance Education School. For more
Test 2 covers the work of Module 2 information, visit the Music Educators Institute Website at
www.meicanada.com.
Module 3: This course covers all the information a beginning guitar
player needs to know to become familiar with the
Section 1: Using “NotePad” to Compose and Harmonize a instrument. The 18 most often used chords are taught and
Melody in a Major Key; Compose and Harmonize the melody lines are written in tablature, which is the most
a Melody in a Minor Key. common form of writing for guitar. Basic strum patterns are
Section 2: Compose and Harmonize a 12-Bar Blues Using introduced also. This comprehensive course is perfect for
Lyrics in Iambic Pentameter. learning the fundamentals of playing guitar.
Section 3: Using Internet Resources and Audio CD to
Research Famous Composers. Included in this course are:
Section 4: Using Internet Resources to Create the Elements of Rhythm
Autobiography of Your Favourite Famous Elements of Expression
Composer and His/Her New Best Friend. Form and the Principles of Design
Thoughts, Images, Feelings
Final Project: (in place of a test) Composing a Piece of Music Self and Community
as Your Favourite Famous Composer. Historical and Cultural

The resources for this course are: • All the required materials are available online.

Essentials of Music Theory

CD-ROM Set $110.00
Music 9 (Online Classroom 2):
Essentials of Music Theory Music sight-reading and elements [MMU08]
Workbook 23.00
Essentials of Music Theory Enrol through your Distance Education School. For more
User’s Guide 5.00 information, visit the Music Educators Institute Website at
Discover Classical Music www.meicanada.com.
2 Audio CD set 20.00 This course covers the elements of musicianship. Music nota-
tion is the traditional way of communicating music ideas.
The course covers how to read music, play it on the guitar
and prepares the student to be a proficient sight-reader. The
elements of timing and playing in various keys are also
taught. The many details relating to this topic are demon-
strated in a clear manner.

102
The written assignments include these topics: Topics in this course include:
Elements of Rhythm Elements of Rhythm
Elements of Expression Elements of Expression
Form and the Principles of Design Form and the Principles of Design
Thoughts, Images, Feelings Thoughts, Images, Feelings
Self and Community Self and Community
Historical and Cultural Historical and Cultural
Applications and Technology
• All the required materials are available online.
• All the required materials are available online.
Instrumental Music 10: Guitar
(Online Classroom 3) Elements of music Instrumental Music 12: Guitar
theory, ear training, and improvising (Online Classroom 5) Classical Repertoire
(4 credits) [MGR10] and Open Tunings for Guitar (4 credits)
[IMG12]
Enrol through your Distance Education School. For more
information, visit the Music Educators Institute Website at Enrol through your Distance Education School. For more
www.meicanada.com. information, visit the Music Educators Institute Website at
Music Theory explains why things sound the way they do www.meicanada.com.
and organizes music into clearly defined areas. Ear training is This course has the most popular repertoire for Classical
a means of developing the ear to hear subtle differences in guitar written in Tablature. In addition, this course
music. Improvising is the ability to make up musical phrases demonstrates the more popular open tunings and gives ample
instantly. A basic introduction to each of these areas of music material to practice them (advanced players frequently tune
is taught in this course. the guitar in various open tunings).

Included in this course are: Topics in this course include:

Elements of Rhythm Elements of Rhythm
Elements of Expression Elements of Expression
Form and the Principles of Design Form and the Principles of Design
Thoughts, Images, Feelings Thoughts, Images, Feelings
Self and Community Self and Community
Historical and Cultural Historical and Cultural
Applications and Technology
• All the required materials are available online.
• All the required materials are available online.
Instrumental Music 11: Guitar
(Online Classroom 4) Overview of the Information about evaluation for all the
12-bar chord progression, roots of modern Online Guitar Courses:
music (4 credits) [IMG11]
Students have access to teacher support at any time via email.
Enrol through your Distance Education School. For more There are two exams. Both have an online portion (given via
information, visit the Music Educators Institute Website at special software to insure the integrity of the exams) and a
www.meicanada.com. written portion.
Most of our modern music stems from styles relating to Blues The written portions of the exam can be sent via mail or
music concepts. From Jazz, country, and Rock n’ Roll to the email.
latest music fads, the concepts taught in this course promote
The performance part of the exam can be accomplished over
performance of modern music. This broad spectrum of
the phone or through any recording device (cassette, audio
stylings is taught in relation to its roots. Chord shapes, pro-
disc, MP3, etc.) then sent by either email or mail.
gressions, rhythm patterns, and other essentials are taught.

This course goes into a detailed study of playing guitar in

relation to modern music: Jazz, Blues, Rock, Pop, and related
styles originating from the 12-bar stylings.

103
 Physical Education Daily Physical Activity
Physical Education 8, version 02 [MPE08] Daily Physical Activity (DPA) is a Ministry of Education
requirement for every BC school-aged student from
Physical Education 9, version 02 [MPE09] Kindergarten to Grade Twelve. DPA refers to physical activity
Physical Education 10, version 02 (4 credits) that people do on a daily basis. Grades K–9 are required to do
[PE10] 30 minutes of activity per day. Grades 10–12 require
150 minutes per week.
NOTE: PE programs will vary in different Distance Students who successfully meet the minimum requirement
Education Schools. Online PE courses are available. for their grade level will receive a comment of “Meeting
The purpose of this course is to encourage regular, enjoyable Requirement” on term and final report cards.
physical activity that contributes to a healthy body and Time spent in PE may be reported as DPA. On days when a
mind. Students use the guidelines presented in the course student does not participate in a PE program, participation in
material to select their own activities, which might range DPA is required.
from something as simple as walking the dog to participation
in team sports. Contact your local school for information on recording your
DPA.
In addition to the physical activity component of the pro-
gram, there are written assignments and active lifestyle
readings.
Topics covered include:
• Active Living
• Movement
• Personal and Social Responsibility
CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
There are no tests or textbooks required for this course. Continuous enrolment in courses is a
feature of BC Distance Education
Physical Education 11/12, Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
version 02 (4 credits) [PE11 and PE12] to register prior to September 30th to
NOTE: PE programs will vary in different Distance ensure your greatest range of program
Education Schools. Online PE courses are available. choices but we welcome students to
The aim of physical education is to enable all students to apply any time during the 12-month
enhance their quality of life through active living. In these calendar year.
courses, students will participate in continuous physical activ-
ity (minimum of 80 hours), become knowledgeable about
sports etiquette and fair play, prevention and treatment of
Please visit individual Distance
injuries, and complete personal skills analysis. Education Schools on page 2 of this
The course assignments are grouped into three curriculum book.
organizers:
1. Active Living
2. Movement
3. Personal and Social Responsibility
a. Leadership
COURSES ARE TUITION-FREE
b. Community Involvement FOR
• All students enrolled directly in a DE program.
• Cross-enrolled Grade 10, 11, or 12 students.
• Grade 8 or 9 students registered at
their neighbourhood school taking a
Grade 10, 11, or 12 course at a DE school.
Call your Distance Education School for
details.

104
 Science
Science 8 (Online and Print), version 04 Module 4: Earth Science: All About Water
[MSC08] Section 1: Water: Distribution, Cycles, and Currents
Section 2: Water and Ice: Shaping Landscapes
It is recommended that students complete: Section 3: Life in Aquatic Environments
• Grade 7 standing
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Science 8 meets all the learning outcomes of the Ministry of
The resources for this course are:
Education’s IRP.
Science 8 offers exploration of life, physical, and earth BC Science Probe 8 (Nelson)
sciences and is designed for self-paced independent learners (7540005170) $100.00
as well as students in regular classrooms. Course modules, OR BC Science 8 (McGraw-Hill Ryerson)
and sections within the modules, may be taken in any order, (7540005169) 90.00
as each is independent of the others. Science Kit (for Modules 1 and 2)
(7540005168) 5.00
Science 8 is available in print or online delivery formats. Science Orientation Skills Package
Online students have access to interactive multimedia (7540005167) Optional 20.00
components. Print-based students may access these too Science 8 Media CD Optional
through a companion CD-ROM; this is optional but highly (7540005171) 35.00
recommended. In addition, the course website has useful
links that students may access although this is not required
for course completion. Science 9 (Online and Print), version 05
Each module has a module test. However, teachers may [MSC09]
choose to assign the module project in lieu of the test for any
module. Students should check with their teacher to see It is recommended that students complete:
which the teacher has assigned, the test or the project. • Science 8

Students are encouraged to learn-by-doing by completing the Science 9 meets all the learning outcomes of the Ministry of
“Try it Out” activities throughout the course. In addition, Education’s IRP.
students are introduced to formal labs and are expected to Science 9 offers exploration of life, physical, and space
follow a standard format as taught in the Science Orientation sciences and is designed for self-paced independent learners
Skills (SOS) Package. This package presents key concepts such as well as students in regular classrooms. Course modules,
as scientific literacy, methodology, and safety as well as guide- and sections within the modules, may be taken in any order,
lines and examples of lab reports, research strategies and as each is independent of the others.
formulas. It can be used throughout grades 8, 9, and 10 as a
reference manual (available in print and online). Science 9 is available in print or online delivery formats.
Online students have access to interactive multimedia
Either textbook BC Science 8 (McGraw-Hill) or BC Science components. Print-based students may access these too
Probe 8 (Nelson) can be used for this course. through a companion CD-ROM; this is optional but highly
recommended. In addition, the course website has useful
Module 1: Life Science: Cells and Systems links that students may access although this is not required
for course completion.
Section 1: All About Cells
Section 2: Your Body’s Systems Each module has a module test. However, teachers may
Section 3: The Defence Systems choose to assign the module project in lieu of the test for any
module. Students should check with their teacher to see
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. which the teacher has assigned, the test or the project.
Students should have access to the Science Orientation Skills
Module 2: Physical Science: Optics (SOS) Package. This package presents key concepts such as
Section 1: Waves and the Electromagnetic Spectrum scientific literacy, methodology, and safety as well as guide-
Section 2: Light, Mirrors, and Lenses lines and examples of lab reports, research strategies, and
Section 3: Human Vision formulas. It is available in both print and online formats.

Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Either textbook BC Science 9 (McGraw-Hill) or BC Science
Probe 9 (Nelson) can be used for this course.

Module 3: Physical Science: Fluids and Dynamics

Section 1: States of Matter and the Kinetic Molecular Theory
Section 2: Density
Section 3: The Concept of Force
Section 4: Fluids
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
105
Module 1: Life Science: Cells and Reproduction In Science 10, the skills, processes and attitudes of science are
woven into three main areas: Life Science, Physical Science,
Section 1: The Cell: Building Blocks of Information
and Earth and Space Science. Science 10 is designed for self-
Section 2: Dive into Cell Division
paced independent learners as well as students in regular
Section 3: Reproductive Technology classrooms. Course modules may be taken in any order, as
Section 4: Reproduction—Sexual and Asexual each is independent of the others.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Science 10 is available in print or online delivery formats. The
Science 10 Media CD is a required resource for the print
Module 2: Physical Science: Exploring the Colours of course. It contains all the multimedia available in the online
Chemistry course, including animations, video demonstrations and
interactive activities. In addition, the course website has
Section 1: Discovering the Atom
useful links that students may access for further information
Section 2: Presenting—the Periodic Table!
on a variety of related topics. Access to the course website is
Section 3: Exploring Types of Chemicals
not required for course completion.
Section 4: Properties of Matter
Students should have access to the Science Orientation Skills
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. (SOS) Package, which is available in print and online formats.
This package presents key concepts such as scientific literacy,
Module 3: Physical Science: Take Charge! Electricity methodology, and safety as well as guidelines and examples
Section 1: Creating Electricity of lab reports, research strategies and formulas.
Section 2: Controlling Electricity Each module has a module test. In addition to the module
Section 3: Ohm’s Law and Circuitry tests, Modules 1 and 5 have module projects.
Section 4: Using Electricity
There is no textbook required for this course.
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Module 1: Plate Tectonics
Module 4: Space Science: A Journey Through Space
Section 1: Tectonics and the Earth’s Heat
Section 1: The Universe and the Solar System Section 2: Complex Tectonic Plate Boundaries
Section 2: The Earth and the Moon
Section 3: Technology: Moving Space Exploration Forward Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Section 4: Space Travel
Module 2: Chemistry
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Section 1: Atomic Theory and Bonding
Section 2: Acid-Base Chemistry
The resources for this course are:
Section 3: Organic Chemistry
BC Science Probe 9 (Nelson) Section 4: Chemical Reactions
(7540005273) $100.00 Section 5: Radioactivity
OR BC Science 9 (McGraw-Hill Ryerson) Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
(7540005272) 85.00
Science Kit (for Module 3)
(7540005274) 80.00 Module 3: Energy, Weather, and Climate Change
Science Orientation Skills Package Section 1: It’s All About Energy
(7540005167) Optional 20.00 Section 2: Wind and Weather
Science 9 Media CD Optional Section 3: Climate Change
(7540005269) 30.00 Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

Science 10 (Online and Print), version 04 Module 4: Physics of Motion

(4 credits) [SC10] Section 1: Uniform Motion
(Graduation Exam Required for Students in Section 2: Acceleration
2004 Graduation Program—exam worth 20% Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
of final grade [see page 40])
Module 5: Sustainability of Ecosystems
It is recommended that students complete: Section 1: Ecosystem Components and Interactions
• Science 9 or equivalent Section 2: Cycles of Life
Section 3: A Look at Our Biosphere
Science 10 meets all the learning outcomes of the Ministry of Section 4: Contamination of Ecosystems
Education’s IRP. Section 5: Struggle for Survival

106
 The resources for this course are: Module 7: The Universe
Science 10 Lab Kit (for Modules 2 and 3) Topic O: Observing the Universe
(7540005429) $50.00
Science Orientation Skills Package Test 2 covers the work in Modules 4–7.
(7540005167) Optional 20.00
The resources for this course are:
Science 10 Media CD (optional for
online, required for print) (7540005425) 30.00 *Foundations of Earth Science Lutgens
and Tarbuck. Prentice Hall, (ES1102)
Earth Science 11 (Online), version 02 (7540001252) $100.00
(4 credits) [ESC11] State of the Environment, CD-ROM
(ES1103) (7540001124) 10.00
Earth Science 11 is an introduction to the diverse
*This required textbook is out of print. We are
aspects of earth and space science. Since field and
trying to obtain permission to reproduce the text-
laboratory work are essential components of an
book, but in the meantime, you should check
earth science course, the course puts an emphasis
your local library or book store to obtain a copy of
on virtual field trips and subject related investigations using
this book.
resources available on the Internet.
Earth Science is a Web-based applied science course that
introduces geology and other Earth sciences—ecology, Biology 11, version 04 (4 credits) [BI11]
oceanography, atmospheric science, and astronomy—with an
emphasis on relevance to British Columbia and each student’s It is recommended that students complete:
region and interests. The course is designed to enable you to • Science 10 or equivalent
meet all of the outcomes listed in BC’s Earth Science 11 cur- This course is challenging. Students who enrol should be
riculum. seriously interested in the study of life. Expensive and fragile
If you like learning about our planet, this course will be an equipment and supplies must be handled with respect and
interesting way to obtain Grade 11 science-course credit maturity. The student will conduct simple but interesting and
toward graduation. If you are considering an earth science as thought-provoking experiments.
an academic field, career, or a vocation, this course will also In general the topics include:
give you the basis for an informed decision. 1. Basic cell biology
2. Principles of ecology
Module 1: Rocks, Minerals, and Mining 3. Classification
4. Plant and animal diversity
Topic A: Rocks and Minerals 5. Biological environmental problems
Topic B: Mining and History 6. Critical study of prebiotic, and biotic evolution
Topic C: Mining and Economics
Module 1: Fundamentals
Module 2: External Earth
Section 1: Introduction to Biology
Topic D: Deep Caves Section 2: The Chemical Basis of Life
Topic E: Landslides Section 3: Research Project
Topic F: Hydro Power Section 4: Microbiology
Topic G: Glaciers
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 3: Internal Earth
Module 2: Ecology and Taxonomy
Topic H: Earthquakes
Topic I: Volcanoes Section 1: Introduction to Ecology
Section 2: Ecosystems
Test 1 covers the work in Modules 1–3. Section 3: Taxonomy
Section 4: Blue-Green Algae and Protists
Module 4: Eons and Ecology Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Topic J: Radioactive Dating
Topic K: Fossils Module 3: Seed Plants, Animals and Evolution
Topic L: State of the Environment
Section 1: Seed Plants
Module 5: The Ocean Section 2: “Lower” Animals Invertebrates
Section 3: Arthropods (Invertebrates) and Chordates
Topic M: Fisheries and Aquaculture (Vertebrates)
Section 4: Mechanisms of Evolution
Module 6: The Atmosphere Section 5: Evolutionary History
Topic N: Climate and Weather Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

107
 The resources for this course are: Module 4: Human Biology 2
Section 1: Nervous System
Biology 11 Kit A Set for Mod 1 & 2
Section 2: Urinary System
(JBI11KA3) (7540001182) $111.00
Section 3: Reproduction
Biology 11 Kit B Set for Mod 3 (JBI11KB3)
(7540001183) 100.00 Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Biology 11 Kit C (JBI11KC3)
(7540001160) 60.00 The resources for this course are:
Kit C is for students who choose to use Inquiry Into Life (McGraw-Hill Ryerson)
a microscope as part of their course. (11th Edition) (7540005159) $180.00
Biology 12 Exam Preparation Package
No textbook is required for this course. (7540005307) 28.00
Biology 12 Media CD Optional
Biology 12 (Online and Print), version 05 (7540005304) 30.00
(4 credits) [BI112]
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post- Chemistry 11 (Online and Print), version 05
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final (4 credits) [CH11]
grade [see page 40]) It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 10 or equivalent with a good foundation in
It is recommended that students complete: mathematics
• Biology 11
Designed to enhance students’ application of scientific skills Chemistry 11 has been developed to promote the acquisition
and knowledge, Biology 12 addresses all prescribed learning of knowledge and the learning of problem solving skills as
outcomes from the Ministry of Education’s 2006 IRP. related to core chemistry concepts. The course emphasizes the
Maintaining a modular, learner-centred structure, this course application of chemistry in every day life, including skills
uses multiple resources for students to explore biological required in the workplace, while promoting positive attitudes
systems—from simple life forms, such as cells, to complex towards science and scientific literacy. Activities are based on
organic biology in humans. authentic experiences whenever possible.
Biology 12 focuses on human biology, allowing students to Chemistry 11 has four modules and a test for each module.
develop an interest in, and understanding of, science by look- Several lab activities are included. Students should only
ing at themselves and seeing how diverse body systems are attempt to perform the labs if they have access to an
integrated to preserve and sustain life. To prepare students for appropriate lab facility including approved safety related
exploring human biological functions, the first two modules equipment and protective gear. The ability to properly and
introduce the biology of basic life forms. Cell structure and safely dispose of waste chemicals is also critical. Supervision
function get students thinking about how their bodies are by qualified personnel is a must. Sample lab data is provided
formed, on a molecular level. for those students who do not have access to an appropriate
facility.
Module 1: Cell Biology 1
Section 1: Cell Structure Module 1: Basic Concepts and Skills
Section 2: Cell Compounds and Biological Molecules Section 1: What is Chemistry?; Classes of Matter; Atomic
Section 3: Transport Across Cell Membrane Models; Elements and Symbols
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Section 2: Scientific Method; Experiments; Lab Safety;
WHMIS-Workplace Hazardous Material
Information System
Module 2: Cell Biology 2 Section 3: SI Base Units; Common SI Prefixes; Derived SI
Section 1: DNA Replication Units; Calculating with Units; Measurement;
Section 2: Protein Synthesis Significant Figures; Calculations and Significant
Section 3: Enzymes Figures
Section 4: Graphing Relationships; Slope; Density
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Experiment
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 3: Human Biology 1
Section 1: Digestive System
Module 2: The Periodic Table, Periodic Trends and
Section 2: Circulatory System
Combining Elements
Section 3: The Heart
Section 4: Respiratory System Section 1: The Periodic Table; Atoms, Ions and Isotopes;
Periodicity—Groups of Elements; Alkali Metals;
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Alkaline Earth Metals; The Halogens; The Noble
Gases; Families of Other Representative Elements;
Transition Elements, Lanthanides and Actinides

108
Section 2: Electron Configurations; Valence Electrons; Chemistry 12, version 03 (4 credits) [CH12]
Electron Dot Formulas for Atoms; Combining
Capacities; Ionic and Covalent Bonding
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post-
Explained; Lewis Diagrams; Lewis Diagrams— Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final
Multiple Bonds; Lewis Diagrams—Complex Ions grade [see page 40])
Section 3: Compounds; Combining Capacities; Naming
Ionic Binary Compounds of Group 1 and 2 It is recommended that students complete:
Elements; Naming Covalent Compounds; Naming • Chemistry 11 or equivalent
Compounds that Contain Multivalent Metals;
Naming Ternary Compounds; Writing Formulas Chemistry 12 is designed mainly for students who might
for Compounds study science, engineering, medicine, or technology at the
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. post-secondary level. There is a supplementary exam prepara-
tion package available.

Module 3: The Mole, Chemical Reactions,

Interpreting Equations, and Solutions Module 1: Reactions and Equilibrium
Section 1: Atomic Mass; The Mole; Mole Calculations; Section 1: Review of Chemical Equations; Introduction to
Experiment—Mass, Moles and the Number of Reaction Kinetics; Factors Affecting Rates of
Atoms; Molar Volume Reaction; Collision Theory of Chemical Reactions
Section 2: Molar Mass of a Compound; Mole Calculations; Section 2: Energy Changes Occurring in Chemical Reactions;
Percent Composition; Determining a Formula Potential Energy Diagrams for Forward and
from Percent Composition; Empirical and Reverse Reactions; Reaction Mechanisms;
Molecular Formulas; Experimental Determination Catalysts and their Applications
of Empirical Formulas Section 3: The Nature of Chemical Equilibrium; Graphical
Section 3: Solids, Liquids and Gases; Describing Chemical Representation of Chemical Equilibrium; The
Changes; Balancing Equations; Types of Reactions; Factors Determining the Position of Equilibrium
Energy and Chemical Reactions Section 4: Factors Affecting Equilibrium; Le Chatelier’s
Section 4: Interpreting Equations—Stoichiometry; Limiting Principle; Graphical Representation of Changes in
and Excess Reagents Equilibrium; The Haber Process: A Practical
Section 5: Solutions; Polar and Non-Polar Solutions; Molar Application of Equilibrium; Quantitative Aspects
Concentration; Preparing Standard Solutions; of Equilibrium—The Equilibrium Constant
Dilution; Calculations Involving Balanced Section 5: The Significance of Keq; Calculating Equilibrium
Equations and Solutions; Electrolytes and Non- Concentrations; More Equilibrium Calculations;
Electrolytes; Ion Concentrations; Acids, Bases, and Calculation of Equilibrium Concentrations from
Salts. Initial Concentrations and Keq; Using Keq to
Determine Whether a System is at Equilibrium
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Module 4: Organic Chemistry

Module 2: Solubility
Section 1: Organic Compounds; Alkanes; Isomers of Alkanes;
Naming Alkanes; Alkenes; Alkynes; Cyclic Alkanes Section 1: Solubility of Ionic Substances; Saturated Solutions
Section 2: Alcohols; Aldehydes and Detones; Ethers; of Ionic Substances—Solubility Equilibrium; Ion
Carboxylic Acids; Esters; Amines and Amides; Concentration in Solution
Aromatic Compounds; Polymers. Section 2: Solubility Rules and Qualitative Analysis;
Predicting Precipitation Reactions; Separating Ions
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. From Solution; Qualitative Analysis
Section 3: Solubility Equilibrium; Calculation of Solubility
A scientific calculator is required. It CANNOT be Given the Value of Ksp; Will a Precipitate Form?—
programmable. The calculator must NOT have a Using the Ksp to Make Predictions; Determining
QWERTY keyboard, nor any external devices like Maximum Ion Concentrations in Saturated
memory cards or a printer. Solutions

The resource for this course is: Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.

Nelson Chemistry (British Columbia

Edition, 1996, Jenkins, Kessel et al) Module 3: Acids and Bases
(Nelson Canada) (CH1109J) Section 1: Aqueous Acids, Bases, and Salts; Brönsted-Lowry
(7540001350) $120.00 Definitions; Conjugate Acid-Base Pairs
Section 2: Relative Acid Strengths; Acid-Base Indicators;
Hydrolysis of Salts
Section 3: Quantitative Relationships in Acid-Base Equilibria;
[H3O+] and [OH-] at Temperatures Other Than
25°C; Weak Acid-Base Equilibria: Ka and Kb; The
Relationship Between Ka and Kb for a Conjugate
Pair
109
Section 4: pH and pH Calculations; Relating and Using pH Physics 11, version 03 (4 credits) [PH11]
and pOH; pH in Weak Acid-Base Calculations;
Further Discussions of Acid Base Indicators It is recommended that students complete:
Section 5: Mixing Acids and Bases; Acid-Base Neutralizations • Grade 10
(Titrations) of Strong Acids and Bases; The Theory • Principles of Mathematics 11 should be taken prior to or
and Practice of Titrations; Weak Acid/Strong Base concurrently with Physics 11.
and Weak Base/Strong Acid Titrations—A Closer
Look In Physics 11, students will focus on the study of light,
Section 6: Applications of Acid-Base Concepts; Periodic motion, forces, and energy. Throughout this course students
Trends in Acidity of Oxides; Acid Rain will be asked to observe, measure and analyse natural
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. phenomena using the scientific method. By performing
experiments, testing hypotheses, and using models, students
Module 4: Oxidation and Reduction will investigate some of the central ideas of physics.

Section 1: Introduction to Oxidation—Reduction; Relative This course has been designed so students without access to a
Strengths of Oxidizing and Reducing Agents; The laboratory can complete the necessary experimental work,
Table of Standard Reduction Half Reactions; however, it is preferable to do the experiments in a regular
Balancing Redox Reactions Using the Table of laboratory.
Standard Reduction Potentials The modules in Physics 11 should be completed in order
Section 2: Balancing Half-Reactions—The Half-Cell Method; since students will be building on concepts as they work
Balancing Redox Reactions Using the Half-Cell through the course.
Method; Oxidation Numbers—Electron
Bookkeeping; Oxidation-Reduction Titrations Module 1: Wave Motion and Optics
Section 3: Electrochemical Cells; Voltages of Electrochemical
Cells; The Significance of the Cell Voltage; Section 1: Properties of Waves
Applications of Electrochemical Cells Transmission of Waves, Transverse Pulses and
Section 4: Corrosion—An Example of a Redox Application; Waves, Wavelength, Frequency and Speed of a
Electrolysis; Electrolysis of Aqueous Salt Solutions; Wave Train, Reflection of Water Waves
Further Applications of Electrolytic Cells; The Section 2: Refraction of Water Waves
Breathalyzer Law of Refraction of Water Waves, Investigation
Section 3: Reflection of Light Waves
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. The Nature of Light, Reflection of Light, Mirror
Images, Ray Diagrams for Mirrors, The Mirror
This course has an optional DVD component. A Equation
DVD player is required for viewing the resources. Section 4: Refraction of Light Waves
Refraction of Light Waves, Investigation, Snell’s
A scientific calculator is required. It CANNOT be Law, Total Internal Reflection
programmable. The calculator must NOT have a Section 5: Refraction of Light—Applications
QWERTY keyboard, nor any external devices like Refraction of Light (Applications), Ray Diagrams
memory cards or a printer. for Lenses, The Lens Equation
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
The resources for this course are:
Nelson Chemistry (British Columbia Module 2: Motion and Momentum
Edition, 1996, Jenkins, Kessel et al), Section 1: Kinematics
(Nelson Canada) (CH1109J) The Mathematical Description of Motion,
(7540001350) $120.00 Velocity, Acceleration, Change and Average
DVD 1 Optional (7540005134) 30.00 Section 2: Downward Motion
DVD 2 Optional (7540005119) 30.00 Motion Down an Incline (Position, Velocity and
Reaction Kinetics CD Optional Acceleration), Free Fall
(Single-User) (7540004428) 100.00 Section 3: Dynamics of Motion
Chemistry 12 Exam Preparation Package Forces, Hooke’s Law, Motion With Balanced
(7540004505) 28.00 Forces, Motion With a Constant Unbalanced
Force, The Dependence of Acceleration on Net
Force
Section 4: Newton’s Laws of Motion
The Dependence of Acceleration on Mass,
Newton’s Second Law of Motion, Newton’s Third
Law of Motion
Section 5: Momentum
Impulse and Momentum, Conservation of
Momentum
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.

110
Module 3: Energy and Nuclear Physics Module 1: Linear Motion and Energy
Section 1: Energy Section 1: One-Dimensional Kinematics; Falling Bodies;
Work, Energy Graphical Analysis of Linear Motion
Section 2: Conservation of Energy Section 2: Addition and Subtraction of Vectors; Navigation;
Transformation of Energy, The Law of Projectile Motion; the Vector Nature of
Conservation of Energy, Describing Energy Acceleration
Transformations Section 3: Vector Dynamics; the Force of Gravity; Force as a
Section 3: Heat Energy Vector Quantity; The Inclined Plane
Heat, The Transfer of Heat Energy, Temperature, Section 4: Momentum and Impulse; Impulse; Oblique
Heat Engines Collisions; Solving Problems Related to
Section 4: Nuclear Physics and Special Relativity Momentum; Impulse; and the Conservation of
Radioactivity, Nuclear Fission, Nuclear Fusion, The Momentum
Wave and Particle Models of Light, The Special Section 5: Development of Energy; Energy: Types of
Theory of Relativity (Postulates and Transformations; Conservation of Energy; Power;
Consequences) Momentum and Kinetic Energy in Collisions
Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE. Section 6: Equilibrium; The Equilibrant, Dynamic
Equilibrium
Supplies provided by students: Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
30 cm clear plastic ruler
protractor Module 2: Circular Motion and Electricity
drawing compass
Section 7: Rotational Equilibrium; Investigation 4:
Equilibrium of a Loaded Beam; Conditions for
A scientific calculator is required. It may not be
Equilibrium; Solving Equilibrium Problems
programmable. The calculator must NOT have a
Section 8: Circular Motion; Video: Moving in Circles;
QWERTY keyboard, nor any external devices like
Investigation 5: Circular Motion; Centripetal
memory cards or a printer.
Force; Kepler’s Laws Describing Planetary Motion
Section 9: Newton’s Law of Gravitation; Gravitational
The resources for this course are:
Potential Energy; Video: Falling Bodies; Video: The
Fundamentals of Physics (D. C. Heath) Apple and the Moon; Video: Navigating in Space
(PY1103JU) (7540001321) $116.00 Section 10: Electrostatics; Investigation 7; Coulomb’s Law;
Physics 11 Laboratory Manual (Ministry Electric Field
of Education) (PY1105J) (7540003420) 15.00 Section 11: Electric Potential Energy; Potential Difference
Between Two Parallel Plates; Investigation 8:
Deflection of an Electron Beam by an Electric
Physics 12, version 03 (4 credits) [PH12] Field; Electric Deflection; Circuitry
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post- Section 12: Electric Current; Kirchhoff’s Rules; Ohm’s Law;
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final Investigation 9: Series and Parallel Circuits;
Analyzing Circuits
grade [see page 40])
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 10 Module 3: Electricity and Magnetism
• Physics 11 and Principles of Mathematics 11 or
equivalent Section 13: Electric Circuits; How Ammeters and Voltmeters
are Used; The Potential Divider; A Review of
Students who have not completed Math 12 are strongly urged Magnetism and Magnetic Fields
to take Math 12 concurrently with Physics 12. Section 14: Electromagnetism; The Current Balance;
Deflection of an Electron Beam by a Magnetic
This course has two components: Field; Magnetic Deflection of an Electron Beam
• a basic component using text and print material only Section 15: The Mass of an Electron; Meters; Electric Motors;
• a video component The Strength of Magnetic Fields; Definition of the
For students who do not have access to the video Ampere From Measured Quantities
tapes/VCR and/or laboratory, please order the Section 16: Electromagnetic Induction; Magnetic Flux; The
Physics 12 Supplement. This supplement is a “bare Electric Generator; Investigation 13; Motors,
bones” summary of the course labs and the video Transformers. and the Transmission of Power
tapes. Section 17: Review; Equilibrium, Circular Motion, and
Gravitation; Electrostatics and Circuitry;
Electromagnetism, Quantum Mechanics, and
Inquiry
Module 3 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE.

111
 Supplies provided by students: Module 2: Personal Technologies
transparent metric ruler
We live in a world full of gadgets—computers, cell phones,
protractor
and mp3 players to name but a few. In this module students
geometry set (useful but not required)
will learn more about technologies like these. How do they
work? What technologies came before them and paved the
A scientific calculator is required. It may be a
way? What impact do these technologies have on the way we
graphing calculator and it may be programmable,
interact with each other and conduct business? These and
although the course and exams do not make any
many other questions will be discussed in this module.
use of these features. The calculator must NOT
have a QWERTY keyboard, nor any external Section 1: An Introduction to Personal Technologies
devices like memory cards or a printer. Section 2: The Evolution of Personal Technologies
Section 3: Personal Technologies within Systems
The resources for this course are:
No resource is required for this module.
Physics: Principles with Applications
(Giancoli) (Pearson Education)
(5th edition) (PY1202J) (7540001549) $150.00 Module 3: Transportation
Physics 12 Student Laboratory Manual
(Ministry of Ed.) (1985 edition) It wasn’t that long ago that people travelled from place to
(PY1203J) (7540003421) 20.00 place by foot, horse, kayak, and other means. In this module
Physics 12 Supplement (JPH12H) students will learn about the evolution of transportation in
(7540002683) 6.00 modern times and how transportation has impacted society.
How select transportation technologies work will also be
covered.
Science and Technology 11 (Online and
Print), version 03 (4 credits) [SCT11] Section 1: An Introduction to Transportation
Section 2: A Closer Look at the Automobile
It is recommended that students complete: Section 3: Transportation Systems
• Grade 10
The resource for this module is:
Have you ever wondered how scientists can solve a murder by
analyzing clues at a crime scene? How a 400,000-kilogram air- Transportation CD (7540005515) $13.00
plane can fly through the air? Or, how devices such as the
cell phone and the computer have transformed the way we
communicate? If you answered yes to any of these questions, Module 4: Forensics
Open School BC has the resource for you. Science and
Are you a fan of crime scene investigation shows? If you are,
Technology 11, aligned with the latest 2008 Ministry of
then don’t believe everything you see! In this module you
Education prescribed learning outcomes, will answer these
will learn what really happens when investigators scour a
questions and many more.
crime scene for evidence, then hand it to scientists who ana-
In this course students will develop an understanding of the lyze the data in the lab.
connection between science and technology and how they
impact society and the environment. The thought-provoking Section 1: An Introduction to Forensics
topics and engaging multimedia will capture students’ Section 2: At the Lab
imaginations, hold their attention, and arouse an interest in Section 3: Establishing Identities
the study of science and technology.
The resource for this module is:
Module 1: Natural Resources and the Environment
Forensics CD (7540005516) $13.00
In this module students will learn about some of the
technologies available to extract, process, and use natural
resources in British Columbia. The need for effective manage-
ment of resources and the issues related to their impact on
the environment, is also discussed. The effects of mountain
pine beetles on the BC forests will also be examined.

Section 1: Major Resources of BC

Section 2: Resource Extraction
Section 3: The Impact of Society on Resource Management
Section 4: The Impact of Technologies on the Environment

The resource for this module is:

Natural Resources and the Environment CD

(7540005513) $13.00

112
Sustainable Resources 11, version 01 Module 3: Cereal Crops and Forage (available Fall
(4 credits) [SR11] 2010)
Section 1: Botanical Basics
Sustainable Resources 11 is a survey course that will cover the Section 2: Pasture
following topics: Section 3: Hay and Silage
• Agriculture Section 4: Great Grains
• Fisheries Section 5: Pennies in the Piggy Bank
• Forestry Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
• Mining
• Energy The resource for this module is:
• Career Opportunities
Module 3 Source File TBA
This course is in development and will be delivered both
online and in print. Contact your local Distance Education
school for more information and availability.
Module 4: Animal Commodities (available Fall 2010)
Section 1: Breeding and Feeding
Sustainable Resources 12: Agriculture (Online Section 2: Producing Beef
and Print), version 01 (4 credits) [SRA12] Section 3: Dairy Farming
Section 4: Pigs in Production
Section 5: Eggs in Production
Sustainable Resources 12: Agriculture teaches students about
an industry that is vital to British Columbia. Agriculture Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
makes a significant contribution to the BC economy and
supports many communities across the province. It is The resource for this module is:
important students have a better understanding of this
important industry. Module 4 Source File TBA
As the title suggests, a theme of great importance in this
course is sustainability. Throughout the course students will
learn about the economic, social, and environmental factors
that must be considered so that agriculture remains strong
now and in the future.
Course Structure
Sustainable Resources 12: Agriculture consists of the following
modules. Each module ends with a test. No textbook is
required for this course.

Module 1: An Introduction to Agriculture

Section 1: Agriculture: Past and Present
Section 2: Down to Earth
Section 3: Other Problems and Solutions
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

The resource for this module is:

Module 1 Source File (7540005967) $13.00 CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION

Module 2: Science and Nature in Agriculture Continuous enrolment in courses is a
Section 1: The Economics of Agriculture
feature of BC Distance Education
Section 2: Changing Times, Changing Tastes Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
Section 3: Working in Agriculture to register prior to September 30th to
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. ensure your greatest range of program
The resources for this module are:
choices but we welcome students to
apply any time during the 12-month
Module 2 Source File (7540005979) $13.00 calendar year.
Fields for Your Future: Careers in Agriculture CD
Available for free from BC Agriculture in the Please visit individual Distance
Classroom: Education Schools on page 2 of this
http://www.aitc.ca/bc/resources/resource-order-
form book.
Allow 7–10 business days for delivery.

113
 Social Studies
Social Studies 8 (Online and Print), version 03 Social Studies 9 (Online and Print), version 04
[MSS08] [MSS09]
It is recommended that students complete: It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 7 • Grade 8

Social Studies 8 examines the historical Social Studies 9 is focused on Europe and North America from
development of civilizations in Europe, the 1500 to 1815, with a link to current events whenever appro-
Middle East, the Far East, and Africa from ancient priate. It emphasizes understanding, connecting, applying
times to the early 1600’s. Students will discover knowledge, and practicing active citizenship. The course has
many differences between these civilizations, but been developed in print and online versions and addresses all
many similarities as well. This course is available the prescribed learning outcomes in the Ministry of
in both print and online formats. Education’s Social Studies 9 IRP.
Module 1: Geography and Environment
Module 1: Forging Civilizations, 500–1200
Section 1: Family History
Section 1: Europe’s Early Middle Ages
Section 2: A Snapshot of Europe in the 16th Century
Section 2: Europe’s High Middle Ages
Section 3: North America: The Land
Section 3: The Civilization of Early China
Section 4: North America: The People
Section 4: The Early Arab World
Section 5: First Nations Project
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

Module 2: From Feudalism to the Nation-State,

Module 2: Exploration and Settlement in North
1100–1700
America
Section 1: Europe’s Late Middle Ages
Section 1: The Explorers
Section 2: Medieval Japan
Section 2: Colonization
Section 3: European Renaissance
Section 3: Life in New France
Section 4: Navigators and Sea Dogs
Section 4: Fish and Furs
Section 5: Emergence of the Nation-State
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.

Module 3: The Struggle for Rights

Module 3: Kingdoms and Dynasties, 900–1600
Section 1: Civil War in Britain
Section 1: Islamic Spain and the Ottoman Empire
Section 2: The American Revolution
Section 2: India: Survival of the Spirit
Section 3: The French Revolution
Section 3: Africa
Section 4: Changing Nature of Society
Section 4: China: The World Power
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Module 3 test covers the work of Module 3.

The resources for this course are: Module 4: Conflict in North America
Pathways: Civilization Through Time Section 1:
Who’s Land is it Anyway?
(Cranny) (Pearson Education Ginn) Section 2:
Acadia
(SS0809J) (7540001312) $85.00 Section 3:
Defeat of New France
The Canadian Oxford School Atlas Section 4:
War of 1812 and the Birth of Canadian
(SS0808J) (7540001551) 40.00 Nationalism
Section 5: Conflict in North America (Review, no send-in
activity)
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.

114
The resources for this course are: Module 4: Closer to Home—A Look at British
Columbia
Crossroads: A Meeting of Nations (Pearson
Education) (7540004510) $85.00 Section 1: From Territory to Province
The Canadian Oxford School Atlas Section 2: The Changing Face of British Columbia
(SS0808J) (7540001551) 40.00 Section 3: Re$ource Rich BC!
Explorations Booklet
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
(for student with no computer access)
(7540004578) 20.00
The resources for this course are:
Explorations CD (7540004567) 30.00
In order to access the multimedia objects in the course, Horizons: Canada Moves West (Prentice Hall)
students must have Adobe Flash player version 7 or higher (7540004644) $85.00
installed on their computer. Go to http://www.adobe.com Prospects CD (7540004660) 35.00
then look under the menu: Downloads/Get Flash Player. The Canadian Oxford School Atlas
(SS0808J) (7540001551) 40.00
In order to access the multimedia objects in the course,
Social Studies 10 (Online and Print), students must have Adobe Flash player version 7 or higher
version 04 (4 credits) [SS10] installed on their computer. Go to http://www.adobe.com
then look under the menu: Downloads/Get Flash Player.
It is recommended that students complete:
• Grade 9
Social Studies 11 (Online and Print),
Social Studies 10 focuses on the growth of Canada from version 05 (4 credits) [SS11]
colony to nationhood, with an emphasis on the years 1815 to (Graduation Exam Required for Students in
1914. Various themes are revisited throughout the course
including immigration and the face of Canada’s cultural 2004 Graduation Program—exam worth 20%
mosaic, the use of art as a reflection of history, the changing of final grade [see page 40])
nature of democracy and the role of the First Nations in
Canada’s development. Themes from the past are linked to It is recommended that students complete:
current issues and events whenever possible. • Social Studies 10
Social Studies 10 is divided into four modules and makes
extensive use of the interactive multimedia CD, Prospects. This course addresses the new Social Studies 11 IRP (pub-
Occasionally, an atlas is required for this course. Any atlas lished in September 2005) and prepares students for the new
will do. provincial exam.

Module 1: Canada: The Place, the People Module 1 explores the structure of Canadian government, the
political spectrum, and electoral systems. Modules 2 and 3
Section 1: Regions of Canada
focus on Canada’s role in 20th century history, including the
Section 2: A Sense of History
two World Wars, United Nations’ peacekeeping efforts, and
Section 3: Cultural Diversity
international affairs. Module 4 addresses population, stan-
Section 4: Flight or Fight: The Great Migration
dards of living, environmental challenges, and Canada’s
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. response to global issues such as global warming and ozone
layer depletion.
Module 2: A Nation Emerges
The course also includes an exam preparation package, with
Section 1: Settling the East sample essay questions and study tips.
Section 2: Representative vs. Responsible Government
Section 3: Rebellion!
Module 1: Politics and Government
Section 4: Reaching for Confederation
Section 5: The New Dominion Section 1: Political Ideologies; Political Parties
Section 2: The Branches of Government; Choosing the
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Government; The Electoral System; Minority vs.
Majority Governments
Module 3: The Not So Wild West Section 3: The Passage of Legislation; You Can Make a
Difference!
Section 1: What was Happening in the West? Section 4: The Constitution of Canada; The Charter of
Section 2: The National Dream Rights and Freedoms; Rights in Conflict with
Section 3: Resistance or Rebellion Others; The Impact of the Charter of Rights and
Section 4: Build Your Nest in the West Freedoms
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.

115
Module 2: History 1914–1945 Module 1: Economic Choices
Section 1: Canada Goes to War; Life on the Battlefront; Section 1: What is Economics?
Canada’s Military Contribution to World War I; Section 2: Economic Systems
Life on the Home Front; The Conscription Crisis; Section 3: Demand and Supply
The End of World War I Section 4: Marketplace Dynamics
Section 2: Post War Adjustments; Canada’s Growing Section 5: The Nature of Markets
Independence; The Roaring Twenties; Economic
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Growth and Crash
Section 3: The Depression Begins; Responding to the
Module 2: Efficiency and Equity
Depression; Political Change in Canada During
the Depression; Political Change Abroad Section 1: Productivity
Section 4: War Begins; Canada’s Role in World War II; The Section 2: Managing Production
Tide Turns; The War at Home; The End of World Section 3: Resource Markets
War II; The Holocaust Section 4: Distribution of Income
Section 5: Government and Income Equity
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Module 3: History 1945–2000
Section 1: The Beginning of the Cold War; The United Module 3: Macroeconomics
Nations; Peacekeeping in the United Nations: Section 1: Measures of Economic Health
Canada’s Role; Defending North America: Choices Section 2: Economic Fluctuations
for Canada; Canada’s Involvement in Wars of the Section 3: Government Fiscal Policy
Cold War Era; The End of the Cold War: The New Section 4: Money and Monetary Policy
World Order Section 5: Debates on Macroeconomic Policies
Section 2: Canada: A Changing Society; Is There a Canadian
Culture?; The Changing Role of Women in Post- Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
War Canada
Section 3: Regionalism in Canada; Quebec: From Module 4: Trade, Growth, and You
Nationalism to Separatism; Quebec: The Politics of Section 1: Global Finance and Currencies
Separation; Aboriginal Issues in the Post-War Era Section 2: Trade
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Section 3: Economic Growth
Section 4: The World and Growth
Module 4: Human Geography Section 5: Your Economic Future
Section 1: Population Statistics; Population Trends: Growth Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
and Stabilization; Responding to Population
Challenges An optional DVD accompanies this course. While
Section 2: Standard of Living; Poverty; Women and it is not compulsory for students to view this
Children: What Are We Doing to Help Them?; DVD, we believe they will get a better grasp of
Responding to Poverty economics if they do.
Section 3: Global Warming; Ozone Depletion; Responding to
Global Warming and Ozone Depletion; Water: The resources for this course are:
The Most Valuable Resource
Economics for Today: Issues and
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4. Applications (Lovewell & Lorimer)
(McGraw-Hill Ryerson) 1995 (EC1202J)
The resources for this course are: (7540004454) $35.00
Where Do I Fit In? DVD (7540005607) 40.00
Counterpoints: Exploring Canadian Issues
(7540005007) $100.00
Our Century CD (7540005011) 35.00 Law 12 (Online and Print), version 06
Social Studies 11 Exam Preparation Package
(7540004727) 28.00
(4 credits) [LAW12]
It is recommended that students complete:
Economics 12, version 02 (4 credits) [EC12] • Social Studies 11

It is recommended that students complete: Law 12 fosters skills and attitudes that enhance students’ abil-
• Social Studies 11 ities to address legal, social, and ethical issues, and reflect
critically on the role of law in society. The study of law also
Economics 12 is a course that can change your life. The first promotes skills and abilities needed to clearly express ideas,
two modules deal with economic theory while the last two argue effectively and logically, and accurately interpret the
focus on more practical applications of theory. After taking written word. This course is also designed to help students
this course, you will be forever armed against simplistic eco- learn about their legal rights and responsibilities.
nomic analysis wherever it is to be found.

116
Module 1: Fundamentals of Law The resources for this course are:
Section 1: Definition and Purposes; The Relationship All About Law: Exploring the Canadian
between Laws and Morals; Important Legal Terms Legal System (5th Edition) (Gibson,
Section 2: Legal Developments in the Western World; Murphy, Jarman, and Grant)
Sources of Canadian Law; Types of Law (Thomson/Nelson) (7540005104) $100.00
Section 3: The Functions, Structure, and Jurisdiction of the Law 12 Source File (7540005091) 20.00
Canadian Court System; Provincial vs. Federal
Responsibilities; Trials and Courtroom Geography 12, version 03 (4 credits) [GEO12]
Participants; Alternative to Court for Resolving
Disputes
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post-
Section 4: The Evolution of the Constitution: Canada Grows Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final
Up; The Canadian Legislative Process; The grade [see page 40])
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms; Resolving
Infringements of The Canadian Charter of Rights It is recommended that students complete:
and Freedoms; Human Rights in British Columbia • Social Studies 11
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Each module of this course is accompanied by a
Module 2: Criminal Law source file.

Section 1: Definitions, Jurisdiction, and Purposes; Types of

Criminal Offences; Criminal Court System; Module 1:
Elements of a Crime; Parties to an Offence
Section 2: Introduction to the Criminal Code; Violent Section 1: The Nature of Geography; Interrelationships;
Crimes; Actions with High Social Impact; Property Location; The Nature of Place; Regions;
Crimes; Crimes Related to Driving; Criminal Movement
Offences and Penalties; The Youth Justice System Section 2: The Environment; Ecosystems; Technology and
Section 3: Powers of Arrest; Arrest Procedures; Legal Rights of the Environment; Equatorial Rainforest
Accused and Police; Search Laws; Release Management
Procedures; Awaiting Trial Section 3: The Atmosphere; Atmospheric Temperature; The
Section 4: Pre-Trial Procedures and Motions; Juries and Jury Mass-energy Exchange; The Atmosphere in
Selection; Presentation of Evidence; Defences; Motion
Reaching a Verdict Section 4: Weather; Humidity and Clouds; Precipitation;
Section 5: Sentencing Procedures and Purposes; Types of North American Air Masses; The Weather Map;
Sentences; Victims’ Rights; Appeals; Corrections Predicting Weather Extremes
Section 5: Climate Elements and Controls; Climatic Zones;
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. Climates of the Pacific Rim; Microclimates
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Module 3: Civil Law
Section 1: Civil Law and the Civil Law Court System; Civil Module 2:
Law Trial Procedures; The Judgment and Civil Section 6: The Nature and Composition of the Lithosphere;
Remedies; Alternatives to Courts in Civil Law Mineral and Energy Resources; Mapping the
Disputes Earth’s Surface
Section 2: The Nature and Purpose of Tort Law; Negligence; Section 7: Tectonic Processes; Shaping the Earth; Volcanoes;
Special Types of Negligence; Intentional Torts Coping with a Changing Lithosphere
Section 3: Nature of a Contract and Employment Law; A Section 8: Soil Formation and Composition; Soil Types; Soil
Contract’s Fate; Employment Relationships; The Texture; Soil Degradation
Laws Affecting Employment Section 9: Weathering; Groundwater; Fluvial Processes,
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3. Erosion
Section 10: Mass Wasting; Aeolian and Glacial Processes
Module 4: Family Law Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
Section 1: Definition of a Family, Purposes of Family Law Module 3:
and Cultural and Economic Expectations;
Section 11: The Nature of Resources; Mapping and Managing
Requirements of a Valid Marriage; Formal
the Earth’s Wealth
Requirements of Marriage; Responsibilities and
Section 12: Biomes; The Influence of Temperature and
Rights of Spouses
Precipitation; The Influence of Latitude; The
Section 2: Annulment and Separation; Divorce; Property
Biome as Habitat
Division and Spousal Support; Other Marriage Law
Section 13: Forest Resources of the World and BC; Forest
Issues
Management
Section 3: Custody; Access and Support; Protecting Children;
Section 14: Water Resources; Wetlands; Aquaculture
Adoption
Section 15: Resource Management in British Columbia
Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

117
Module 4: Module 1: Failure of Normalcy: the World After WW1
Section 16: Predicting the Future; Commissions of Inquiry; Section 1: How We Discover Truth in History, Nationalism,
Modern Technology and Predictions and Imperialism
Section 17: Pre-industrial World Views; Rare Breeds; Section 2: The World in 1919
Hereditary Management Section 3: Russia from Revolution to World War II
Section 18: The Gaia Hypothesis; The Waves of Change; The Section 4: The USA in the 1920s and the 1930s
Integral Urban House
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Section 19: The Biosphere; The Atmosphere; The Lithosphere;
The Hydrosphere; Module Practice Test Module 2: War in Mid-Century
Module 4 Test covers the WHOLE COURSE. Section 1: Germany, Italy and Japan in the 1920s and 1930s
Section 2: International Affairs in the 1920s and 1930s:
An optional video tape accompanies this course. Britain and France
Section 3: World War II
Section 4: The World In 1945: The Realignment of Power,
The resources for this course are: New Technologies, Social Change
Gaia: An Atlas of Planet Management Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
(Doubleday) (SS1210J) (7540001298) $20.00
Geography: Our Physical and Module 3: Uneasy Peace: Proxy Wars
Human Resources (Irwin) (SS1212J) Section 1: Causes of the Cold War
(7540001420) 40.00 Section 2: The Cold War: The Berlin Blockade to the Cuban
Module 1 Source File (JGO12E3) Missile Crisis
(7540003564) 16.00 Section 3: The Cold War: After the Cuban Missile Crisis to
Module 2 Source File (JGO12F3) the Collapse of the Soviet Union
(7540003565) 16.00 Section 4: Internationalism Since 1945
Module 3 Source File (JGO12G3)
(7540003566) 16.00 Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Module 4 Source File (JGO12H3)
(7540003567) 16.00 Module 4: The Winds of Change
Section 1: East Asia: India and China
History 12, version 04 (4 credits) [HI12] Section 2: Vietnam and Afghanistan
Section 3: The Middle East: 1945 to 1991
(Provincial Exam Required for Some Post- Section 4: Economic and Social Change in the Post-War
Secondary Entry—exam worth 40% of final World
grade [see page 40]) Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.

It is recommended that students complete: Use of a DVD player is required for this course.
• Social Studies 11
The DVD is available from your Distance
This revised course provides an introduction to Education School.
the history of the twentieth century, beginning
with the treaties that ended World War I and The resources for this course are:
ending with the collapse of the Soviet Union in
1991. While studying these events, students learn skills Global Forces of the Twentieth Century
necessary to interpret historical events, including: how to (Reidmore Books) (SS1216J)
ensure historical information is accurate and relevant; how to (7540001320) $65.00
develop historical empathy; and how to present clear, logical Source File (JHI12J3) (7540002292) 16.00
arguments based on a knowledge of the events. The World This Century, Working with
Evidence (Irwin) (SS1214J) (7540001545) 65.00
The course consists of four modules with a consumable A Map History of the Modern World
workbook and a test for each module. There is also a (Irwin) (SS1205J) (7540001544) 70.00
Provincial Exam Preparation package which includes exam From Marx to McDonald’s DVD
writing tips, a glossary, and a simulated provincial exam for (7540005196) 20.00
practice. This may be used as students work through the History 12 Exam Preparation Package
modules or after they have completed the course. (JHIPEP) (7540003570) 28.00
Resources include three textbooks and one DVD (used in
Modules 1 and 3).
There is also a Source File containing readings
that are not in the textbooks. A History 12
Website includes links relevant to the module
topics. These are included as options.

118
Comparative Civilizations 12 (Online), Module 1: Perspective and Place
version 01 (4 credits) [CCN12] Section 1: World View
Section 2: Language and the Land
In this course you will embark on a journey of discovery Section 3: Trade and Technology
about the history of our world, through a Comparative
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1.
Civilizations perspective. History is made up of the varied
experiences, narratives and artifacts of the people who lived
through those times. You will hear their tales of both great Module 2: Contact, Resistance, and Leadership
and inspiring events as well as the extraordinary cruelties that
Section 1: The Fur Trade Era (1770–1849)
are etched throughout history. The course begins with con-
Section 2: The Colonial Era (1849–1871)
temporary times, and then traces the evolution of
Section 3: Canada Period (1871–1911)
civilizations from the ancient Paleolithic cultures of the Old
Section 4: Modern Canada
Stone Age, through to present times.
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2.
This course was developed under the direction of
Dr. Selma Wasserman and includes a series of nar-
rated videos that are embedded in the course Module 3: Creativity and Culture
website. Internet is required to access the course Section 1: Cultural Expression—Past and Present
website and submit assignments. There are three Section 2: Creation/Transformer Stories
Modules with a variety of assignments that allow Section 3: Aboriginal Fiction, Poetry, and Drama
you to show your learning in creative ways. Section 4: Contemporary Media and Visual Arts
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.
Module 1: View From the 21st Century
Section 1: View From the 21st Century Module 4: Contemporary Issues
Section 2: The Paleolithic Age: 10 000 BC - 5000 BC
Section 3: The Neolithic Age: 5000 BC - 2000 BC Section 1: Aboriginal Identity and Community
Section 2: Self-determination and the Treaty Process
Module 1 Test covers the work of Module 1. Section 3: Rebuilding Healthy Communities
Section 4: Contemporary Economic Development
Module 2: Ancient Civilizations: 2000 BC - 450 AD Section 5: Aboriginal Language Renewal
Section 1: Egypt, Greece & Rome Module 4 Test covers the work of Module 4.
Section 2: The Middle Ages: 500 AD - 1500 AD
Module 2 Test covers the work of Module 2. The resources for this course are:

B.C. First Nations Studies (7540005381) $40.00

Module 3: The Renaissance to the Present B.C. First Nations Studies Source File
Section 1: The Renaissance: 1500 AD - 1750 AD (7540005377) 10.00
Section 2: The Enlightenment: 1750 AD - 1900 AD Perspectives CD (7540005378) 30.00
Section 3: The 20th Century - First Half: 1900 - 1950
Section 4: The 20th Century - Second Half: 1950 - 2000
Module 3 Test covers the work of Module 3.

B.C. First Nations Studies 12 (Online and

Print), version 01 (4 credits) [FNS12]
(Graduation Exam may be required for CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
Students in 2004 Graduation Program—exam Continuous enrolment in courses is a
worth 20% of final grade [see page 40]) feature of BC Distance Education
Designed to enhance students’ appreciation of the diversity of
Schools. K–9 students are encouraged
First Nations perspectives in the province, B.C. First Nations to register prior to September 30th to
Studies 12 explores First Nations individuals and cultures in ensure your greatest range of program
contemporary and historical contexts.
choices but we welcome students to
Available in both online and print-based formats, the course
has four instructional modules, for use in conjunction with
apply any time during the 12-month
the Ministry of Education’s B.C. First Nations Studies textbook. calendar year.
The course is aligned with the learning outcomes included in
the 2006 BC First Nations Studies Integrated Resource
Please visit individual Distance
Package, and also addresses the most recent provincial exam Education Schools on page 2 of this
specifications. book.

119
 Alphabetized Secondary Course List
Accounting 11 . . . . . . . . .51 Drafting 8 . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Geography 12 . . . . . . . . 117 Mathematics 8 (TLE) . . . .92
(Version 03) [AC11] (Version 02) [XDRF08] (Version 03) [GEO12] (Version 01) [MMA08]
Accounting 11 (Online) . .51 Drafting 9 . . . . . . . . . . . .74 German 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Mathematics 9A (LD) . . .94
(Version 04) [AC11] (Version 01) [XDRF09] (Version 04) [MGE09] (Version 01)
Accounting 12 (Online Drafting and Design 11 . .74 German 10 . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Math 9, Principles of . . . .93
and Print) . . . . . . . . . . .52 (Version 01) [DDF11] (Version 03) [GE10] (Version 03) [MMA09]
(Version 03) [ACC12] Drama: Film and TV 11 German 11 . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Math 9, Principles of
Agriculture 9 . . . . . . . . . .43 (Online and (Print) . . .48 (Version 02) [GE11] (TLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
(Version 01) [XAG09] (Version 01) [DFT11] German 11, (Version 01) [MMA09]
Art 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Drama: Film and TV 12 Introductory . . . . . . . . .86 Math 10, Apprenticeship and
(Version 01) [MVA08] (Online and (Print) . . .49 (Version 02) [BGE11] Workplace . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Art 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 (Version 02) [DFT12] German 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .87 (Version 01) [AWM10]
(Version 01) [MVA09] (Version 04) [GE12] Math 10, Foundations and
Earth Science 11
Art Foundations 11 . . . . .45 Pre-calculus . . . . . . . . . .95
(Online) . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Health and Career
(Version 02) [AF11] (Version 01) [FMP10]
(Version 02) [ESC11] Education 8 (Online
B.C. First Nations Economics 12 . . . . . . . .116 and Print) . . . . . . . . . . .69 Math 10, Principles of
Studies 12 (Online (Version 02) [EC12] (Version 01) [MHCE08] (TLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
and Print) . . . . . . . . . .119 English 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Health and Career (Version 01) [MA10]
(Version 01) [FNS12] (Version 02) [MEN08] Education 9 (Online Math 11, Applications
Biology 11 . . . . . . . . . . .107 English 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 and Print) . . . . . . . . . . .69 of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
(Version 04) [BI11] (Version 05) [MEN09] (Version 01) [MHCE09] (Version 01) [AMA11]
Biology 12 (Online English 10 (Online and History 12 . . . . . . . . . . .118 Math 11, Essentials of . . .98
and Print) . . . . . . . . . .108 Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 (Version 04) [HI12] (Version 01) [EMA11]
(Version 05) [BI12] (Version 04) [EN10] Home Economics 8 . . . . .71 Math 11, Principles of . . .96
Business Computer English 11 . . . . . . . . . . . .63 (Version 01) [MHE08] (Version 04) [MA11]
Applications 11 (Version 06) [EN11] Math 11, Principles of
Information Technology 8 (TLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
(Online and Print) . . . . .55 English 12 (Online and (Online) . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 (Version 01) [MA11]
(Version 01) [BCA11] Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 (Version 03) [MINT08] Math 12, Principles of . . .98
Business Education 10 . . .50 (Version 07) [EN12] Information Technology 9 (Version 06) [MA12]
(Version 01) [BEG10] English Literature 12 . . . .66 (Online) . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Math 12, Principles of
Calculus 12 . . . . . . . . . .100 (Version 04) [LIT12] (Version 03) [MINT09]
Entrepreneurship 12 (Online) . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
(Version 01) [CALC12] Information (Version 01) [MA12]
CAPP 11/12 (Online (Online and Print) . . . . .54 Technology 10
(Version 03) [ENT12] Music Composition
and Print) . . . . . . . . . . . .70 (Online) . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 and Technology 11 . . .101
(Version 02) [CAPP11] Family Studies 10–12 (Version 03) [INT10] (Version 01) [MCT11]
[CAPP12] (Online and Print) . . . . .72 Information and
Carpentry and (Version 01) [FM10] Communication Online Guitar
Joinery 11 . . . . . . . . . . .75 [FM11] [FM12] Technology 11 . . . . . . . .78 Music 8–12 . . . . . . . . .102
(Version 02) [CJ11] Financial (Version 02) [ICTX11] (Version 01) [MMU08]
Chemistry 11 (Online Accounting 12 . . . . . . . .53 Information and [MMU09] [MGR10]
(and Print) . . . . . . . . . .108 (Version 01) [FA12] Communication [IMG11] [IMG12]
(Version 05) [CH11] Fine Arts 11 A and B . . . .46 Technology 12 . . . . . . . .79
Chemistry 12 . . . . . . . . .109 (Version 01) [FNA11A] (Version 02) [ICTX12] Physical Education 8 . . .104
(Version 03) [CH12] [FNA11B] (Version 02) [MPE08]
Communications 11 . . . .56 Journalism/Media 12 . . .66 Physical Education 9 . . .104
Foods and Nutrition 12 . .72 (Version 02) [JOU12]
(Version 01) [COM11] (Version 02) [FDN12] (Version 02) [MPE09]
Communications 12 French 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Language 10 . . . . . . . . . .67 Physical Education 10 . .104
(Online and Print) . . . . .57 (Version 03) [MFR08] (Version 01) (Version 02) [PE10]
(Version 02) [COM12] French 8, Introductory . .79 Language 11 . . . . . . . . . .68 Physical Education 11 . .104
Comparative (Version 01) [XLDCB08] (Version 01) (Version 02) [PE11]
Civilizations 12 French 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Law 12 (Online and Physical Education 12 . .104
(Online) . . . . . . . . . . . .119 (Version 03) [MFR09] Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 (Version 02) [PE12]
(Version 01) [CCN12] French 10 (Online (Version 06) [LAW12] Physics 11 . . . . . . . . . . .110
Composition 11 . . . . . . . .58 and Print) . . . . . . . . . . .81 (Version 03) [PH11]
Management
(Version 02) [COMP11] (Version 03) [FR10] Physics 12 . . . . . . . . . . .111
Innovation 12 . . . . . . . .55
French 11 (Online (Version 03) [PH12]
Daily Physical Activity (Version 01) [MI12]
and Print) . . . . . . . . . . .82 Planning 10: Writing
[DPA] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Marketing 11 . . . . . . . . . .54
(Version 02) [FR11] Your Own Ticket
Data Management 12 . . .55 (Version 01) [MK11]
French 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 (Online and Print) . . . . .70
(Version 01) [DM12] Mathematics 8 . . . . . . . . .92
(Version 05) [FR12] (Version 01) [PLAN10]
(Version 03) [MMA08]
120
 Alphabetized Secondary Course List (continued)
Science 8 (Online and Social Studies 9 Spanish 11, Visual Art 10: General . . .44
Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 (Online and Print) . . . .114 Introductory . . . . . . . . .90 (Version 01) [VAG10]
(Version 04) [MSC08] (Version 04) [MSS09] (Version 02) [BSP11] Visual Arts: Media Arts 11
Science 9 (Online and Social Studies 10 Spanish 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .91 (Online and Print) . . . . .47
Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 (Online and Print) . . . .115 (Version 03) [SP12] (Version 02) [VAMT11]
(Version 05) [MSC09] (Version 04) [SS10] Studio Arts 11: Drawing Writing 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Science 10 (Online and Social Studies 11 and Painting 11 . . . . . . .46 (Version 02) [WR12]
Print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 (Online and Print) . . . .115 (Version 01) [SADP11]
(Version 04) [SC10] (Version 05) [SS11] Sustainable
Science and Spanish 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Resources 11 . . . . . . . .113
Technology 11 (Version 02) [MSP09] (Version 01) [SR11]
(Online and Print) . . . .112 Spanish 10 . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Sustainable Resources 12:
(Version 03) [SCT11] (Version 02) [SP10] Agriculture . . . . . . . . . .113
Social Studies 8 Spanish 11 . . . . . . . . . . . .89 (Version 01) [SRA12]
(Online and Print) . . . .114 (Version 02) [SP11]
(Version 03) [MSS08] Spanish 11 (Online) . . . .90
(Version 03) [SP11]

121
 Notes

122